Please refer to RP-193133 for detailed scope of the WI
R1-2007383 Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR) Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)
R1-2006125 High-level work plan for Rel.17 FeMIMO WI Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2006126 Moderator summary for Rel.17 FeMIMO EVM offline Moderator (Samsung)
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2005560 Considerations on the enhancement of multi-beam operation Sony
· Proposal 1: Study and specify (if necessary) the L1/L2-centric approach of both DL and UL beam management considering the use cases of inter-cell mobility
o Incorporate PCI into TCI state for DL beam management
o Incorporate PCI into Spatial Relation for UL beam management
· Proposal 2: Specify the QCL assumption among SSB/CSI-RS resource sets on different BWPs/CCs (intra band).
· Proposal 3: For inter-band CCs, a common beam management procedure, including TCI states across bands, should be considered for data/control, DL/UL, multiple BWPs, multiple TRPs and multiple UE panels.
· Proposal 4: The reporting of UE capabilities related to the ability of the UE to simultaneously steer in the same direction beams belonging to CCs in different bands should be considered.
· Proposal 5: For the optimization of TCI states across bands, the polarization property of beams should be considered.
· Proposal 6: Study and specify (if necessary) a unified TCI state framework which can be applied to UL beam management in addition to DL beam management.
· Proposal 7: An ID explicitly configured in spatialRelationInfo can be used for UL panel-specific beam selection.
· Proposal 8: Confirm the working assumption on explicit panel-specific indication on PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS and include PRACH with conditions FFS.
· Proposal 9: For UE supporting beam correspondence without UL beam sweeping, RAN1 should study and, if necessary, specify MPE-aware beam reporting.
· Proposal 10: For UE supporting beam correspondence with the aid of UL beam sweeping, RAN1 specifies UE behavior on MPE-aware UL beam sweeping.
· Proposal 12: Associate the P-MPR values with the spatial relation for UL transmission to mitigate the coverage loss due to the MPE.
· Proposal 13: Introducing a panel-specific P-MPR associated to a panel ID.
· : To avoid UL MPE issue, it would be beneficial for RAN1 to study and, if necessary, specify the mechanism of UE triggered UL beam/panel switch.
· Proposal 14: We suggest that definition of a UE panel and the related properties are addressed prior to further advancing discussions related to UE panel enhancements.
· Proposal 15: A beam can be defined as a spatial filtering associated with one or two antenna ports carrying one or two layers separated in the polarization domain.
· Proposal 16: RAN1 needs to study and specify (if necessary) whether additional signaling is necessary when a beam can support up to two independent layers separated by polarization.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005842 Enhancements to multi-beam operation Ericsson
· Proposal 1: Focus on reducing the activation delay and speeding up the signaling.
· Proposal 2: After performing a measurement on an aperiodic CSI-RS, the UE would update the TCI state used as QCL source for the PDCCH/PDSCH DMRS to the QCL source corresponding to the best CSI-RS.
· Proposal 3: Include a PCI in the TCI state to facilitate the use of reference signals from non-serving cells as QCL sources.
· Proposal 4: Define the CSI-SSB-ResourceSet so that one report can contain measurements from different cells.
· Proposal 5: Introduce a PCI in the configurations related to UL transmissions: spatial relations and pathloss reference RS.
· Proposal 6: Implement complete support for common beam operation that considers restrictions in the UE hardware relevant for intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation.
· Proposal 7: Introduce an UL TCI which could serve as a direct source for the spatial properties of all UL signals: SRS, PUCCH and PUSCH.
· Proposal 8: UL TCI is optionally configured.
· Proposal 9: The UE orientation is vertical, with a random orientation in azimuth.
· Proposal 10: Confirm the orientation for each UE antenna panel once the UE orientation is clarified.
· Proposal 11: One UE per cell is baseline for the intra-cell mobility evaluations.
· Proposal 12: One UE is dropped randomly per cell for the MPE evaluations.
· Proposal 13: Do not evaluate inter-cell mobility using SLS in the feMIMO WI.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2006991 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung (rev of R1-2006128)
· Proposal 1: A common beam indication (TCI state update) is used by the UE when:
o receiving DL data and UE-dedicated DL control.
o transmitting UL data and UL control.
· Proposal 2: When beam correspondence is assumed between DL and UL transmissions, a unified beam indication framework indicates a joint TCI state for DL and UL. When beam correspondence is not assumed between DL and UL transmissions, a unified beam indication framework indicates a DL TCI state separate from an UL TCI state.
· Proposal 3: For multiple CCs, investigate how to extend the common beam indication framework to include common beam indication for a subset of CCs, cross-carrier beam indication (e.g., DCI on CC1 indicating the common beam for CC2), and cross-carrier scheduling (e.g., beams for receiving PDCCH on CC1 and PDSCH on CC2).
· Proposal 4: To support common TCI state update for DL data and the associated DL assignment (UE-dedicated control), L1-control-based beam indication is introduced in Rel-17.
· Proposal 5: Investigate the use of UE-group beam indication to further reduce DL signalling overhead, baseband power consumption, as well as improve reliability.
o Also investigate the use of two-part beam indication to further enhance the efficiency of UE-group beam indication
· Proposal 6: For L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, support
o beam measurement based on RSs associated with serving as well as neighbouring cells
o beam report which includes indicator for (RS-ID, cell-ID)
o TCI state definition which includes or is associated with cell-ID
· Proposal 7: Investigate combining TX and RX beam refinement in beam management procedure.
· Proposal 8: Investigate CSI-RS design by allowing partial repetition of the CSI-RS resources across DL spatial domain transmission filters, wherein a UE may assume that a subset of CSI-RS resources have a same spatial domain transmission filter.
· Proposal 9: For multi-panel UEs, fast panel selection is facilitated by including an index of RS resource or resource set associated with a panel into the UL TCI state definition.
· Proposal 10: For MPE mitigation, investigate a mechanism for providing an alternate UL TX beam as well as a UE-initiated UL TX beam update.
· Proposal 11: Consider additional simulation scenarios with multiple users in a cell to evaluate beam-design enhancement proposals in more realistic scenarios.
· Proposal 12: For the evaluation of mobility scenarios, inter-cell mobility is evaluated in addition to intra-cell mobility.
· Proposal 13: Table 2 can be the baseline assumptions for SLS for additional simulation assumptions for dense urban mobility scenario in FR2.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005246 Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2005290 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2005363 Discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2005454 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2005482 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005619 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2005683 Discussion on enhancement on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2005750 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2005782 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2005820 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2006950 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation Intel Corporation (Revision of R1-2005858)
R1-2005954 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation AT&T
R1-2005983 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2006200 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2006248 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006499 On Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2006540 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Beijing Xiaomi Electronics
R1-2006565 Enhancement on multi-beam operation for UE with multi-panel Sharp
R1-2006596 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2006636 Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2006951 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC. (Revision of R1-2006717)
R1-2006790 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006843 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2006127 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2006985 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: proposal categorization Moderator (Samsung)
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation by 8/28
R1-2007151 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: EVM Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
The three proposals on R1-2007151 on the evaluation methodology for multi-beam enhancement are agreed.
R1-2007189 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: category Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
Note: the enumeration for issues (such as “issue 1a), 1b), 6) in the proposal below refers to the enumeration within the proposals, not Table 1 in the FL summary.
· [Issue 1] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on the unified TCI framework
a) Support joint TCI for DL and UL based on and analogous to Rel.15/16 DL TCI framework
§ The term “TCI” at least comprises a TCI state that includes at least one source RS to provide a reference (UE assumption) for determining QCL and/or spatial filter
§ The source reference signal(s) in M TCIs provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all or subset of CORESETs in a CC
· FFS: Optionally this common QCL information can also apply to CSI-RS resource for CSI, CSI-RS resource for BM, and CSI-RS for tracking
· FFS: Applicability on PDSCH includes PDSCH default beam
· Working Assumption: Select between M=1 and M>=1
§ The source reference signal(s) in N TCIs provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC,
· Optionally, this UL TX spatial filter can also apply to all SRS resources in resource set(s) configured for antenna switching/codebook-based/non-codebook-based UL transmissions
· FFS: applicability of this UL TX spatial filter to SRS configured for beam management (BM)
· FFS: PUSCH port determination based on the TCI, e.g., to be mapped with SRS ports analogous to Rel.15/16
· Working Assumption: Select between N=1 and N>=1
§ FFS: extension to common QCL information applied to only some of the CORESETs or PUCCH resources in a CC, e.g. for mTRP
§ FFS: When used for the purpose of joint beam indication for UL and DL, whether a joint TCI pool for DL and UL dedicated for the purpose is used, or the same TCI pool as that used for the purpose of separate DL/UL beam indication is used
§ Note: The resulting beam indication directly refers to the associated source RS(s)
§ FFS (RAN1#103-e): Details on extension to intra- and inter-band CA
§ FFS (RAN1#103-e): The supported number of active TCI states considering factors such as multi-TRP and issue 6
§ FFS (RAN1#103-e): Applicable QCL types, and co-existence with DL TCI and spatial relation indication in Rel.15/16
b) In RAN1#103-e, investigate, for the purpose of down selection, the following alternatives for accommodating the case of separate beam indication for UL and DL
§ Alt1. Utilize the joint TCI to include references for both DL and UL beams
§ Alt2. Utilize two separate TCI states, one for DL and one for UL. The TCI state for the DL is the same as agreed in 1a. The TCI state for the UL can be newly introduced.
· Alt 2-1: The UL TCI state is taken from the same pool of TCI states as the DL TCI state
· Alt 2-2: The UL TCI state is taken from another pool of TCI states than the DL TCI state
§ Note: The resulting beam indication directly refers to the associated source RS(s)
§ FFS (RAN1#103-e): Details on extension to intra- and inter-band CA
§ Note: This may be related to issue 5 as well as other reasons for different TCIs such as network flexibility/scheduling
c) Support the use of SSB/CSI-RS for BM and/or SRS for BM as source RS to determine a UL TX spatial filter in the unified TCI framework
§ Whether the UL TX spatial filter corresponds to UL TCI (separate from DL TCI) depends on the outcome of 1b) above
§ FFS: Support the use of non-BM CSI-RS and/or non-BM SRS in addition
d) In RAN1#103-e, decide if SRS for BM can be configured as a source RS to represent a DL RX spatial filter in the unified TCI framework
e) In RAN1#103-e, decide/finalize all other parameters included in or concurrent with (but not included in) the TCI, e.g. UL-PC-related parameters (involving P0/alpha, PL RS, and/or closed loop index), UL-timing-related parameters
f) In RAN1#103-e, identify issues pertaining to alignment between DL and UL default beam assumptions using the unified TCI framework
· [Issue 2] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility:
a) In RAN1#103-e, finalize scope and use cases for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, including:
§ Applicability in various non-CA and CA setups such as intra-band and inter-band CA
§ Use cases in comparison to Rel.15 L3-based handover (HO) taking into account potential extension of DAPS-based Rel.16 mobility enhancement to FR2-FR2 HO
§ The extent of RAN2 impact (MAC CE, RRC, user plane protocols)
§ Network architecture, e.g. NSA vs. SA, inter-RAT scenarios
b) In RAN1#103-e, depending on the outcome of 2a), further identify additional components –along with the associated alternatives –required for supporting inter-cell mobility based on the same unified TCI framework as that for intra-cell mobility (including dynamic TCI state update signaling), including
§ Method(s) for incorporating non-serving cell information associated with TCI
§ Method(s) for DL measurements and UE reporting (e.g. L1-RSRP) associated with non-serving cell(s)
§ UL-related enhancements, e.g. related to RA procedure including TA
§ Beam-level event-driven mechanism for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility
· [Issue 3] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on dynamic TCI state update signaling medium:
a) In RAN1#103-e, investigate, for the purpose of down selection, the following alternatives:
§ Alt1. DCI
§ Alt2. MAC CE
§ Note: Combination between DCI and MAC CE for, e.g. different use cases or control information partitioning can also be considered
§ Note: The study should consider factors such as feasibility for pertinent use cases, performance (based on at least the agreed EVM), overhead (including PDCCH capacity), latency, flexibility, reliability including the support of retransmission
§ Note: This may be related to outcome of issue 1a), 1b), and 6a)
b) In RAN1#103-e, depending on the outcome of 3a), identify candidates for more detailed design issues for the dynamic TCI state update such as
§ Exact content
§ Signaling format
§ Reliability aspects including the support of retransmission
§ Extensions, including the support of UE-group (in contrast to UE-dedicated) signaling
· [Issue 4] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on MP-UE assumption to facilitate fast UL panel selection:
a) The following assumptions are used:
§ In terms of RF functionality, a UE panel comprises a collection of TXRUs that is able to generate one analog beam (one beam may correspond to two antenna ports if dual-polarized array is used)
§ UE panels can constitute the same as well as different number of antenna ports, number of beams, and EIRP
§ No beam correspondence across different UE panels
§ FFS: For each UE panel, it can comprise an independent unit of PC, FFT timing window, and/or TA.
§ FFS: Same or different sets of UE panels can be used for DL reception and UL transmission, respectively
b) In RAN1#103-e, identify candidate use cases including MPE, and consider remaining aspects if use cases are identified
c) In RAN1#103-e, identify candidate signaling schemes for the following:
§ NW to MP-UE (taking into account potential extension of the unified TCI framework in issue 1)
§ MP-UE to NW
· [Issue 5] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO, on MPE mitigation (that is, minimizing the UL coverage loss due to the UE having to meet the MPE regulation), in RAN1#103-e:
a) If needed, identify candidate solutions to be down-selected in future meeting(s). The following sub-categories can be used:
§ CAT0. The need for specification support for MPE event detection and, if needed, candidate solutions
§ CAT1. The need for UE reporting associated with an MPE and/or a potential/anticipated MPE event if the UE selects a certain UL spatial resource, e.g., corresponding to DL or UL RS
§ CAT2. The need for NW signaling in response to the reported MPE event (taking into account issue 1) and UE behavior after receiving the NW signaling
§ Note: RAN4 has agreed to specify P-MPR reporting (cf. CRs for TS 38.101/102/133) which can be used as a baseline scheme for further enhancement
§ Note: This may be related to outcome of issue 4b)
b) Companies are encouraged to submit evaluation results based on the agreed EVM to justify the benefits of the candidate solutions
· [Issue 6] For Rel.17 NR FeMIMO,
a) add another category on performing study and, if needed, specifying feature(s) for beam acquisition (including beam tracking and refinement) latency reduction, especially for scenarios with high-speed UEs and large number of configured TCI states
b) Partial BFR will be handled in ITEM 2c (BM enhancement for mTRP)
Note: The target “RAN1#103-e” is understood as best-effort, i.e. to finalize as many components as possible based on the status of companies’ contributions.
R1-2007370 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: advanced beam acquisition Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2006718 Discussion on UL dense deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006791 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
· Proposal 1: For PDCCH reliability enhancements in Rel. 17, FDM and TDM schemes have higher priority compared to SDM scheme.
· Proposal 2: Study pros and cons of the following approaches to enable transmission of one DCI with two TCI states:
o One CORESET associated with two TCI states
o One SS set associated with two CORESETs
o One combined PDCCH candidate defined in two SS sets
· Proposal 3: Multi-TCI state PDCCH schemes should not introduce TCI state dependent rate matching for PDCCH (Rel. 15 rate matching should be assumed for PDCCH).
· Proposal 4: Support extending Rel. 15 inter-slot PUCCH repetition mechanisms to
o Two PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId’s
o PUCCH formats 0 and 2 in addition to PUCCH formats 1, 3, and 4.
· Proposal 5: RAN1 should study pros and cons of the following two alternatives before deciding how to enable intra-slot multi-beam PUCCH transmission:
o Alternative 1: Reusing intra-slot frequency hopping mechanisms to enable beam-hopping within one PUCCH resource.
o Alternative 2: Allowing PUCCH repetition in two different non-overlapping PUCCH resources in a given slot, where the two PUCCH resources are configured / activated with different beams.
· Proposal 6: Support extending PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B to repetitions with different sets of UL beams / different sets of transmission parameters for codebook based UL transmission and non-codebook based UL transmission including
o Indication of two sets of power control parameters (by enhancing SRI signalling in the DCI)
o Indication of two spatial relation Info’s (by enhancing SRI signalling in the DCI)
o Indication of two TPMIs for codebook based UL transmission (by enhancing “Precoding information and number of layers” signaling in the DCI)
· Proposal 7: Enhancements for reliability and robustness of PUSCH should be extended to the case of configured grant for both cases of Type 1 and Type 2 configured grant.
· Proposal 8: RAN1 should study if and how multi-DCI based multi-PUSCH transmission can be optimized to enhance the flexibility and performance of PUSCH.
o Compared to single-DCI based approach, multi-DCI based approach has lower priority.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005285 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2005364 Discussion on enhancement on PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH in MTRP scenario vivo
R1-2005455 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2005483 Discussion on Multi-TRP Physical Channel Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005542 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2005561 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2005621 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2005684 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2005728 Discussion on multi-TRP enhancement China Telecom
R1-2005751 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2005783 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2005821 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005859 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2005984 Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2006129 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2006201 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2006258 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006367 On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH robustness Ericsson
R1-2006391 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2006500 On multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2006543 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Beijing Xiaomi Electronics
R1-2006566 Enhancement on multi-TRP operation for PDCCH and PUSCH Sharp
R1-2006597 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2006627 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2006637 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2006719 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006844 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2006868 Discussion on enhancement on M-TRP ASUSTeK
R1-2006901 Discussion on multi-TRP/multi-panel transmission TCL Communication Ltd.
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH by 8/28
R1-2007179 Summary of EVM discussion for mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
R1-2007180 Summary #1 of email discussion [102-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Moderator (Qualcomm)
R1-2007181 Summary #2 of email discussion [102-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
The following is agreed for evaluation of PDCCH
· According to the evaluation scenario (e.g., at FR1 in urban macro / at FR1 in indoor hotspot / at FR2 in indoor hotspot), one of three Tables (Table A.3-1 ~ A.3-3) of 38.824 can be a baseline of EVM for Rel-17 FeMIMO item 2a.
o System bandwidth other than those mentioned in the Tables can be considered and reported by the companies.
· In addition, the following table is used for EVM for Rel-17 FeMIMO item 2a (Common assumptions for PDCCH/PUCCH/PUSCH)
Values |
|
The number of TRPs |
2 |
Channel model |
TDL for FR1 (CDL for FR1 can be optionally used) CDL for FR2 (TDL for FR2 can be optionally used) |
Path-loss modeling |
{0,3,6} dB gap between TRPs |
Blockage |
|
Target BLER |
[10^-3, 10^-4, 10^-5]: BLER values shown in plots should be based on enough number of samples, e.g., ~100/BLER samples |
· The following table is used for detailed assumptions for PDCCH
Parameters |
Values |
Baseline schemes |
Option 1: Rel-15 PDCCH Option 2: Spec transparent SFN For FR1: Both options 1 and 2 can be considered For FR2: Option 1. |
AL |
8 as baseline. Companies are encouraged to simulate other AL’s additionally for different code rate regimes. |
# of RBs/symbols |
1 or 2 symbols. Companies to report # of RBs. |
DCI payload |
40+24(CRC)=64 as baseline. Other payload values are not precluded. |
CCE-to-REG mapping |
Both Interleaved and non-interleaved can be considered. Companies to report the assumptions including interleaverSize in the case of interleaved. |
REG bundling size |
6 and 2 as baseline. |
Precoding assumptions |
Precoding cycling, precoder granularity=REG bundle as baseline. Closed-loop precoding can be used optionally |
Schemes |
Details of the schemes used (including TDM,FDM, etc.) to be reported by companies. |
Receiver assumption |
Up to companies to report |
Agreement
To enable a PDCCH transmission with two TCI states, study pros and cons of the following alternatives:
· Alt 1: One CORESET with two active TCI states
· Alt 2: One SS set associated with two different CORESETs
· Alt 3: Two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs
· At least the following aspects can be considered: multiplexing schemes (TDM / FDM/ SFN / combined schemes), BD/CCE limits, overbooking, CCE-REG mapping, PDCCH candidate CCEs (i.e. hashing function), CORESET / SS set configurations, and other procedural impacts.
Agreement
For non-SFN based mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements, study the following options:
o Study both intra-slot repetition and inter-slot repetition
o Study both cases of DCIs in the same slot and DCIs in different slots
Note 1: Companies are encouraged to evaluate the different options based on agreed LLS assumptions for possible down-selection in RAN1#103-e.
Note 2: The actual encoding / rate matching chain for PDCCH polar coding (i.e. 38.212 Sections 5.3.1 / 5.4.1 / 7.3.3 / 7.3.4) is not changed in the options above.
Agreement
For mTRP PDCCH reliability enhancements, study the following multiplexing schemes
· TDM : Two sets of symbols of the transmitted PDCCH / two non-overlapping (in time) transmitted PDCCH repetitions / non-overlapping (in time) multi-chance transmitted PDCCH are associated with different TCI states
o Aspects and specification impacts related to intra-slot vs inter-slot to be discussed
· FDM : Two sets of REG bundles / CCEs of the transmitted PDCCH / two non-overlapping (in frequency) transmitted PDCCH repetitions / non-overlapping (in frequency) multi-chance transmitted PDCCH are associated with different TCI states
· SFN : PDCCH DMRS is associated with two TCI states in all REGs/CCEs of the PDCCH
o Note: There is dependency between this scheme and AI 2d (HST-SFN )
· Note: Combinations of the schemes are not precluded, and they can be discussed at a later stage.
Agreement
For Alt 1 (one CORESET with two active TCI states), study the following
· Alt 1-1: One PDCCH candidate (in a given SS set) is associated with both TCI states of the CORESET.
· Alt 1-2: Two sets of PDCCH candidates (in a given SS set) are associated with the two TCI states of the CORESET, respectively
· Alt 1-3: Two sets of PDCCH candidates are associated with two corresponding SS sets, where both SS sets are associated with the CORESET and each SS set is associated with only one TCI state of the CORESET
· Note 1: A set of PDCCH candidates contain a single or multiple PDCCH candidates, and a PDCCH candidate in a set corresponds to a repetition or chance
· Note 2: How one or more PDCCH candidates are counted for monitoring (for BD limit) is FFS
o The note is applicable also to other alternatives
Agreement
For Alt 1-2/1-3/2/3, study the following
· Case 1: Two (or more) PDCCH candidates are explicitly linked together (UE knows the linking before decoding)
o FFS: How the explicit linkage is derived/determined by the UE
· Case 2: Two (or more) PDCCH candidates are not explicitly linked together (UE does not know the linking before decoding)
o FFS: How the UE knows the linkage after decoding
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH by 8/28
R1-2007182 Summary of AI:8.1.2.1 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Agreement
· Detailed assumptions for PUCCH evaluation:
Parameters |
Potential values |
Baseline scheme |
Rel-15 PUCCH repetition |
PUCCH format |
Format 1 and 3. Other PUCCH Formats can be optionally considered. |
# of RBs/symbols |
PUCCH Format 1: 4 symbols, 1 RB PUCCH Format 3: 4 and 8 symbols, 1 RB Other combinations are not precluded. |
UCI payload |
2 bits for PUCCH Format 1 (and Format 0, if considered). Companies to report assumptions on other PUCCH Formats |
Frequency hopping |
Reported by companies |
Number of repetitions (when applicable) |
2, 4, 8 |
Schemes |
TDM Details to be reported by companies |
Receiver assumption |
Reported by companies |
· Detailed assumptions for PUSCH evaluation:
Parameters |
Potential values |
Baseline scheme |
Rel-15/-16 PUSCH repetition |
# of RBs/symbols |
Companies to Report. |
DMRS pattern |
DM-RS configuration type 1 DM-RS Configuration type 2 (optional) |
# of layers |
1, 2 (optional) |
Code rates |
Low (<0.2) and moderate (<0.4) |
Frequency hopping |
Reported by companies |
UL transmission scheme |
Codebook based UL transmission is baseline. Non-codebook based can be optional. |
Redundancy Version |
Reported by companies |
Number of repetitions (when applicable) |
2, 4, 8 Other numbers are not precluded |
Schemes |
TDM Details to be reported by companies |
Receiver assumption |
Reported by companies |
Agreement
To improve reliability and robustness for PUCCH using multi-TRP and/or multi-panel, consider all PUCCH formats.
Agreement
To enable TDMed PUCCH transmission with different beams, support configuring/activating of multiple PUCCH Spatial Relation Info. RAN1 shall further study the exact schemes considering the following aspects,
· Method of configuration/activation of multiple spatial relation info
· Use of the same PUCCH resource or different PUCCH resource for PUCCH transmission
· Mapping between PUCCH repetition/symbol and spatial relation info among multiple PUCCH repetitions / multiple PUCCH symbols.
Agreement
For configuration/indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions, RAN1 shall further study the following,
· Alt.1: Use Rel-15 like framework
· Alt.2: Dynamic indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions
Agreement
For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission, further investigate required power control enhancement.
Agreement
Further study M-TRP CG PUSCH reliability enhancements in Rel-17.
Agreement
Support TDMed PUCCH scheme(s) to improve reliability and robustness for PUCCH using multi-TRP and/or multi-panel. Study the following alternatives,
· Alt.1: supporting both inter-slot repetition and intra-slot repetition / intra-slot beam hopping.
· Alt.2: supporting only inter-slot repetition
· Note1: It is not precluded to study the use of multiple PUCCH resources to repeat the same UCI in both inter-slot repetition and intra-slot repetition.
· Note2: The alternatives are clarified as below,
o inter-slot repetition: One PUCCH resource carries UCI , another one or more PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more slots carries a repetition of the UCI .
o intra-slot repetition: One PUCCH resource carries UCI , another one or more PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more sub-slots carries a repetition of the UCI
o intra-slot beam hopping: UCI is transmitted in one PUCCH resource in which different sets of symbols have different beams
Agreement
For M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, support single DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s).
· Further study multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) to identify potential gains and required enhancements.
· Note: This agreement does not reflect any prioritization of single DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition over multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition. Ran1 can further discuss that in the next meeting.
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, support TDMed PUSCH repetition scheme(s) based on Rel-16 PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B.
· Further study PUSCH transmission without repetition as a potential candidate M-TRP PUSCH scheme
Agreement
To support single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition scheme(s), up to two beams are supported. RAN1 shall further study the details considering,
1. Codebook based and non-codebook based PUSCH
2. Enhancements on SRI/TPMI/power control parameters/any other
Note1: Companies are encouraged to provide additional details on how above enhancements are applied to different PUSCH repetitions (e.g. mapping between PUSCH repetitions and beams)
Note2: Studying enhancements/aspects related to TA is not precluded.
Agreement
On the mapping between PUSCH repetitions and beams in single DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and Type B, further study the following,
R1-2005286 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
· Proposal 1: For inter-cell multi-TRP enhancement:
o Clarify the scenario and key assumptions on time/frequency synchronization, backhaul, inter-cell signal delay spread, and UL support
o Discuss necessary UE assumptions/behaviour/capability to support multiple QCL assumptions linking to multiple SSBs on the same carrier/OFDM symbol
· Proposal 2: For inter-cell multi-TRP enhancement, QCL/TCI state can include a non-serving cell SSB, and CORESET pool indexes may not need to be explicitly configured.
· Proposal 3: For inter-cell multi-TRP UL enhancement, support to acquire and maintain multiple TA values for multiple TRPs on the same carrier.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005365 Discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
· Proposal 1: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should be enhanced towards seamless mobility between cells for targeted mobility scenarios in Rel-17 FeMIMO.
· Proposal 2: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should consider both ideal backhaul and non-ideal backhaul scenarios.
· Proposal 3: Inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 should consider both QCL enhancement for DL and spatial relation enhancement for UL.
· Proposal 4: Inter-cell m-TRP enhancement should consider both of the following two aspects:
o TCI state configuration/activation enhancement with additional information of the target cells (at least including PCI information)
o Enhanced configuration/activation of L1 measured SSBs with additional information of the target cells (at least including PCI information)
· Proposal 5: It should be clarified that whether UE is expected to receive channels/RS that are not within CP of each other in Rel-17 discussion.
· Proposal 6: Spatial relation and power control related configurations should be enhanced for SRS, PUCCH, PUSCH transmission towards target cell.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005456 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2005484 TCI/QCL Enhancements for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005562 Considerations on inter-cell operation Sony
R1-2005685 Discussion on multi-TRP/panel inter-cell operation CATT
R1-2005822 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005860 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2005985 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2006130 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2006202 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2006259 Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006368 On inter-cell operation for mTRP Ericsson
R1-2006392 Enhancements on inter-cell Multi-TRP operations in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2006501 On Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2006545 Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations Beijing Xiaomi Electronics
R1-2006567 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation Sharp
R1-2006598 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2006720 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006792 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006845 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation
- Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority if there is any new EVM assumptions needed)
R1-2007313 Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
Study the following aspects of QCL /TCI-related enhancement to enable inter-cell multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation.
· Details on configuration of non-serving cell RS;
· Allowed source and target RS types for RS transmitted from the non-serving cell TRP ;
· Allowed QCL types for RS transmitted from the non-serving cell TRP ;
· Measurement and reporting related to QCL /TCI enhancement except for that in 8.1.1, if any;
· Clarification on potential UE behavior for associating/multiplexing non-serving cell RS with other RS/channels;
· Other details not precluded.
R1-2005686 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CATT
· Proposal 1: Reuse the same CSI measurement framework in Rel.16 for M-TRP, with additional measurement restriction tailored for M-TRP.
· Proposal 2: Amend group-based reporting with restrictions on beam pairing for M-TRP.
· Proposal 3: For L1-SINR group-based reporting, only CMR is configured, while for each beam index (e.g. CRI1, CRI2), the other reported beam index points to the interference resource.
· Proposal 4: Introduce Rx-panel-specific group-based reporting, where multiple CSI reporting configs, when enabled, shall be measured on different Rx panels.
· Proposal 5: The rule in Rel-15 can be reused to handle the multiplexing of PDCCH and PDSCH.
· Proposal 6: Define association relation between a CSI-RS resource and PDCCH (or CORESET, or CORESET group) in the same symbol.
· Proposal 7: M-TRP based partial failure recovery can be considered in Rel-17.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2006260 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
· Proposal 1: Support to enhance on PDCCH reception for multi-DCI based multi-TRP case.
· Proposal 2: In overlapping PDCCH monitoring occasions in multiple CORESETs that have same or different QCL-TypeD properties on active DL BWP(s) from different TRPs, for each TRP priority rule of monitoring PDCCHs should reuse R15.
· Proposal 3: Support to enhance on DL SPS PDSCH reception for multi-DCI based multi-TRP case.
· Proposal 4: In overlapping PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH transmissions receiving occasions from multiple TRP, one PDSCH with lowest configured sps-ConfigIndex for each TRP could be received.
· Proposal 5: PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH transmission associates with the same value of CORESETPoolIndex as CORESET where PDCCH activating the PDSCH lies in.
· Proposal 6: Not support to enhance on beam management for multi-TRP transmission.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005287 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2005366 Discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2005457 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2005485 Discussion on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005563 Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2005620 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2005752 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2005784 On beam management enhancements for multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2005823 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005861 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2005955 Views on beam management enhancement for multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2005986 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2006131 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2006203 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2006393 Enhancements on multi-TRP for multi-panel reception in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2006502 On multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2006546 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Beijing Xiaomi Electronics
R1-2006599 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2006638 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2006654 Discussion on beam management for Multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2006681 On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception Ericsson
R1-2006721 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006793 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006846 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP
- Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority if there is any new EVM assumptions needed)
R1-2007294 Summary on email discussion on beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For L1-RSRP, consider measurement / reporting enhancement to facilitate inter-TRP beam pairing
· Option-1: Group-based reporting,
o e.g., beam restriction to facilitate inter-TRP pairing.
· Option-2: Non-group-based reporting
Agreement
Evaluate and study at least but not limited to the following issues for multi-beam enhancement
· Issue 1: Consideration of inter-beam interference
· Issue 2: For group-based reporting, increased number of groups and/or beams per group
· Issue 3: UE Rx panel related beam measurement/report
o NOTE: “UE panel” is used for discussion purpose only
Agreement
· Evaluate enhancement to enable per-TRP based beam failure recovery starting with Rel-15/16 BFR as the baseline.
· Consider following potential enhancement aspects to enable per-TRP based beam failure recovery
o Issue 1: TRP-specific BFD
o Issue 2: TRP-specific new candidate beam identification
o Issue 3: TRP-specific BFRQ
o Issue 4: gNB response enhancement
o Issue 5: UE behavior on QCL/spatial relation assumption/UL power control for DL and UL channels/RSs after receiving gNB response
Agreement
Study Rel.17 enhancements on beam management for multi-TRPs with following priority
· High priority:
o Beam measurement/reporting enhancement
o Beam failure recovery for multi-TRP
· Low priority
o Simultaneous reception of same type of channel/RS with different QCL-TypeD
o Simultaneous reception of different type of channel/RS with different QCL-TypeD
In RAN1#102-e, the following combinations of physical channels were discussed but there was no consensus among the companies whether or not to study further in future meetings
Study simultaneous reception of the same type of channels/RS with different QCL-TypeD assumption, including at least the following combinations:
o PDCCH+PDCCH, CSI-RS + CSI-RS
Study simultaneous reception of different types of channels with different QCL-TypeD assumptions, including at least the following combinations:
o SSB+PDCCH/PDSCH, PDCCH+PDSCH, PDCCH+CSI-RS, PDSCH+CSI-RS
o Other combinations of channels/RS are not precluded.
R1-2005486 Enhanced M-TRP for HST-SFN InterDigital, Inc.
· Proposal 1: Develop new solutions and enhancements based on clustering of QCL, TCI and CSI framework to support HST-SFN operation using M-TRP transmission.
· Proposal 2: Study zone-based resource pooling to mitigate potential high signalling overhead.
· Proposal 3: Enhanced QCL configuration to indicate relative polarity of Doppler shift between configured TCI states.
· Proposal 4: Use non-SFN TRS to enable the UE to perform independent Doppler measurements per TRP.
· Proposal 5: Study solutions for TRS transmission that could help balance resource utilization and the accuracy of measurements.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005367 Evaluation and discussion on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2005458 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2005564 Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2005592 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2005687 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2005753 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2005862 On HST SFN enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2005925 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005987 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2006132 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2006204 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2006261 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006394 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for high speed train in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2006475 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson
R1-2006503 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2006600 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2006722 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006794 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006847 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment by 8/28
- Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/19 (EVM should be highest priority)
R1-2007201 Summary of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
Proposal on evaluation methodology in section 2.1 of R1-2007201 with following modifications (yellow part of proposal is not agreed)
· FFS: Propagation condition for FR1, FR2 whether CDL extension is optional or baseline
· FFS: UE height for both FR1, FR2
Agreement
For HST evaluation in FR2, Alt 2-3 is mandatory, other alternatives, i.e. Alt 2-4 and Alt. 2-1, are optional.
· Alt 2-1: Ds=700m, Dmin=150m
· Alt 2-3: Ds=200-300m, Dmin=30-50m
· Alt 2-4: Ds=580m, Dmin=5m
R1-2007244 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
· For Alt 2-1 in Table 1 - TRP height is 35m
· For Alt 2-3 in Table 1 - TRP height is 20m
· For Alt 2-4 in Table 1 - TRP height is 5m
Agreement
Adopt directional antenna model in Table 6 based on TR 38.802
Table 6 Antenna radiation pattern for UE
Parameter |
Values |
Antenna element radiation
pattern in |
|
Antenna element radiation
pattern in |
|
Combining method for 3D antenna element pattern (dB) |
|
Maximum directional gain of an antenna element GE,max |
5dBi |
Agreement
Antenna downtilt and azimuth directions point to the midpoint between the two TRPs
Agreement
UE height of 1.5m is baseline. Results for other UE heights can be reported by each company.
Agreement
The results should be reported
· Per track location (at specific SNR) or
· Throughput vs SNR at specific location
o Ds/2 (mid track point)
o Results for other locations can be reported by each company.
Agreement
CDL extension is baseline channel model for HST-SFN evaluations in addition to 4-tap channel model
Agreement
Number of TRP antenna ports for FR1 evaluations
· Support 8 antenna ports as optional configuration
Agreement
· Perfect synchronization as baseline
· Non-perfect time and frequency synchronization between the TRPs and UE, i.e., modeling of TRP CFO error (where CFO have temporal variation), UE receiver CFO, TRP timing errors may be optionally considered
o Companies to provide details on how this was modelled in their evaluations
§ For example, uniform distribution between [-ppm ppm]*fc (Hz) for each simulation point where fc is the carrier center frequency and the values of maximum frequency error in ppm are captured TR 38.101-1/2 and TR 38.104
Agreement
· It is recommended to provide results for SNR = 8, 12, 16, 20 dB
· Other SNR values are not precluded
· SNR defined relative ONLY to the reference point closest to TRP
R1-2007315 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
· Replace row “TRP antenna configuration including number of antennas, pattern, ports, orientation, etc” in Table 1 with following table:
TRP antenna configuration including number of antennas, pattern, ports, orientation, etc |
CDL based extension: 2 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 8, 2, 2], antenna model in Table 5, 16-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 16 antenna elements in the adjacent columns with fixed weight to form an antenna 4 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1,1,8,4,2], antenna model in Table 5, virtualization, 16-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 16 antenna elements in the two adjacent columns with fixed weight to form an antenna Optional 8 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 8, 4, 2], antenna model in Table 5, 8-to-1 mapping is used to virtualize the 8 antenna elements in a column with fixed weight to form an antenna port
4-tap channel model: 2 ports: omni-directional, MIMO matrix according to TS 38.101-4 (Annex B.1) 4 ports and 8 ports: antenna model and mapping are the same as for CDL based extension
Note: The results for other antenna configurations can be also provided |
2 ports: [Mg, Ng, M, N, P]=[1, 1, 4, 8, 2], Antenna model in Table 5 Note: The results for other antenna configurations can be also provided |
Table 5 Antenna radiation pattern for TRP
Radiation power pattern of a single antenna element for TRP |
Vertical cut of the radiation power pattern (dB) |
|
Horizontal cut of the radiation power pattern (dB) |
|
|
3D radiation power pattern (dB) |
|
|
Maximum directional gain of an antenna element GE,max |
8 dBi |
Agreement
For the discussion purpose consider the following categorization of the enhanced DL transmission schemes
· Scheme 1:
o TRS is transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner
o DM-RS and PDCCH/PDSCH from TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner
· Scheme 2:
o TRS and DM-RS are transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner
o PDSCH from TRPs is transmitted in SFN manner
Agreement
Study the following aspects of the enhanced transmission schemes:
· For scheme 1:
o Target DL physical channels, i.e., PDSCH only or PDSCH + PDCCH
o Whether more than 2 QCL/TCI states are required and corresponding signaling details
o Whether and how to indicate scheme 1 for differentiation with Rel-16 non-SFNed transmission schemes with multiple QCL/TCI states
o QCL relationship between TRS and DMRS ports
o Note: Other schemes/aspects are not precluded
· For scheme 2:
o Association of each MIMO layer of PDSCH to DM-RS antenna ports
o Whether more than 2 QCL/TCI states are required and corresponding signaling details
o Whether and how to indicate scheme 2 for differentiation with Rel-16 non-SFNed transmission schemes with multiple QCL/TCI states
o Note: Other schemes/aspects are not precluded
Agreement
For discussion purpose consider the following three steps for TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation scheme:
· 1st step: Transmission of the TRS resource(s) from TRP(s) without pre-compensation
· 2nd step: Transmission of the uplink signal(s)/channel(s) with carrier frequency determined based on the received TRS signals in the 1st step
· 3rd step: Transmission of the PDCCH/PDSCH from TRP(s) with frequency offset pre-compensation determined based on the received signal/channel in the 2nd step
· Note: A second set of TRS resource(s) may be transmitted at 3rd step.
Agreement
Study TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation including the following aspects:
· Aspects related to indication of the carrier frequency determined based on the received TRS resource(s) in the 1st step
o Option 1: Implicit indication of the Doppler shift(s) using uplink signal(s) transmitted on the carrier frequency acquired in the 1st step
§ Indication for QCL-like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step
§ Type of the uplink reference signals / physical channel used in the 2nd step, necessity of new configuration and corresponding signaling details
o Option 2: Explicit reporting of the Doppler shift(s) acquired in the 1st step using CSI framework
§ FFS: Indication for QCL-like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step
§ CSI reporting aspects, configuration, quantization, signalling details, etc.
· New QCL types/assumption for TRS with other RS (e.g., SS/PBCH), when TRS resource(s) is used as target RS in TCI state
· New QCL types/assumptions for TRS with other RS (e.g., DM-RS), when TRS resource(s) is used as source RS in the TCI state
· Target physical channels (e.g., PDSCH only or PDSCH/PDCCH) and reference signals that should be supported for pre-compensation
· Signaling/procedural details on whether/how the pre-compensation is applied to target channels
· Whether multiple sets of TRS and pre-compensation on TRS is needed in 3rd step.
· Note: Other aspects/schemes are not precluded
R1-2007393 Summary of HST-SFN evaluation assumptions after RAN1#102-e Moderator (Intel Corporation)
R1-2006963 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE (Revision of R1-2005459)
· Proposal 1: For an aperiodic SRS resource set triggered by DCI in slot n, the aperiodic SRS resource set is transmitted on the (k+1)-th valid slot counting from slot n, where k is the configured SRS triggering offset.
o The slot is considered as valid if there are available UL symbol(s) for the configured time-domain location(s) in a slot for all the SRS resources in the resource set and if it satisfies the minimum timing requirement between triggering PDCCH and all the SRS resources in the resource set.
· Proposal 2: Support aperiodic SRS to be triggered by DCI format 0_1/0_2 with UL-SCH=0 and without CSI request.
· Proposal 3: Support more flexible triggering for SRS antenna switching by allowing the aperiodic resource set to use a different number of Tx/Rx antennas from the periodic resource set.
· Proposal 4: For usage/overhead reduction of SRS, study resource reuse/multiplexing among multiple usages, incl. the case UE has different number of Tx antennas for antenna switching and PUSCH.
· Proposal 5: For SRS antenna switching up to 8 antennas, support xTyR where (x, y) = (2, 8) and (4, 8).
o FFS (x, y) = {(1, 6), (1, 8), (2, 6), (4, 6)}.
· Proposal 6: For SRS coverage and capacity enhancements, evaluate and select scheme(s) from the above three categories
o Cat. 1 (Time bundling): Enable joint processing of two different resources;
o Cat. 2 (Increase repetitions): Increase maximum number of repetitions in one resource;
o Cat. 3 (Partial-frequency sounding): Support more flexible configuration on SRS frequency pattern to allow SRS transmission on only partial frequency resources within the SRS band.
· Proposal 7: On the remaining issues of FeMIMO SRS evaluation methodology
o If one baseline scheme is pursued, use mSRS,3 = 4 and R=1
o Companies to state whether angle scaling is performed, and if so, the desired angle spread and mean angle
o No need to further extend CDL for MU MIMO
o No need to consider directional antenna in FR1
o The candidate values for DL and UL SNR difference are {6dB, 9dB}
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005622 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
· Proposal 1: Consider one or both approaches below for flexible A-SRS triggering
o Introduce dynamic signalling in DCI of slot/symbol offset to trigger A-SRS
o Flexible SRS triggering by configuring multiple SRS Resources (Sets)
§ use MAC CE to update associated trigger list for each SRS Resource Set.
· Proposal 2: Increase SRS nrofSymbols to X
o Candidate value X=14
· Proposal 3: For SRS slot bundling
o For coherent sounding, consider contiguous symbols allocation first
o Study impact of performance due to phase discontinuity
· Proposal 4: Adopt Rel-16 type 2 Low-PAPR sequence in Rel-17 SRS
· Proposal 5: {1t6r,2t6r,4t6r,1t8r,2t8r,4t8r} are included in candidate values for UE capability report.
· Proposal 6: For sharing SRS resource across usage
o The implication on UE implementation need to be carefully discussed.
o UE should know the SRS use purpose (codebook, antennaSwitching, or both) explicitly.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005247 Enhancements on SRS for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2005288 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2005368 Discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2005487 Discussion on SRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005565 Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sony
R1-2005688 Discussion on enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CATT
R1-2005754 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2005824 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005863 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2005988 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2006133 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2006205 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2006255 Considerations on SRS enhancement Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006364 Discussion on enhancement of SRS in Rel. 17 further enhanced MIMO CEWiT
R1-2006504 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2006568 Enhancement on SRS Sharp
R1-2006601 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2006610 SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements Ericsson
R1-2006723 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006795 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006848 Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17 Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity by 8/28
- Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/20 (EVM should be highest priority)
R1-2007076 FL summary on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2007173 FL summary#2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
LLS is used to evaluate SRS enhancements in Rel-17 FeMIMO, while SLS can be used additionally for evaluating data throughput for a given SRS design.
Agreement
Adopt the following LLS assumptions at least for SRS enhancements on coverage/capacity in Rel-17.
Parameter |
Value |
Metric |
UL/DL BLER or throughput Note: Other metrics like MSE can be considered optionally. |
Baseline |
Rel-15 SRS. Companies to state the detailed configuration used as baseline scheme. Note: It has been agreed that FG 10-11 can be applied on licensed band. If no further restriction on the usage of FG 10-11 is agreed in Rel-16, it can be included in baseline. |
Carrier frequency, SCS, System BW |
FR1: 3.5GHz, 30kHz, 20, 40 or 100 MHz as baseline, 4GHz can be optionally used FR2: 30 GHz, 120kHz |
Channel model |
CDL-B or CDL-C in TR 38.901 with 30ns or 300ns delay spread as baseline for MU-MIMO and SU-MIMO Note: Other delay spread is not precluded. Note: Simulation using TDL-A with 30ns or 300ns for MU-MIMO is not precluded. Companies to state whether angle scaling is performed, and if so, the desired angle spread and mean angle. |
UE speed |
3km/h , 30km/h or 120km/h |
Number of UE antennas |
1T4R, 2T4R or 4T4R |
Number of gNB antennas |
32T32R or 64T64R |
UE antenna configuration |
FR1: omni as baseline - Companies are not precluded to simulate directional antennas for 4Tx FR2: directional |
Rank, precoder and MCS |
Precoder is adaptive. Rank/MCS can be adaptive or fixed. |
Precoding granularity |
Fixed: 2, 4 or wideband for DL, wideband for UL. |
SRS periodicity |
Companies to state the used SRS periodicity.
|
SRS Comb |
Comb 2 or 4 |
SRS frequency hopping |
Companies to state whether SRS frequency hopping is enabled and the hopping pattern if so. |
DL SNR |
Companies to state the used difference between DL SNR and UL SNR |
Phase coherency |
Companies to state whether the phase coherency in time domain is modelled and if so, use the following - Random phase rotation of each SRS transmission is modeled as a uniform distribution between [-fmax, fmax within a time window of Twindow, where companies should state the value of fmax and Twindow. - Companies can choose from the following two options for fmax ◦ Opt-1: 40 degrees ◦ Opt-2: pi*Δf*x/Ts, where Δf denotes the gap between central frequency and UE's SRS frequency position and Ts for sampling frequency. x can be 0.1, 0.2, 0.4 - Twindow = 20ms - Other values of fmax and Twindow are not precluded |
Agreement
Adopt the following SLS assumptions at least for SRS capacity enhancements in Rel-17.
Parameter |
Value |
Metric |
DL throughput |
Baseline |
Rel-15 SRS. Companies to state the detailed configuration used as baseline scheme. Note: It has been agreed that FG 10-11 can be applied on licensed band. If no further restriction on the usage of FG 10-11 is agreed in Rel-16, it can be included in baseline. |
SRS error modelling |
Table A.1-2 of TR 36.897 Δ=9 dB is assumed for baseline. Companies to state the detailed SRS configuration if it is different from baseline. Note: The phase coherency model in LLS assumptions can be considered additionally. |
SRS periodicity |
Companies to state the simulated SRS periodicity. Note: SRS triggering may be aperiodic |
Carrier frequency, SCS and system bandwidth |
3.5GHz, 30KHz and 20MHz/40MHz/100MHz as baseline |
Number of gNB antennas |
(M, N, P, Mg,Ng; Mp, Np) = (8,8,2,1,1,4,8). (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ |
Number of UE antennas |
1T4R, 2T4R or 4T4R Omni antennas are used as baseline. Companies are not precluded to simulate directional antennas for 4Tx. |
Traffic model |
FTP 1 or FTP 3 with 20%, 50% or 70% traffic load Note: Full buffer can also be considered optionally. |
Handover margin |
3dB |
Scenario |
UMi/UMa with 200m ISD. Note: UMa with 500m ISD can also be considered. Note: Simulation of rural scenario with necessary adjustment of relevant parameters is not precluded. |
Duplex, Waveform |
TDD, OFDM |
Multiple access |
OFDMA |
Channel model |
According to the TR 38.901 |
BS Tx power |
44, 47, and 51 dBm for 20, 40, and 100 MHz, respectively |
BS antenna height |
25 m |
UE antenna height & gain |
Follow TR 36.873 |
UE receiver noise figure |
9 dB |
Modulation |
Up to 256QAM |
Coding on PDSCH |
LDPC Max code-block size=8448bit |
Slot |
14 OFDM symbols |
Frame structure |
Companies to state the used frame structure |
MIMO scheme |
SU/MU-MIMO |
Overhead |
Companies to state the downlink overhead assumption |
UE distribution |
80% indoor (3km/h), 20% outdoor (30km/h) |
UE receiver |
MMSE-IRC as the baseline receiver |
Agreement
Enhance the determination of aperiodic SRS triggering offset, with at least one of the following alternatives
- Alt 1: Delay the SRS transmission to an available slot later than the triggering offset defined in current specification, including possible re-definition of the triggering offset
- Alt 2: Indicate triggering offset in DCI explicitly or implicitly
- Alt 3: Update triggering offset in MAC CE
- Further consideration aspects may include the cost v.s. the total combinations PDCCH and SRS locations for gNB to choose, DCI overhead, multi-UE SRS multiplexing, CA aspect, whether to have multiple opportunities to transmit SRS, etc.
R1-2007234 FL summary#3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
For SRS coverage/capacity enhancements, evaluate and, if needed, specify one or more from three categories based on the following definition.
· Class 1 (Time bundling): Utilize relationship among two or more occasions of one or more SRS resources in one or more slots to enable joint processing within time domain.
o Study aspects include the issue of phase discontinuity, interruption of SRS transmission by other UL signals, etc..
· Class 2 (Increase repetition): Change the legacy SRS pattern in one resource and one occasion from time domain by increasing SRS symbols for repetition.
o Study aspects include to use TD-OCC to compensate the negative impact on SRS capacity, inter-cell interference randomization, whether these SRS symbols are in one slot or consecutive slots, etc..
· Class 3 (Partial frequency sounding): Support more flexibility on SRS frequency resources to allow SRS transmission on partial frequency resources within the legacy SRS frequency resources.
o Study aspects include the partial frequency resources are with RB level or subcarrier level (e.g., larger comb, partial bandwidth), PAPR issue, etc..
Agreement
Study the following two alternatives in the scope to enhance at least one DCI format for aperiodic SRS triggering
· Alt 1: Use UE-specific DCI, e.g., extending DCI 0_1 without uplink data and without CSI
· Alt 2: Use group-common DCI, e.g., extending DCI 2_3 for cases other than carrier switching
· Further consideration aspects may include simultaneous or CC-specific SRS triggering for multiple CCs, dynamic indication of SRS frequency resources, etc..
Agreement
For SRS overhead reduction, study reusing same resources among multiple usages, at least for “codebook” and “antenna switching”. Study aspects include
· Whether implementation approach based on legacy SRS configuration is sufficient
o If not, and if there are benefits other than RRC overhead reduction, study further on the case that antenna switching and PUSCH have different number of Tx antennas, whether UL BWP for different SRS usages is the same or different, whether and how to ensure UE to use same virtualization, the set of applicable usages, UE implementation complexity and overhead, etc..
Agreement
For SRS antenna switching up to 8Rx, study the configuration of {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, 4T6R, 4T8R}.
· Study points may include CSI latency, performance considering aspects like insertion loss, use cases, antenna structure, UE power saving, SRS resource configuration, etc…
R1-2005248 Enhancements on CSI for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
· Proposal 1: Opt.1 based on Section 5.3 of TR 36.897 is designed specifically for FDD reciprocity and preferred for evaluating CSI enhancements in Rel-17.
· Proposal 2: Consider SLS parameters for CSI feedback enhancement as following:
o Frequency range: FR1, 2.1GHz with duplexing distance 200MHz.
o SRS modelling for UL channel estimation:
§ SRS periodicity with 5ms/10ms
§
SRS error model in Table A.1-2
in 36.897 with
o
The antenna calibration error
shown in R1-144943 can be considered. The standard deviation of and
could be 0.35dB and 2.5 degrees, respectively.
· Proposal 3: Rel-17 Type II port selection codebook can be enhanced by utilizing reciprocity of propagation angle and delay using
which can be further enhanced or relaxed on top of Rel-16 codebooks as following and PMI quantization/reporting can be further discussed
o
is enhanced by relaxing restrictions of
to improve performance, e.g. more than 4 ports can be selected freely;
o
can be limited with very few vector(s), e.g. one or two;
o
can be enabled with a larger value of R (numberOfPMISubbandsPerCQISubband)
, e.g. R=4.
· Proposal 4: Joint CSI measurement and reporting for multi-TRP transmission can be supported in Rel-17.
Decision: The document is noted.
R1-2005289 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2005369 Evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2005460 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2005488 On Type II Port Selection Codebook Enhancement InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005566 Considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2005623 CSI enhancement for NCJT MediaTek Inc.
R1-2005689 CSI enhancements on for MTRP and FR1 FDD with partial reciprocity CATT
R1-2005755 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2006998 On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI (rev of R1-2005785)
R1-2005864 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD reciprocity Intel Corporation
R1-2005926 CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2005956 CSI enhancements: FDD reciprocity and multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2005989 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2006134 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2006206 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2006262 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multiple TRP/Panel transmission Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2006505 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2006569 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Sharp
R1-2006602 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2006685 On CSI enhancements in Rel-17 feMIMO Ericsson
R1-2006724 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2006796 CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2006849 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[102-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity by 8/28
- Prioritize topics to be resolved in RAN1#102-e by 8/20 (EVM should be highest priority)
R1-2006973 Discussion Summary for CSI enhancements MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
The EVM assumptions in Section 4 (except for Proposal 2 and 4) of R1-2006973 for Rel-17 CSI enhancements are agreed.
Agreement
For EVM for FDD CSI enhancement in Rel-17, use following Alt 1 as the baseline and Alt 2 as the optional
o Different per-cluster shadowing is generated for DL and UL, and DL (or UL) angles are generated based on DL (or UL) cluster powers. Then UL (or DL) uses the same angles and its own cluster powers to generate the channel matrix.
o XPR is generated independently for DL and UL.
Agreement
For EVM for FDD CSI enhancement in Rel-17, using the following calibration error model
·
is the spatial UL channel at gNB side with calibration error
·
is the ideal spatial UL channel without calibration error
· E represents the mismatch of transmission and reception circuits of gNB
· ai is the amplitude error
· qi is the phase error
· N is the number of antennas at gNB side
With
amplitude error (expressed in decibel of ) and phase error are normal distribution with 0.7dB and 5 degrees standard
deviation, respectively. Both amplitude/phase errors are assumed to be constant
during a simulation drop at time, and constant either across whole simulation bandwidth
or per 4 PRB at frequency. Companies shall report the assumption of error modelling
at frequency.
R1-2007268 Technical Categorization for CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Huawei
Agreement
Taking Type II port selection codebook enhancement (based on Rel.15/16 Type II port selection) as a starting point, study following aspects, taking into account trade-off among UE complexity, performance and reporting/RS overhead:
Agreement
For CSI enhancement for multi-TRP, study following aspects taking into account trade-off among UE complexity, performance and reporting/RS overhead
Note that companies are encouraged to clarify applicable transmission schemes/scenarios and strive to unify Rel-17 MTRP CSI framework enhancements.
R1-2005291 Sounding enhancement for interference probing in TDD cooperative MIMO FUTUREWEI
R1-2005370 Discussion on higher layer aspects for multi-TRP enhancement vivo
R1-2005461 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2005489 Evaluation of Multi-TRP MIMO Deployment with Multi-panel UEs InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2005825 HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2007011 Simulation results for multi-beam enhancements Samsung (rev of R1-2006135)
R1-2006369 Critical MIMO issue from observations in field Ericsson
Withdrawn
R1-2006965 Discussion on field measurement and evaluation assumptions for FDD CSI enhancements in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon (rev of R1-2006414)
R1-2006570 Considerations on TRS for HST-SFN scenario Sharp
R1-2006949 Critical MIMO issue from observations in field Ericsson LM
Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI
R1-2009832 Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR) Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2007546 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2007586 Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007626 Discussions on Multi-beam Enhancement InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007644 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2007763 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2007824 Discussion on enhancement on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2008000 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2008148 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2008217 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2008308 Enhancements on NR multi-beam operation AT&T
R1-2008346 Considerations on the enhancement of multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2008438 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2008573 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2008899 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2008903 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008910 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2008943 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2008956 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2008977 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2009027 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2009060 Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2009129 Enhancements on multi-beam pperation Sharp
R1-2009141 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009155 Discussion on multi-beam operation ASUSTeK
R1-2009158 Multi-beam Enhancements Convida Wireless
R1-2009174 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009250 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2009288 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Ericsson
R1-2008147 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: From GTW session on Nov 2nd,
Agreement
On beam indication signaling medium to support joint or separate DL/UL beam indication in Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
· Support L1-based beam indication using at least UE-specific (unicast) DCI to indicate joint or separate DL/UL beam indication from the active TCI states
o The existing DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 are reused for joint beam indication
§ FFS: If additional DCI format(s) are supported, e.g. existing DCI formats 0_0, 0_1, 0_2, 1_0 as well as new DCI format(s) dedicated for beam indication
o Support a mechanism for UE to acknowledge successful decoding of beam indication
§ The ACK/NAK of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the beam indication can be used as an ACK also for the DCI
§ FFS: Whether any additional specification support is needed
o FFS beam indication for the TCI state assumption/update for the following cases:
§ The beam indication UE-specific DCI (i.e. the CORESETs with the DCI received by UE), the scheduled PDSCH by the DCI and the associated PUCCH for the acknowledgment of the beam indication DCI
§ Non-UE-specific CORESETs and PUSCH/PDSCH scheduled/activated and PUCCH transmission triggered by non-UE-specific CORESETs
· Support activation of one or more TCI states via MAC CE analogous to Rel.15/16:
o At least for the single activated TCI state, the activated TCI state is applied
o The content for the MAC CE is determined based on the outcome of issue 1
o FFS: If supported, default TCI state when more than one TCI states are activated by MAC CE
o Note: There is no implications on the support of single TRP or multi-TRP
· Support a UE capability for the minimum beam indication delay
o FFS: Whether to measure beam indication delay from DCI reception or from acknowledgment of DCI
o FFS: The exact supported values e.g. {0.5ms, 2ms, 3ms}
· FFS: Additional enhancement such as L1-based beam indication with group-common DCI
· FFS: Whether the Rel.17 beam indication can also apply to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET) or a subset of channels
· FFS: Additional details on extending the support of L1-based beam indication when separate UL (from DL) common beam indication is configured
Continue email discussion on the yellow part.
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
R1-2009499 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
Above agreement is modified as follows:
Agreement
On beam indication signaling medium to support joint or separate DL/UL beam indication in Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
· Support L1-based beam indication using at least UE-specific (unicast) DCI to indicate joint or separate DL/UL beam indication from the active TCI states
o The existing DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 are reused for beam indication
o Support a mechanism for UE to acknowledge successful decoding of beam indication
§ The ACK/NAK of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the beam indication can be used as an ACK also for the DCI
§ FFS: Whether any additional specification support is needed
· Support activation of one or more TCI states via MAC CE analogous to Rel.15/16:
o At least for the single activated TCI state, the activated TCI state is applied
o The content for the MAC CE is determined based on the outcome of issue 1
o FFS: If supported, default TCI state when more than one TCI states are activated by MAC CE
o Note: There is no implications on the support of single TRP or multi-TRP
· FFS: Additional enhancement such as L1-based beam indication with group-common DCI
· FFS: Whether the Rel.17 beam indication can also apply to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET) or a subset of channels
· FFS: Additional details on extending the support of L1-based beam indication when separate UL (from DL) common beam indication is configured
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, to accommodate the case of separate beam indication for UL and DL:
· Utilize two separate TCI states, one for DL and one for UL.
o FFS: Contents of separate UL TCI state
o Note: For FR1, UE does not expect UL TCI to provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s), if UL TCI is supported for FR1
· For the separate DL TCI:
o The source reference signal(s) in M TCIs provide QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC
· For the separate UL TCI:
o The source reference signal(s) in N TCIs provide a reference for determining common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC
o Optionally, this UL TX spatial filter can also apply to all SRS resources in resource set(s) configured for antenna switching/codebook-based/non-codebook-based UL transmissions
· FFS: Whether the UL TCI state is taken from a common/same or separate TCI state pool from DL TCI state
o Note that TCI state pool for joint DL and UL beam indication is still FFS
· FFS: Whether Rel.17 supports TCI configured for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET)
· Note: This does not preclude the type of UE supporting only 1 beam tracking loop, i.e. UE reports value of 1 in UE FG 2-62.
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements to enable L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility:
· The following use cases are assumed:
o Network architecture:
§ NSA, i.e. LTE PCell and NR-PSCell
§ SA
o Intra-band CA
§ FFS: If inter-band CA is also included
o Intra- RAT (excluding inter-RAT)
o Intra-frequency scenario:
§ The SSBs of non-serving cells have the same center frequency and SCS as the SSBs of the serving cell
§ An SSB of a non-serving cell is associated with a PCI different from the PCI of the serving cell
§ FFS: Support for inter-frequency scenario
o FFS: Whether to support intra-DU only operation, or whether inter-DU is also allowed
· The following enhancement scope is assumed:
o Facilitating measurement and reporting of non-serving RSs via incorporating non-serving cell info with some TCI(s), along with the necessary measurement and reporting scheme(s)
§ FFS: Detailed/exact method(s)
§ FFS: Whether this also implies the support of beam indication (TCI state update along with the necessary TCI state activation) for TCI(s) associated with non-serving cell RS(s)
§ FFS: Metric for the measurement and reporting, e.g. L1-RSRP or L3-RSRP or time- or spatial-domain-filtered L1-RSRP
§ FFS: Beam-level event-driven mechanism, using serving cell RS and/or non-serving cell RS
o Facilitate serving cell to provide configurations for non-serving cell SSBs via RRC
§ FFS: details for the configurations, e.g. time/frequency location, transmission power, etc.
§ FFS: other information needed for inter-cell mobility
o Note: In RAN1's understanding, non-serving cell SSB and non-serving cell RS can be part of the serving cell configuration
· FFS: The following enhancement scope is assumed by RAN1:
o Whether RRC reconfiguration signaling is needed or not when a TCI associated with non-serving cell RS is indicated
§ A non-serving cell RS is an RS that is or has an SSB of a non-serving cell as direct or indirect QCL source
§ This implies no C-RNTI update when UE receives DL channel RS associated to non-serving cell RS as QCL source.
§ FFS whether TCI associated with non-serving cell can be indicated to or are applicable for all channels.
o Whether some RRC parameters need to be updated without additional RRC signaling, e.g. some RRC parameters are pre-configured, which are associated with TCI states with neighbor cell RS as QCL source
o Whether UE needs/can change serving cell during L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility.
o The above assumption to be verified by RAN2
Conclusion
There is no consensus in RAN1 to include the following as part of RAN1 agreement for AI 8.1.1 in RAN1 #103e:
· FFS beam indication for the TCI state assumption/update for the following cases:
o The beam indication UE-specific DCI (i.e. the CORESETs with the DCI received by UE), the scheduled PDSCH by the DCI and the associated PUCCH for the acknowledgment of the beam indication DCI
o Non-UE-specific CORESETs and PUSCH/PDSCH scheduled/activated and PUCCH transmission triggered by non-UE-specific CORESETs
Agreement
In Rel-17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, the following use cases are assumed:
· MPE mitigation
· UE power saving
· UL interference management
· Support different configurations across panels
· UL mTRP
Agreement
In Rel-17 enhancement on MP-UE to facilitate fast UL panel selection and MPE mitigation, UL Tx panel(s) are assumed to be a same set or subset of DL Rx panel(s)
Agreement
In Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, UE-initiated UL panel selection/activation are supported:
· FFS: Whether NW-initiated panel selection/activation is also supported
· FFS: Whether specification support for this feature is necessary and if so the details of such spec support.
Agreement
On UE reporting for MPE mitigation for Rel-17, investigate and, if needed, specify the following:
· Reporting of P-MPR report based on Rel.16 framework.
o FFS: Whether panel/beam level based P-MPR report is supported
o FFS: Maximum reported number of panels, e.g. single or multiple
· Reporting SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or indication of panel selection for the purpose of indicating:
o Alt1: alternative UE panel(s) or TX beam(s) for UL transmission
o Alt2: feasible UE panel(s) or TX beam(s) for UL transmission taking the MPE effect into account
o FFS: indication of panel selection details (e.g. explicit/implicit)
· Any additional reporting content: down-select from the following in RAN1#104-e
o Alt0: no additional reporting content
o Alt1: Additional reporting content is included (for example P-MPR + L1-RSRP, virtual PHR + L1-RSRP, L1-RSRP/SINR with and without MPE effect, virtual PHR, P-MPR or virtual PHR + CRI/SSBRI, estimated max UL RSRP)
§ Note: Other options are not precluded
§ FFS: Whether the above reporting is triggered by UE or configured by NW
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, support common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) across a set of configured CCs:
· The above applies to intra-band CA
· The above applies to joint DL/UL and separate DL/UL beam indications
· Just as Rel.16, the RS in the TCI state that provides QCL-TypeA [or QCL-TypeB] shall be in the same CC as the target channel or RS
· The common TCI state ID implies that the same/single RS determined according to the TCI state(s) indicated by a common TCI state ID is used to provide QCL Type-D indication and to determine UL TX spatial filter across the set of configured CCs
· FFS: The above also applies to inter-band CA
· FFS: TCI state pool for CA
o Opt-1: sharing a single RRC TCI state pool for the set of configured CCs, e.g., cell-group TCI state pool, or reuse TCI state pool for PDSCH in a reference cell; A CC ID for QCL-Type A RS is absent in a TCI state, and the CC ID for QCL-Type A RS is determined according to a target CC of the TCI state.
§ FFS: Whether it is possible that a single TCI state in the pool includes all source RSs from different CCs
o Opt-2: configuring RRC TCI state pool per individual CC
· FFS: Whether the Rel-17 common beam update across multiple CCs applies to beam indication for single channel (e.g. PDSCH only, single CORESET), a subset of channels, or all channels
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework:
· A pool of joint DL/UL TCI state is used for joint DL/UL TCI state update (beam indication).
· FFS: The pool for separate DL and UL TCI state update (beam indication)
· Note: Here, TCI state pool refers to a pool configured via higher-layer (RRC) signaling
· FFS: Whether joint TCI may include UL specific parameter(s) such as UL PC/timing parameters, PL RS, panel-related indication,etc. and if it is included, it is used only for UL transmission of the DL and UL transmissions to which the joint TCI is applied
R1-2009715 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
In RAN1#104-e, on the Rel-17 L1-based TCI state update (beam indication) for the unified TCI framework, interested companies are to provide the following:
· How to use DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 for UL-only (in case of separate DL/UL) TCI state update (beam indication)
o Note: The agreement implies that DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 can be used for UL-only TCI state update beam indication).
o FFS: Using DCI format 1_1 and 1_2 without DL assignment, and with a new acknowledgment mechanism directly in response to decoding DCI format 1_1 and 1_2, e.g., analogous to SPS PDSCH release
· Whether/how to support at least one additional DCI format dedicated for UL-only beam indication (in case of separate DL/UL), including:
o Whether the format can also be used for DL-only beam indication (in case of separate DL/UL) and joint DL/UL beam indication
o Whether it is a “brand new” format or based on some extension of the existing DCI formats other than 1_1 and 1_2 (e.g. 1_0, 0_0, 0_1, or 0_2)
§ If UL-related DCI is used, whether it is accompanied with UL grant or not
o Acknowledgment mechanism
Agreement
On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication:
R1-2009749 Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, the beam application time is to be down-selected or modified from the following:
· Alt1: The beam application time can be configured by the gNB based on UE capability
o Support a UE capability for the minimum value of beam application time
o FFS: the exact minimum values of beam application time supported by UE
o FFS: whether existing UE capability can be reused as this UE capability.
o FFS: whether different beam application time values are supported for uplink and downlink
o FFS: whether UE capability needs to be introduced for the maximum value of beam application time
· Alt2: The beam application time is fixed and defined in specification
· Alt3: The beam application time can be configured by the gNB where the minimum value of beam application time is fixed and defined in specification
· Consider multi-panel UE, layer 1/2 inter-cell cases, carrier aggregation aspects
R1-2007540 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2007587 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007627 Reliability Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007645 Further discussion on enhancement of MTRP operation vivo
R1-2007764 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2007783 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2007793 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2007825 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2008001 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2008149 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2008218 Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2008347 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2008439 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2008574 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2008898 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2008904 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008911 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2008944 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2008958 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2008978 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2009028 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Xiaomi
R1-2009054 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2009130 Enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH Sharp
R1-2009142 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCHPUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009159 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2009175 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009223 On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements with multiple TRPs Ericsson
R1-2009251 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 6th,
Agreement
For PDCCH reliability enhancements, support SFN scheme + Alt 1-1.
· FFS: TCI state activation for CORESET, impact on default beam, BFD resource for BFR
Agreement
For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes, support at least Option 2 + Case 1.
· Maximum number of linked PDCCH candidates is two
· FFS: Details including how the two PDCCH candidates are counted toward the BD limits and impact on overbooking, if any
· Down-select at least one Alt from Alts 1-2 / 1-3 / 2 / 3
· FFS: Linking options such as a fixed rule based on the same PDCCH candidate index, based on start CCE, based on configuration, etc.
o FFS: additional restriction to facilitate soft combining
· FFS: implicit PUCCH resource determination for >8 PUCCH resources in the resource set, scheduling offset for “timeDurationForQCL”, Out-of-order / in-order definition for PDCCH-to-PDSCH and PDCCH-to-PUSCH, DAI for Type-2 codebook, Slot offset for scheduling the same PDSCH/PUSCH/CSI-RS/SRS, rate matching PDSCH around the scheduling DCI.
· FFS: whether and how to support for DCI format 2_x
R1-2009683 Summary of email discussions [103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Working Assumption
For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, support Alt3 (two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs).
Agreement
For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, CCEs of the two PDCCH candidates are counted separately following Rel. 15/16 procedures. Further study the BD limit by considering the following
· With respect to the complexity associated with RE de-mapping / demodulation, 2 units are required
· With respect to the complexity associated with decoding, the following assumptions can be further discussed:
o Assumption 1: UE only decodes the combined candidate without decoding individual PDCCH candidates
o Assumption 2: UE decodes individual PDCCH candidates
o Assumption 3: UE decodes the first PDCCH candidate and the combined candidate
o Assumption 4: UE decodes each PDCCH candidate individually, and also decodes the combined candidate
· Note 1: The Assumptions 1-4 are for discussion purpose only, and they may or may not have specification impact.
o FFS: The relationship between UE capability, RRC configuration, and the BD limit, and whether the Assumptions 1-4 are relevant for this purpose.
· Note 2: the BD /CCE limit here is counted based on the configuration of PDCCH monitoring capability (e.g. per slot or per span).
Conclusion
Group-common DCI formats (DCI formats 2_x) are not precluded for multi-TRP PDCCH reliability enhancements and can be discussed with a lower priority compared to UE-specific DCI formats.
Note: Enhancements required for DCI formats 2_x, if any, can be discussed case-by-case.
R1-2009761 Summary #2 of email discussions [103-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition (Option2 + Case 1), for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight:
· Alt 1: Ensure same start CCE index (based on linking options) and the same number of CCEs in the two CORESETs (based on CORESET configuration restriction)
· Alt 2: Starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied
o FFS: Which one of the linked PDCCH candidates is used.
· Alt 3: It is up to the UE to determine the PUCCH resource based on the starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of any of the two linked PDCCH candidates
· Other alternatives are not precluded.
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH
R1-2009480 Summary of Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Decision: From GTW session on Nov 2nd,
Agreement
For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes.
· Support multi-TRP inter-slot repetition (Scheme 1)
o One PUCCH resource carries UCI, another PUCCH resource or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more slots carries a repetition of the UCI.
o FFS: Number of repetitions
· Further study the support (one or both) of the following schemes
o Multi-TRP intra-slot beam hopping (Scheme 2)
§ UCI is transmitted in one PUCCH resource in which different sets of symbols within the PUCCH resource have different beams.
§ FFS: More than 2 beam hopping instances per PUCCH resource.
o Multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3)
§ One PUCCH resource carries UCI, another PUCCH resource or the same PUCCH resource in another one or more sub-slots within a slot carries a repetition of the UCI.
· Note1: whether to support two PUCCH resources or the same PUCCH resource with different beams for Scheme 1 and 3 to be discussed separately.
Agreement
For multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes,
· For Scheme 1, at least PUCCH format 1/3/4 can be used.
· FFS: Support of PUCCH format 0/2 for Scheme 1
· FFS: Support of PUCCH formats for Scheme 2 and/or Scheme 3 (if schemes are agreed).
R1-2009757 Summary of Multi-TRP URLLC for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, support codebook based PUSCH transmission with following enhancements.
· Support the indication of two SRIs.
o Alt1: Bit field of SRI shall be enhanced.
o Alt2: No changes on SRI field
· Support the indication of two TPMIs.
o The same number of layers are applied for both TPMIs if two TPMIs are indicated
o The number of SRS ports between two TRPs should be same.
o FFS: Details on indicating two TPMIs (e.g, one TPMI field or two TPMI fields)
· Increase the maximum number of SRS resource sets to two
· FFS: configuration details of each SRS resource set (e.g., number of SRS resources in a resource set)
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, support non-codebook based PUSCH transmission with following considerations.
· Increase the maximum number of SRS resource sets to two, and associated CSI-RS resource can be configured per SRS resource set.
· FFS: Enhancements on SRI field in DCI to indicate the two beams for repetitions
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 7th,
Agreement
For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in FR2,
· Support separate power control parameters for different TRP via associating power control parameters via PUCCH spatial relation info.
o Note: No spec impact.
· For per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH, further study the following alternatives considering TPC command when the “closedLoopIndex” values associated with the two PUCCH spatial relation info’s are not the same.
o Option.1: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for both PUCCH beams
o Option.2: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for one of two PUCCH beams at a slot. The TPC value may be applied for the other PUCCH beam at an another slot.
o Option 3: A second TPC field is added in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2.
o Option 4: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and indicates two TPC values applied to two PUCCH beams, respectively.
· FFS: Transition period for beam / power / frequency change.
· FFS: Required power control enhancements for FR1
Agreement
For configuration/indication of the number of PUCCH repetitions for Scheme 1, there is no restriction on using Rel-15 framework on configuring the number of repetitions.
· Rel-17 feMIMO may additionally consider supporting the dynamic indication of the number of repetitions in RAN1 #104 meeting.
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type B, at least nominal repetitions are used to map beams
· Further study details and applicability of each mapping method
· Further study the slot based beam mapping in the cases of nominal repetition across slot boundaries
Agreement
For PUSCH multi-TRP enhancements,
· For per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH, further study the following alternatives when the “closedLoopIndex” values are different.
o Option.1: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and the TPC value applied for both PUSCH beams
o Option.2: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and the TPC value applied for one of two PUSCH beams at a slot.
o Option 3: A second TPC field is added in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2.
o Option 4: A single TPC field is used in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, and indicates two TPC values applied to two PUSCH beams, respectively.
· FFS: Transition period for beam / power / frequency change.
Agreement
Support both type 1 and type 2 CG PUSCH transmission towards MTRP. Further study the following alternatives,
· Alt.1 : single CG configuration
o Repetitions of a TB transmitted towards MTPR on multiple PUSCH transmission occasions of single CG configuration.
o At least for codebook-based CG PUSCH, support configuring 2 SRIs/TPMIs.
· Alt.2 : multiple CG configurations
o Repetitions of a TB transmitted towards MTRP on more than one PUSCH transmission occasions, where one or more transmission occasions are from one CG configuration and another one or more PUSCH transmission occasions are from another CG configuration.
o 1 SRI/TPMI is configured/indicated for each CG configuration.
· Further study required beam mapping principals, low overhead mechanisms for beam selection, and other enhancements for Alt.1 and Alt.2.
Agreement
For multi-TRP TDM-ed PUCCH transmission schemes,
· FFS: Required enhancements for FR1
FFS: Use of multiple PUCCH resources.
Agreement
For M-TRP PUSCH reliability enhancement, further discuss multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) considering the following aspects.
Companies are encouraged to provide simulation results to decide the support of the scheme in next RAN1 meetings
The support of multi-DCI based PUSCH transmission/repetition scheme(s) in Rel-17 will be decided in RAN1#104-e
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,
Agreement
For single DCI based PUSCH multi-TRP enhancements, support the following RV mapping for PUSCH repetition Type A,
Agreement
For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in FR1,
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, further study required enhancements on PTRS-DMRS association.
From GTW sessions:
Working Assumption
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of UL beams.
· The support of cyclic mapping can be optional UE feature for the cases when the number of repetitions is larger than 2.
· FFS: Support of half-half mapping.
· FFS: Additional considerations on mapping patterns (including required beam switching gaps)
· Companies are encouraged to provide further simulation results to decide details.
Working Assumption
For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in Scheme 1, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of spatial relation info’s over PUCCH repetitions.
o Sequential mapping pattern: the first beam is applied to the first and second PUCCH repetitions, and the second beam is applied to the third and fourth PUCCH repetitions, and the same beam mapping pattern continues to the remaining PUCCH repetitions.
R1-2009807 LS on Beam switching gaps for Multi-TRP UL transmission RAN1, Nokia
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov.16th, the LS is approved.
R1-2007541 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2007588 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007628 Synchronization Analysis for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007646 Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2007765 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2007826 Discussion on multi-TRP/panel inter-cell operation CATT
R1-2008002 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2008150 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2008219 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2008348 Considerations on inter-cell operation Sony
R1-2008440 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2008575 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2008905 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008912 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2008945 Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation NEC
R1-2008979 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2009029 Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations Xiaomi
R1-2009070 Enhancement on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
R1-2009143 Discussion on enhancement on multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009176 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009252 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation
R1-2009415 FL summary on inter-cell MTRP operation Moderator (vivo)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 11th,
Agreement
For QCL /TCI related enhancement for enhanced inter-cell multi-TRP operations, support RRC configuration of non-serving cell information
· Non-serving cell information can be associated with the TCI state and/or QCL -info at least when “neighbor cell SSB” is used as “QCL referenceSignal ”
o FFS : Whether beam indication enhancement is needed in addition to QCL -info enhancement
o FFS : Whether the association is explicit or implicit
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,
Agreement
The information provided by SSB-Configuration-r16/ssb-InfoNcell-r16 and/or MeasObject can be starting point for providing non-serving cell information
Final summary in:
R1-2009731 Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
For future meetings, consider rate matching behavior related to non-serving cell SSB.
R1-2007542 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2007589 Discussion on multi-TRP for multi-panel reception in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007629 Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007647 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2007766 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2007784 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2007827 Beam management enhancement for multi-TRP simultaneous reception CATT
R1-2008003 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2008151 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2008220 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2008309 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2008349 Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2008441 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2008576 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2008906 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008913 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2008946 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2008957 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2008980 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2009030 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2009052 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Asia Pacific Telecom co. Ltd
R1-2009144 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009156 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ASUSTeK
R1-2009160 On Per-TRP Beam Failure Recovery Convida Wireless
R1-2009177 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009213 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2009225 On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception Ericsson
R1-2009253 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP
R1-2009500 Summary on beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 6th,
Agreement
· For M-TRP beam failure detection, support independent BFD-RS configuration per-TRP, where each TRP is associated with a BFD-RS set.
o FFS: The number of BFD RSs per BFD-RS set, the number of BFD-RS sets, and number of BFD RSs across all BFD-RS sets per DL BWP
o Support at least one of explicit and implicit BFD-RS configuration
§ With explicit BFD-RS configuration, each BFD-RS set is explicitly configured
· FFS: Further study QCL relationship between BFD-RS and CORESET
§ FFS: How to determine implicit BFD-RS configuration, if supported
· For M-TRP new beam identification
o Support independent configuration of new beam identification RS (NBI-RS) set per TRP if NBI-RS set per TRP is configured
§ FFS: detail on association of BFD-RS and NBI-RS
§ Support the same new beam identification and configuration criteria as Rel.16, including L1-RSRP, threshold
From GTW sessions:
Agreement
Support TRP-specific BFD counter and timer in the MAC procedure
· The term TRP is used only for the purposes of discussions in RAN1 and whether/how to capture this is FFS
Agreement
· Support a BFRQ framework based on Rel.16 SCell BFR BFRQ
o In RAN1#104-e, select one from the following options
§ Option 1: Up to one dedicated PUCCH-SR resource in a cell group
· A cell group refers to either MCG, SCG, or PUCCH cell group
· FFS: number of spatial filters associated with the PUCCH-SR resources
· FFS: How the SR configuration is done
§ Option 2: Up to two (or more) dedicated PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group
· A cell group refers to either MCG, SCG, or PUCCH cell group
· FFS: whether each PUCCH-SR resource is restricted to be associated to one spatial filter
· FFS: How the SR configuration is done
o FFS: Whether no dedicated PUCCH-SR resource can be supported in addition to Option 1 or Option 2
· Study whether and how to provide the following information in BFRQ MAC-CE
o Index information of failed TRP(s)
o CC index (if applicable)
o New candidate beam index (if found)
o Indication whether new beam(s) is found
o FFS: whether/how to incorporate multi-TRP failure
Agreement
Down-select at least one of the following options for beam measurement/reporting enhancement to facilitate inter-TRP beam pairing in RAN1 #104-e
· Option 1: In a CSI-report, UE can report N>1 pair/groups and M>=1 beams per pair/group
o Different beams in different pairs/groups can be received simultaneously
o FFS: whether M is equal or can be different across different pair/group
· Option 2: In a CSI-report, UE can report N(N>=1) pairs/groups and M (M>1) beams per pair/group
o Different beams within a pair/group can be received simultaneously
· Option 3: UE report M(M>=1) beams in N (N>1) CSI-reports corresponding to N report setting
o Different beams in different CSI-reports can be received simultaneously
o FFS: whether/how to introduce an association between different CSI-reports
o FFS: whether/how to differentiate reported measurements for beams that are received simultaneously vs. beams that are not received simultaneously
§ Whether/how to introduce an indication along with the CSI-reports to indicate whether the beams in different CSI-reports can be received simultaneously
· FFS: value of N and M in each option
· FFS: Association between different beams in above options and different TRP/UE panels
· FFS: Identify new use cases per option compared with R16 (including backhaul)
· FFS: whether different beams in different pairs/groups/reports can be received by same spatial filter per option
Final summary in:
R1-2009728 Moderator summary on round#3 discussion on M-TRP beam management Moderator (CATT)
R1-2007543 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2007590 Discussion on multi-TRP for high speed train in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007630 Enhancements for M-TRP to Support HST-SFN Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007648 Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2007767 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2007828 On enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2008004 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2008152 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2008221 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2008350 Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2008442 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2008577 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2008907 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008947 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2008981 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2009557 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson (rev of R1-2009523, rev of R1-2009069)
R1-2009099 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2009145 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009178 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009254 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2009476 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Intel Corporation
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment
R1-2009646 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Intel Corporation
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov. 12th,
Agreement
Support at least the following configuration for HST scenario in Rel-17
Note: DMRS and PDCCH/PDSCH from different TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner
Agreement
At most two TCI states are supported for HST scenario in Rel-17
Note: DMRS and PDCCH/PDSCH from different TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner
R1-2009750 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Coorporation)
Agreement
When the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states containing TRS as source reference signal, at least one variant is supported for Rel-17 HST-SFN scenario based on further evaluations
R1-2007544 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2007591 Discussion on SRS enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007631 Discussion on SRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007649 Further discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2007768 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2007829 On enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CATT
R1-2008005 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2008153 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2008222 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2008351 Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sony
R1-2008443 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2008578 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2008900 Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2009421 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell (rev of R1-2008908)
R1-2008914 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2008948 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2008959 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2008982 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2009031 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2009131 Enhancements on SRS Sharp
R1-2009146 Considerations on SRS enhancement Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009179 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009211 SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements Ericsson LM
R1-2009255 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2009286 Discussion on enhancement of SRS in Rel. 17 further enhanced MIMO CEWiT
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity
R1-2009384 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
A given aperiodic SRS resource set is transmitted in the (t+1)-th available slot counting from a reference slot, where t is indicated from DCI, or RRC (if only one value of t is configured in RRC), and the candidate values of t at least include 0. Adopt at least one of the following options for the reference slot.
Agreement
Support at least DCI 0_1 and 0_2 to trigger aperiodic SRS without data and without CSI.
Agreement
In Rel-17 SRS coverage and capacity enhancement, support at least one scheme from Class 2 and Class 3, and deprioritize Class 1.
R1-2009650 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
Candidate schemes for Class 2:
Candidate schemes for Class 3:
Agreement
· For antenna switching up to 8Rx, support SRS resource configurations for {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, [4T6R], 4T8R}.
Final summary in:
R1-2009723 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2007545 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2007592 Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2007632 CSI Enhancements for the Support of MTRP and FDD Reciprocity InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2009509 Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo (rev of R1-2009495, rev of R1-2007650)
R1-2007769 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2007830 CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD with partial reciprocity CATT
R1-2008006 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2008154 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2008223 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2008352 Considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2008444 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2008579 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2008901 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2008909 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2008949 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2008960 CSI enhancement for NCJT MediaTek Inc.
R1-2009452 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD reciprocity Intel Corporation (rev of R1-2009416, rev of R1-2008983)
R1-2009100 CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2009147 Discussion on CSI enhancement for M-TRP transmission and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2009180 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009224 On CSI enhancements in Rel-17 feMIMO Ericsson
R1-2009256 CSI enhancements - MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
[103-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity – Min (Huawei)
R1-2009529 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
· Port selection codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay is supported in Rel-17.
Agreement
· Rel-17 CSI measurement and reporting for DL multi-TRP and/or multi-panel transmission shall be enhanced to support and enable more dynamic channel/interference hypotheses for NCJT.
Agreement
· Study following alternatives, and select one or a combination of multiple alternatives for Rel-17 in RAN1#104-e:
|
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, [at least for multi-DCI based and single-DCI based schemes (scheme 1a)], NZP CSI-RS resources for channel measurement are associated to different TRPs/TCI states at resource level
· CMRs corresponding to different TRPs respectively shall be configured within the same resource set (i.e. scheme 1-2) and have the same number of ports among CMRs.
· At least ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ codebook is supported
o FFS: Other codebook types
· Note that RAN1 shall strive to finalize NCJT CSI enhancement with single reporting setting firstly.
· The support of larger than 32 ports across two CMRs is optional for a UE supporting Rel. 17 mTRP CSI
Working Assumption
For CSI measurement for multi-DCI based NCJT, down select one of following two options:
· Option 1 (Explicit): CMRs corresponding to different TRPs can be associated with different reporting settings respectively, with the same configurations between two settings except for PUCCH/PUSCH resources and CMR/IMR resources setting(s)
· Option 2 (Implicit): a single CSI reporting setting associated with each TRP where a NZP CSI-RS is configured for interference measurement from another TRP
· FFS: how interference from CMR in the linked reporting settings in option 1 or from the NZP CSI-RS configured as IMR in option 2 is considered in CQI calculation
Following restrictions apply to both options:
· At least ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ codebook is supported
o FFS: Other codebook types
· Only ‘periodic’ and ‘semiPersistentOnPUCCH’ cases are supported;
· The number of ports of two CMRs associated to two reporting settings for NCJT CSI measurement are the same;
· The support of larger than 32 ports across two CMRs is optional for a UE supporting Rel. 17 mTRP CSI
R1-2009530 Summary of Further Email discussion for Rel-17 CSI enhancements Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, the UE is expected to report
· two RIs, two PMIs, two LIs and one CQI per codeword, for single-DCI based NCJT when the maximal transmission layers is less than or equal to 4
o FFS: Maximal transmission layers larger than 4
o FFS: Whether/how a subset of above reporting quantities are allowed to be configured to the UE
· FFS: whether/how to support two RIs, two PMIs, two LIs and two CQIs, for multi-DCI based NCJT
· FFS: whether/how to support CRI(s) to be reported in a CSI
· FFS: restrictions among reported CSI quantities, e.g. among reported RIs and PMIs
· FFS: whether/how to support non-PMI based port-selection
· FFS: whether/how to support single value of reported LI
Note that other NCJT CSI measurement/reporting enhancement for other scenarios is not precluded, e.g. for HST-SFN
Agreement
For a CSI reporting setting, support one or more of the following UE reporting mechanism:
· Alt 1: the UE can be expected to report one CSI associated with the best single-TRP measurement hypothesis and one CSI associated with the best NCJT measurement hypothesis, if configured
o FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis
· Alt 2: the UE can be expected to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and/or single-TRP measurement hypotheses, if configured
o FFS how to report recommended measurement hypothesis associated with that CSI report
· Alt 3: the UE can be expected to report two CSIs associated with the two best single-TRP measurement hypotheses associated with CMRs from two TRPs and one CSI associated with the best NCJT measurement hypothesis, if configured
o FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis
o Whether/How to report a subset of the CSI report quantities
· FFS: CSI reporting configuration details
Note supporting which one or more mechanisms is to be determined in RAN1#104-e
Agreement
For NCJT CSI measurement configured with single reporting setting, study following measurement resource configuration/association mechanism
· Whether/how to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS given by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference or based on CSI-IM given by csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference
· Whether/how to interpret measurement based on CMRs associated with different TRPs/TCI states respectively for a NCJT measurement hypothesis
· CMR/IMR resource configuration restrictions/associations, e.g. for reference resource/time domain behavior/frequency domain behavior
· Note that RAN1 shall strive for commonality of CSI measurement/reporting mechanisms for NCJT CSI measurement configured by single or two reporting settings
Final summary in:
R1-2009759 Summary of Phase 3 Email discussion for Rel-17 CSI enhancements Moderator (Huawei)
R1-2007547 Sounding enhancement for interference probing in TDD massive MIMO FUTUREWEI
R1-2007633 Updated Results on Multi-TRP MIMO Deployments with Multi-Panel UEs InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2007651 Discussion on higher layer aspects for multi-TRP enhancement vivo
R1-2007770 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2007831 Evaluation of multi-TRP enhancement CATT
R1-2009367 Simulation results for multi-beam enhancements Samsung (rev of R1-2008155)
R1-2008323 Discussion on field measurement and evaluation assumptions for FDD CSI enhancements in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2008755 Analysis of Control Signaling for multi-beam operation Dongguan OPPO Precision Elec.
R1-2008902 On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2008915 HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2009010 Evaluation of multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception ETRI
R1-2009132 Other enhancements for beam management. Sharp
R1-2009181 Discussion on UL dense deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2009290 Additional simulation results on multi-beam operation Ericsson
Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI
R1-2102250 Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR) Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2100044 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2100063 Discussions on Rel-17 Beam Management InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100118 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2100208 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100273 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100285 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2100343 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2100421 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2100534 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2100588 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2100618 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2100636 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2100737 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2100779 Enhancements on multi-beam operations AT&T
R1-2100783 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100844 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2100949 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2100964 Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2101005 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101023 Discussion on multi-beam operation ASUSTeK
R1-2101032 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2101092 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2101186 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2101313 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Ericsson
R1-2101350 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2101414 Multi-beam Enhancements Convida Wireless
R1-2101446 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101597 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101644 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation TCL Communication Ltd
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101185 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
Conclusion
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, based on the agreements in RAN1#102-e and 103-e, the following terms are defined as follows (at least for the purpose of discussion and reaching agreements).
For M=1:
· DL TCI: The source reference signal(s) (analogous to Rel.15, two, if qcl_Type2 is configured in addition to qcl_Type1) in the DL TCI provides QCL information at least for UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all of CORESETs in a CC
For N=1:
· UL TCI: The source reference signal in the UL TCI provides a reference for determining UL TX spatial filter at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC
For M=N=1:
· Joint DL/UL TCI: A TCI refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL TX spatial filter.
· Separate DL/UL TCI: The DL TCI and UL TCI are distinct (therefore, separate).
For M>1:
· DL TCI: Each of the M source reference signals (or 2M, if qcl_Type2 is configured in addition to qcl_Type1) in the M DL TCIs provides QCL information at least for one of the M beam pair links for UE-dedicated receptions on PDSCH and/or subset of CORESETs in a CC
For N>1:
· UL TCI: Each of the N source reference signals in the N UL TCIs provide a reference for determining UL TX spatial filter at least for one of the N beam pair links associated with dynamic-grant(s)/configured-grant(s) based PUSCH, and/or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC
For M>1 and/or N>1:
· Joint DL/UL TCI: A TCI refers to at least a common source reference RS used for determining both the DL QCL information and the UL TX spatial filter. In this case, M=N.
· Separate DL/UL TCI: The M DL TCIs and N UL TCIs are distinct (therefore, separate).
Note: Other TCI types/terms such as “common TCI” are not used.
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the supported source/target QCL relations in the current TS38.214 V16.4.0 is supported for QCL Type D.
· Note: This implies that the following source RS types for DL QCL (Type D, for DL RX spatial filter reference) information for DL UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all/subset of CORESETs are supported:
o CSI-RS for beam management
o CSI-RS for tracking
· FFS (to be decided by RAN1#104bis-e): If SSB, CSI-RS for CSI, and/or SRS for BM are also supported as source RS types
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the following source RS types for UL TX spatial filter are supported:
· CSI-RS for tracking
· Note: SRS for BM, SSB, and CSI-RS for BM have been agreed in RAN1#102-e
· FFS (to be decided by RAN1#104bis-e): non-BM CSI-RS other than for tracking, non-BM SRS
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
· For joint and separate DL/UL TCI, DL large scale QCL properties are inferred from one (qcl-Type1) or two RSs (qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2) analogous to Rel.15/16
· For joint DL/UL TCI, UL spatial filter is derived from the RS of DL QCL Type D
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, by RAN1#104bis-e, down select or modify at least one from the following alternatives:
· Alt1. A UE can be dynamically indicated with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI
o Details on dynamic indication are FFS
o FFS: UE capability for the support of joint DL/UL TCI and/or separate DL/UL TCI
· Alt2A. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI via RRC signaling
· Alt2B. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI, separate DL/UL TCI, or both via RRC signaling
· Alt3. A UE can be configured with either joint DL/UL TCI or separate DL/UL TCI via MAC CE signaling
o Details on how this is signaled in relation to TCI activation are FFS
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, decide by RAN1#104bis-e:
· Whether DL or, if applicable, joint TCI also applies to the following signals. If not, FFS any other enhancement over Rel.15/16:
o CSI-RS resources for CSI
o Some CSI-RS resources for BM, if so, which ones (e.g. aperiodic, repetition ‘ON’)
o CSI-RS for tracking
· Whether UL or, if applicable, joint TCI also applies to the following signals
o Some SRS resources or resource sets for BM
Agreement
On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
· The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is at least associated with UL channel or UL RS
· Select or modify from one of the following alternatives by RAN1#104bis-e for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS separately:
o Alt1. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is also associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
o Alt2. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is included with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
o Alt3. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is neither associated with nor included in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
o Alt4. The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is determined as in Rel-16 without enhancement
Agreement
On the beam application time for Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, the beam application time can be configured by the gNB based on UE capability
Conclusion
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UL beam selection for MP-UE, the following terms are used at least for the purpose of discussion:
· ‘Panel activation’ (at least for DL/UL measurement): activating L out of P available UE panel(s) at least for the purpose of DL and UL beam measurements (e.g. reception of DL measurement RS, transmission of SRS)
· ‘Panel selection’ (for UL transmission): selecting 1 out of L activated UE panel(s) for the purpose of UL transmission
· Note: UE-initiated panel activation and selection have been agreed in RAN1#103-e
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation,
· On further enhancing the P-MPR report in Rel.16 (already agreed RAN4 framework, including triggering), down select between beam-level and panel-select reporting
· On SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or indication of panel selection, focus study on the following:
o Reporting of at least SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) to indicate gNB beam(s) that is feasible for UL transmission: additional reporting quantities are FFS
o Reporting of at least an indicator associated with a UE ‘panel’ that is feasible for UL transmission: additional reporting quantities are FFS
· Note: Just as agreed in RAN1#103-e, the purpose is to assess whether specification is needed or not
R1-2101913 Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 2 Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements based on the unified TCI framework, perform study and, if needed, specify the following:
· Group1: Beam management with reduced DL signaling to reduce latency
· Group2: Reducing activation delay of TCI states and PL-RSs (including other WGs, e.g. RAN4)
o On RAN4-related matters, assessment/study phase can be done in RAN1. If RAN4-based enhancements are found necessary, a LS to RAN4 will be sent (to prepare RAN4 work)
Note: Given its dependence on the maturity compared to other issues (1 to 5), when to start the work and how much work is done on issue 6 should depend on the progress on the other issues.
Note: Aim for at most one solution for each of the group in Rel-17 to address issue 6
Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 30th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 multi beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP:
· A quality of up to K beams associated at least with non-serving cell(s) can be reported in a single CSI reporting instance
o For each beam, the UE can report at least: (1) a Measured RS Indicator, and (2) a Beam Metric associated with the Measured RS Indicator
o FFS: Maximum value of K
o FFS: If K is fixed, configured, reported by UE capability, or dynamically selected
o FFS: The type of beam metric (e.g. L1-RSRP, L3-RSRP, or hybrid L1/L3-RSRP) and related measurement behavior
o FFS: Whether or not beam reporting associated with non-serving cell(s) can be mixed with that with serving-cell in one reporting instance
At the end of RAN1#104-e, send an LS to RAN2 with all the RAN1-related inter-cell mobility agreements done so far during Rel-17.
R1-2101969 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement (round 2B) Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 2nd,
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
Agreement
On Rel.17 multi beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP:
· Rel.15 L1-RSRP is used as reporting quantity for measurement and reporting of non-serving-cell(s)
o Support SSB as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, and Rel.15 SS-RSRP calculated from SSB of non-serving cell(s)
§ FFS: Whether the measurement for SS-RSRP is limited within SMTC
§ FFS: Detailed reporting method, e.g. via including existing L1-RSRP report, UE-initiated report etc.
o FFS: Whether or not to support CSI-RS (for e.g. mobility and/or tracking) of non-serving cell(s) as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP. If the support of CSI-RS (for e.g. mobility and/or tracking) of non-serving cell(s) as a measurement RS for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP is confirmed, Rel.15 CSI-RSRP is also supported
§ Whether the support applies to CSI-RS with or without QCL source, or both
o FFS: The number of non-serving cell(s) for measurement/reporting
o FFS: time behavior of the reporting, i.e. periodic, semi-persistent, aperiodic, or UE-initiated
· FFS: If other reporting quantities are supported, e.g. L3-RSRP, hybrid L1/L3-RSRP
· FFS: Dynamic activation/deactivation/selection of the beam measurement on the RS(s) associated with non-serving cell(s) via MAC CE
· FFS: Timing assumption (e.g. time of arrival and time of the measurement) for measurement of non-serving cell RS measurement
Agreement
On the Rel.17 DCI -based beam indication, in RAN1#104bis-e, down-select at least one of the following alternatives regarding the support of DCI format(s) for beam indication in addition to the agreed DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment (in RAN1#103-e):
o Support DCI acknowledgment mechanism, e.g. based on SPS PDSCH release, based on triggered SRS , based on DCI indicating SCell dormancy
o FFS : How to identify DCI formats 1_1/1_2 used for beam indication only (not for scheduling a PDSCH reception, not indicating a SPS PDSCH release, or not indicating SCell dormancy), considering impacts on PDCCH coverage and scheduling mechanism
o FFS : Whether the UE can/shall assume the gNB configured application time is after ACK transmission
o Support DCI acknowledgment mechanism, e.g. based on SPS PDSCH release, based on triggered SRS , based on DCI indicating SCell dormancy
o FFS : If the format is based on an existing DCI format, how to identify the DCI format used for beam indication only
o FFS : Whether the UE can/shall assume the gNB configured application time is after ACK transmission
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection,
o Additional spec support in TCI state definition to accommodate UL panel
o UE reporting to facilitate UL panel selection
o UE reporting, e.g. panel-specific report, including UE -panel state, e.g. inactive, active for DL /UL measurement, active for DL reception only, active for UL transmission, or other combination(s) of UE -panel states
o Support for linking or association of UE panels with CSI-RS/SSB resources or resource sets, SRS resource sets, and/or PUCCH resource groups, etc.
R1-2102054 Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement (round 3) Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 4th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, decide in RAN1#104bis-e whether to support at least one the following (not necessarily, but can be, in one reporting instance):
o Option 1A: Virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each activated UL TCI or, if applicable, joint TCI
o Option 1B: {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication}
o Option 1C: {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication} + virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)
o Option 1D: No additional reporting quantity
o Option 2A: L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] or a modified version that accounts for MPE effect associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)
§ FFS: How panel-level L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is reported if L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is associated with panel
§ FFS: Whether/how to account for MPE effect in L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] report, e.g. by using scaled L1-RSRP [L1-SINR]
§ FFS: Whether/how to enhance existing beam reporting format to support Option 2A
o Option 2B: Virtual PHR or a modified version associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)
o Option 2C: No additional reporting quantity
R1-2102112 Moderator summary#6 for multi-beam enhancement (round 3B) Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 5th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication: if beam indication is successfully received and the newly indicated beam in the beam indication is different from the previously indicated beam, down-select (no later than RAN1#105-e) one from the following. No other alternatives will be considered:
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancement for facilitating fast uplink panel selection, for discussion purpose, a panel entity corresponds to one or more RS resources:
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility,
R1-2102008 DRAFT LS on Agreements Pertaining to L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility Samsung
Decision: The draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2102209.
Email discussion for LS to RAN2 on TCI state update (beam indication) using non-serving source RS configured for non-serving cell(s) for DL reception and UL transmission – Eko (Samsung), Feb 22 ~ Feb 26.
R1-2100038 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2100064 Discussion on M-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100119 Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2100209 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100274 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100286 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2100344 Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2100422 Further discussion on enhancement of MTRP operation vivo
R1-2100535 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2100582 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2100619 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2100637 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2100738 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2100784 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100845 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2100950 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2100965 Discussion on Enhancements on Multi-TRP for Uplink Channels Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2101006 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101033 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2101093 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Xiaomi
R1-2101187 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2101351 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2101415 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2101447 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101537 Enhancements on Multi-TRP PUSCH Sharp
R1-2101598 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101653 Discussion on enhancement on Multi-TRP PDCCH ASUSTeK
R1-2101654 On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements Ericsson
R1-2101662 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101838 Discussion Summary for mTRP PDCCH Reliability Enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
Confirm the working assumption:
For PDCCH reliability enhancements with non-SFN schemes and Option 2 + Case 1, support Alt3 (two SS sets associated with corresponding CORESETs).
Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 28th,
Agreement
When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition, for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight, starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied. Down-select one of the following options in RAN1 #104-bis-e
Agreement
For Option 2, at least for the following purposes, a reference PDCCH candidate is defined as the candidate that ends later in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates in the time domain:
Agreement
If two PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition do not belong to the same PDCCH monitoring occasion, the earlier PDCCH monitoring occasion is used as the reference for the following:
Agreement
Study whether / how to resolve the following potential issues in the case of PDCCH repetition:
R1-2101839 Summary #2 of email discussions [104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition, support linking two SS sets by RRC configuration:
Agreement
For number of BDs corresponding to two PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, down-select one of the following options in RAN1 #104-bis-e
Note: Specification should not be designed in such a way that the UE is required to disclose it receiver implementation
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 1st,
Agreement
At least for FR1, if a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, and the resources in the CORESET(s) containing the PDCCH candidates overlap with the resources of the PDSCH, the PDSCH is rate matched around the union of two PDCCH candidates and the corresponding DMRS.
R1-2101954 Summary #3 of email discussions [104-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
When two SS sets are linked for PDCCH repetition, they do not contain individual PDCCH candidates.
· Note 1: For configuration of individual PDCCH candidates, a different SS set can be configured by network.
· Note 2: When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET, Rel. 15 rule is followed wrt not counting an additional BD.
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition, two PDCCH candidates in two SS sets are linked based on
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 3rd,
Conclusion.
The agreed PDCCH repetition framework (Option 2 + Case 1 + Alt3) supports both TDM and FDM multiplexing schemes.
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101784 Summary of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type B, support the following RV mapping,
· DCI indicates the first RV for the first PUSCH actual repetition, and the RV pattern (0 2 3 1) is applied separately to PUSCH actual repetitions of different TRPs with a possibility of configuring RV offset for the starting RV for the first actual repetition towards second TRP (The same method as PDSCH scheme 4).
Agreement
Support CG PUSCH transmission towards M-TRPs using a single CG configuration.
· Use same beam mapping principals as dynamic grant PUSCH repetition scheme.
· FFS: Required changes on CG parameters (ConfiguredGrantConfig)
· The feature is UE optional
Decision: As per email decision posted on Jan 28th,
Agreement
For M-TRP PUCCH scheme 1,
· Support PUCCH formats 0 and 2 (in addition to agreed PUCCH formats 1,3,4)
Agreement
For M-TRP PUCCH scheme 1,
· For PUCCH formats 1/3/4, values for the total number of repetitions at least contain values 2, 4, and 8.
o FFS: maximum repetition number can be extended to 16.
· For PUCCH formats 0/2, the total number of repetitions at least contain 2.
o FFS: other values.
· RRC configured number of slots (repetitions) are applied across both TRPs (e.g if the number of repetitions given by nrofSlots in PUCCH-config is 8, per TRP limit is 4).
Agreement
To support per TRP power control for multi-TRP PUCCH schemes in FR1,
· Two sets of power control parameters are used, and each set has a dedicated value of p0, pathloss RS ID and a closed-loop index.
· FFS: details on how a PUCCH resource can be linked to one or both of the two sets of power control parameters.
· FFS: whether PUCCH resource group can be linked to power control parameter sets.
Agreement
For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, up to two power control parameter sets (using SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl) can be applied when SRS resources from two SRS resource sets indicated in DCI format 0_1/0_2.
· FFS1: Details on linking SRI fields to two power control parameters,
o Alt. 1: Add second sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList, and select two SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl from two sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList
o Alt. 2: Add SRS resource set ID in SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl, and select SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl from sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList considering the SRS resource set ID
o Alt. 3: Let RAN2 handle this
o Alt.4: Add second sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id/sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId/sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex in SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl.
· FFS2: Enhancements on open-loop power control parameter set indication
· FFS3: Consideration on srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates
· FFS4: Impact of multi-TRP PUSCH repetition on PHR reporting
· FFS5: Enhancement on power control parameters per TRP when SRI(s) indication of two SRS resource sets is absent.
R1-2101900 Summary #2 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
Working Assumption
For PUCCH reliability enhancement, support multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3) for all PUCCH formats.
· The same PUCCH resource carrying UCI is repeated for X = 2 [consecutive] sub-slots within a slot.
· Refer the design details related to sub-slot configurations (e.g. other values of X) to Rel-17 eIIoT
Note1: The decision of supporting scheme 3 is only applicable for multi-TRP operation.
Conclusion
For Multi-TRP PUCCH Scheme 1/3 at least containing HARQ ACK, supporting dynamic switching between multi-TRP PUCCH scheme and single-TRP PUCCH transmission is not restricted, and can be done by associating,
· a PUCCH resource activated with one or two spatial-relation-info and PRI bit-field indicating a PUCCH resource,
· or a PUCCH resource with one or two power control parameter sets and PRI bit-field indicating a PUCCH resource
FFS: Support of dynamic switching for Scheme 2 (if the schemes supported)
R1-2102060 Summary #3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in codebook based PUSCH,
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 3rd,
Agreement
Further study following alternatives to support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH , select from the below options during the RAN1 #104-e-bis meeting.
Working assumption
For beam mapping /power control parameter set mapping for PUCCH repetitions,
Agreement
Further study following alternatives to support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH , select from the below options during the RAN1 #104-e-bis meeting.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 4th,
Conclusion
Strive to reuse the specification support for dynamic indication of number of repetitions introduced in the Rel-17 coverage enhancement work item for multi-TRP operation. Decide whether further enhancements for multi-TRP operation are necessary in RAN1#106bis. No further discussion on this topic until RAN1#106bis under agenda item 8.1.
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH Type B repetition schemes,
Agreement
For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, if the DCI schedules A-CSI, support multiplexing A-CSI on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam and the X-th PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam.
Agreement
Further study following aspects related to beam mapping and default behaviors for multi-TRP PUCCH/PUSCH schemes,
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 5th,
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in codebook based PUSCH,
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, in non-codebook based PUSCH,
R1-2100039 Clarification on network synchronization for inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI, InterDigital
R1-2100065 Synchronization Analysis for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation and RRC Configurations InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100120 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2100210 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100275 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100287 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2100345 Inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2100423 Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2100620 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2100638 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2100785 Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100846 Considerations on inter-cell operation Sony
R1-2100966 Discussion of enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2101007 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101034 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2101094 Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations Xiaomi
R1-2101144 Enhancement on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
R1-2101188 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2101352 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2101448 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101599 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations NTT DOCOMO, INC.
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101829 Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
Non-serving cell information at least includes non-serving cell PCI to support inter-cell multi-DCI multi-TRP operation
· FFS: Whether the indication of PCI is implicit or explicit
Conclusion
Reuse Rel-15/16 QCL rule between the source and target RS/channel for non-serving cell RS/channel.
R1-2101934 Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
At least following non-serving cell SSB information are needed in inter-cell MTRP operation
· SSB time domain position
· SSB transmission periodicity
· SSB transmission power
FFS: Other non-serving cell information
FFS: Whether indication of these information is implicit or explicit
R1-2102084 Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 3rd,
Conclusion
The UE may assume received DL transmission from multiple TRP within a CP in FR1 and FR2.
· Note: This does not imply that RAN1 intends to ask RAN4 to tighten network synchronization requirements.
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 5th,
Agreement
Agree on scheme1
· Scheme1: PDSCH/PDCCH from non-serving cell (PCI) associated with TCI state and/or QCL-info is rate matched around non-serving cell SSB with the same PCI
· FFS: whether PDSCH /PDCCH from serving cell (PCI) is rate matched around non-serving cell SSB
· FFS: whether PDSCH/PDCCH from non-serving cell (PCI) associated with TCI state and/or QCL-info is rate matched around serving cell SSB
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 6th,
Agreement
For inter-cell MTRP operation, further discuss following options and down select in RAN1#104bis-e
· Option1: Indicate/associate non-serving cell PCI in the TCI state
o FFS other non-serving cell information
· Option2: Introduce a flag to indicate whether a TCI state/QCL information is associated with non-serving cell information or serving cell
o FFS: how the flag is linked to non-serving cell
· Option3: Explicit or implicit grouping of TCI states associated with non-serving cell information corresponding to the serving cell and the non-serving cell respectively.
o FFS: Each group is associated with a CORESETPoolIndex value.
o FFS: how to link the group of TCI states to non-serving cell.
· Option4: Re-index the non-serving cell RS, e.g., in the TCI state/QCL-Info, so that the UE can differentiate between a serving cell RS and a non-serving cell RS
o Example: serving cell RSs are indexed from #0, #1, …, #N-1, while non-serving cell RSs are re-indexed from #N, #N+1, …
o FFS: detailed re-indexing rule(s) of non-serving cell RSs
· Option5: Introduce a new indicator (e.g., re-index the non-serving cell) to indicate the non-serving cell information that a TCI state/QCL information is associated with
o FFS: how the indicator is linked to non-serving cell
o Note: when there is only one non-serving cell, it means the same as Option2.
R1-2100040 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2100066 Discussion on M-TRP Beam Management Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100121 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2100211 Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100276 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100288 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2100346 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2100424 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2100589 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2100621 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2101775 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation (rev of R1-2100639)
R1-2100739 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2100780 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2100786 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100847 Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2100951 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2100967 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2101008 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101026 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ASUSTeK
R1-2101035 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2101074 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2101095 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2101189 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2101353 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2101416 On Per-TRP Beam Failure Recovery Convida Wireless
R1-2101449 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101568 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2101600 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101686 On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception Ericsson
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101862 Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 0) Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email posted on Jan 30th,
Agreement
For M-TRP BFR
· Support 2 BFD-RS sets per BWP, and up to N resources per BFD-RS set
o FFS: value of N (e.g. fixed in specification, or UE capability)
· FFS: number of BFD RSs across all BFD-RS sets per DL BWP (e.g. fixed maximum value or UE capability)
R1-2101973 Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 1) Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For M-TRP BFR
Support 1-to-1 association between each BFD-RS set and an NBI-RS set
· FFS: Association details
Agreement
BFRQ response
· Support at least the same gNB response as in Rel.16 SCell BFR (i.e. DCI with toggled NDI scheduling a same HARQ process ID as the PUSCH carrying BFRQ MAC-CE)
Agreement
For BFRQ of M-TRP BFR
· Option 3: Up to two dedicated PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group
· FFS: Whether PUCCH-SR for SCell can be reused for M-TRP
· Support BFRQ MAC-CE that can convey information of failed CC indices, one new candidate beam for the failed TRP/CC (if found), and whether new candidate beam is found
o Support at least indication of a single TRP failure
§ FFS: whether/what information of failed TRP(s) is conveyed in the MAC-CE
§ FFS: whether/how to support indication of more than one TRP failure, corresponding BFR procedure, and applicable cell type (SCell vs. SpCell)
· FFS: UE behavior when TRP failure status is different across cells
· FFS: Whether PUCCH SR resource can be configured with 2 spatial relations
R1-2102153 Moderator summary on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels (round 2) Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For beam measurement in support of M-TRP simultaneous transmission
o Support M = 2
o Support extending the maximum value of N > 1, exact value FFS
o N=1 and N=2
§ FFS: Other values larger than 2
§ FFS: Whether the UE could report beams are received with different RX beams
· Further study the support of option 1 and option 3
· The above applies at least for L1-RSRP
o FFS: L1-SINR
R1-2100041 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2100067 Enhancements for M-TRP Transmission to Support HST-SFN in Rel-17 InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100122 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2100212 Enhancements for high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100289 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2100347 Discussion on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2100425 Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2100622 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2100640 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2100787 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100848 Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2100952 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2100988 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2101009 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101036 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2101143 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson
R1-2101190 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2101354 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2101450 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101601 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101865 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
Decision: As per email posted on Jan 27th,
Agreement
Scheme 1 is supported in Rel-17
· TRS is transmitted in TRP-specific / non-SFN manner
· DM-RS and PDCCH/PDSCH from TRPs are transmitted in SFN manner
· FFS other details
Agreement
For scheme 1 and SFN transmission of PDCCH support Variant E for QCL assumption in TCI state when TRS is used as source RS
Agreement
Two TCI states are supported for scheme 1 in FR2
Agreement
· Support MAC CE activation of two TCI states for PDCCH
· FFS other details
R1-2102056 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
R1-2102139 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Conclusion
The decision on support of specification based TRP pre-compensation scheme for HST-SFN scenario to be made in RAN1#104-e-bis meeting. To facilitate RAN1 decision, companies are encouraged to provide evaluation results according to the agreed evaluation assumptions. The evaluations not compliant with agreed assumptions will not be considered by RAN1 in the decision process.
Agreement
For HST-SFN scenario:
Final summary in R1-2102214.
R1-2100042 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2100068 Flexible SRS Transmission and Antenna Switching InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100123 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2100213 Enhancements on SRS for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2100277 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100290 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2100348 Discussion on SRS enhancement for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2100426 Further discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2100590 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2100623 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2100641 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2100788 Considerations on SRS enhancement Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100849 Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sony
R1-2100953 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2101010 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101037 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2101096 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2101191 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2101355 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2101451 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101519 SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements Ericsson
R1-2101538 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sharp
R1-2101602 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101684 Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101783 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email posted on Jan 28th,
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption with modifications
An “available slot” is a slot satisfying there are UL or flexible symbol(s) for the time-domain location(s) for all the SRS resources in the resource set and it satisfies UE capability on the minimum timing requirement between triggering PDCCH and all the SRS resources in the resource set.
· From the first symbol carrying the SRS request DCI and the last symbol of the triggered SRS resource set, UE does not expect to receive SFI indication, UL cancellation indication or dynamic scheduling of DL channel/signal(s) on flexible symbol(s) that may change the determination of “available slot”.
· Note: Collision handling between the triggered SRS and any other UL channel/signal is performed after the determination of available slot.
· FFS: Rules to handle the case of multiple SRS resource sets with overlapping symbols and/or triggered by a same DCI
Decision: As per email posted on Jan 30th,
Agreement
· For aperiodic antenna switching SRS, support to configure N <=N_max resource sets, where totally K resources are distributed in the N resource sets flexibly based on RRC configuration.
o For 1T6R, K=6, N_max = [4], and each resource has 1 port.
o For 1T8R, K=8, N_max = [4], and each resource has 1 port.
o For 2T6R, K=3, N_max = [3], and each resource has 2 ports.
o For 2T8R, K=4, N_max = [4], and each resource has 2 ports.
o (Working Assumption) For 4T8R, K=2, N_max = [2], and each resource has 4 ports.
o FFS the number of supported candidate values of N for each xTyR.
· FFS extension to increase N_max for 1T4R, 2T4R, T=R and 1T2R cases for aperiodic, periodic and semi-persistent SRS resources
· FFS the number of resources and resource sets for semi-persistent and periodic antenna switching SRS
· Note: SRS could be transmitted over the last 6 OFDM symbols, or over any OFDM symbols within the slot subject to UE capability.
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 1st,
Agreement
For Rel-17 SRS capacity and coverage enhancement, support the following
· Increase the maximum number of repetition symbols in one slot and one SRS resource to S
o Support at least one S value from {8, 10, 12, 14}
§ FFS other candidate values
·
Support
to transmit SRS only in contiguous RBs in one OFDM symbol, where
indicates the number of RBs configured by BSRS and
CSRS
o Support at least one PF value from {2, [3], 4, 8}
§ FFS other candidate values, e.g., non-integer values for PF
o Note: SRS sequence shorter than the minimum length supported in the current specification is not pursued.
o No new sequence including length is introduced
o FFS it is applicable to frequency hopping and non-frequency hopping
o FFS detailed
signaling mechanism to determine PF and the location of the RBs
· Support Comb 8
o Note: SRS sequence shorter than the minimum length supported in the current specification is not pursued.
· FFS whether and if needed, how to use harmonized approach to define the three supported schemes
· Note: other schemes for SRS capacity and coverage enhancements are not supported in Rel-17.
R1-2101917 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
Further study whether and if needed, how to achieve further enhancements on aperiodic SRS triggering and resource management based on repurposing unused fields in DCI format 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI. Consider the following examples
· CAT A: Time-domain parameters
o A-1: Indication of available slot position, i.e., the t values
o A-2: Indication of slot offset
o A-3: Indication of SRS symbol-level offset
o A-4: Indication of time-domain behavior for SRS transmission over multiple OFDM symbols, e.g., repetition, hopping, and/or splitting
· CAT B: Frequency-domain parameters
o B-1: Indication of a group of CCs for SRS transmission
o B-2: Indication of frequency domain resource in a BWP for SRS transmission
o B-3: Indication of whether DL/UL BWP is applied for SRS transmission
· CAT C: Power control parameters
o C-1: Re-purpose ‘TPC command for PUSCH’ as ‘TPC command for SRS’
§ FFS impact on power control, impact from triggering a group of CCs for SRS
o C-2: Indication of open loop power control parameter e.g., p0.
· CAT D: Spatial-domain parameters, i.e., indication of SRS port and beamforming
· CAT E: Extend the number of DCI codepoints for aperiodic SRS trigger states
· Other examples are not precluded
Agreement
A list of t values is configured in RRC for each SRS resource set. Adopt at least one of the following for DCI indication of t.
· In DCI format 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request,
o Alt 1-1: Reuse the same scheme used for DCI format 0_1/0_2/1-1/1-2 that schedules a PDSCH or PUSCH
o Alt 1-2: Re-purpose unused DCI field to indicate t
o Alt 1-3: t is indicated by a configurable DCI field, where the DCI field may contain bits from unused fields and additional bits configured by gNB
§ FFS design details with other potential field(s)
o FFS: whether t can be slot offset
· In DCI format 0_1/0_2/1-1/1-2 that schedules a PDSCH or PUSCH
o Alt 2-1: t is indicated by adding a new configurable DCI field
o Alt 2-2: t is indicated without adding DCI payload
· Note: The size of DCI payload does not change dynamically
· Note: RAN1 should strive for unified solution for different DCI formats.
· FFS: The number of RRC configured t values per SRS resource set and DCI bit field size.
Final summary in R1-2102079.
R1-2100043 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2100069 CSI Enhancements for the Support of NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100124 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2100214 CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom
R1-2100291 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2100349 Further discussion on CSI enhancements for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2100427 Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2100536 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2100583 CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2100624 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2100642 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2100789 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2100850 Further considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2100954 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2100989 CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2101011 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2101038 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2101857 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung (rev of R1-2101192)
R1-2101356 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2101452 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2101603 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2101687 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity
- 1st check point: Jan 27
- 2nd check point: Feb 1
- 3rd check point: Feb 5
R1-2101884 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
R1-2101885 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 1st,
Agreement
For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, support codebook structure W=W1W2 WfH where
· W1 is a free selection matrix, with identity matrix as special configuration
o FFS polarization-common/specific selection
· Wf is a DFT based compression matrix in which N3 = NCQISubband*R and Mv>=1
o At least one value of Mv>1 is supported
§ Decide on the value(s) of Mv, e.g. Mv=2, in RAN1# 104bis-e
o Working assumption: Support of Mv>1 is a UE optional feature if the UE supports Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, taking into account UE complexity related to codebook parameters
o FFS candidate value(s) of R, mechanism for configuring/indicating to the UE and/or mechanism for selecting/reporting by UE for Wf
· Wf can be turned off by gNB. When turned off, Wf is an all-one vector (FFS; the length of all-one vector)
· FFS other signaling/CSI reporting mechanism for trade-off among signaling overhead, UE complexity and UPT gain
R1-2101886 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
R1-2102061 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
Agreement
For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay,
· W1 ∈ N^{P×K1} (K1≤P) is a port selection matrix in order to freely select K1 ports out of P CSI-RS ports or K1/2 ports out of P /2 CSI-RS ports
· Note that P is the number of CSI-RS ports for port selection (whose value depends on the outcome of the CSI-RS related study).
Agreement
For PS codebook enhancements utilization DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, study following options (or combinations) for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook for supporting low CSI-RS overhead and/or CSI-RS processing complexity considering the impact on UPT performance under realistic CSI-RS measurement:
· Option 0: No further CSI-RS enhancement as the baseline
· Option 1: Support configuring a lower CSI-RS density per CSI-RS resource, e.g. 0.25
· Option 2: Support configuring one or multiple CSI-RS patterns per CSI-RS resource associated with Rel-17 PS codebook
· Option 3: Support configuring multiple CSI-RS resources per CSI reporting configuration associated with Rel-17 PS codebook
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, the UE can be configured with Ks ≥ 2 NZP CSI-RS resources in a CSI-RS resource set for CMR and N ≥ 1 NZP CSI-RS resource pairs whereas each pair is used for a NCJT measurement hypothesis
· Configure UE with two CMR groups with Ks=K1+K2 CMRs. CMR pairs are determined from two CMR groups by following method(s).
§ signalling mechanism can be discussed further, e.g. using a bitmap
§ FFS: Whether MAC-CE or RRC+MAC CE indication is needed
§ FFS: how to support NCJT measurement hypotheses in FR2
· Support N=1 and Ks =2, FFS other maximal values of N>1 and Ks>2
· Note: for CPU/resource/port occupation, NCJT hypothesis is considered separately from single TRP hypothesis
Agreement
· Strive to agree at most one of the following options, if needed
o Option 1: Confirm the Working Assumption from RAN1 103e.
o Option 2: The UE can be expected to report one RI, one PMI, one LI and one CQI per TRP, up to 2 TRPs, for Multi-DCI based NCJT
· The time of decision is RAN1#105e (May 2021)
R1-2102062 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 4) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
Decision: As per email posted on Feb 5th,
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, support following two options:
· Option 1: the UE can be configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis
o X = 0, 1, 2
§ If X=2, two CSIs are associated with two different single-TRP measurement hypotheses with CMRs from different CMR groups
§ Support of X=1,2 is UE optional for the UE supporting option 1
o FFS omission of CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis
· Option 2: the UE can be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses
o FFS how to report recommended measurement hypothesis associated with that CSI report
R1-2100070 Further Results on Multi-Panel UE Performance in a Multi-TRP Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2100278 HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2100292 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2100350 Evaluation of enhancements for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2100428 Discussion on IRC receiver performance vivo
R1-2101761 On FDD channel reciprocity in real-world scenarios Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI (rev of R1-2100537)
R1-2101193 Additional enhancements for multi-beam Samsung
R1-2101274 Further details on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom
R1-2101318 Additional simulation results on multi-beam operation Ericsson
R1-2101604 Discussion on UL dense deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI
R1-2104138 Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR) Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2103220 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2103830 Moderator summary for offline discussion on multi-beam enhancement: SSB and SRS as QCL Type-D source RS Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2102333 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102378 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2102432 Remaining Issues on Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102441 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102506 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2102598 Discussions on enhancements on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2102660 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2102675 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2102712 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2102725 Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2102767 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2102808 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2102838 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2102877 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2102954 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Ericsson
R1-2102959 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2103014 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2103088 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2103150 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103221 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2103287 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2103365 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103408 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Convida Wireless
R1-2103440 Enhancements on multi-beam operation AT&T
R1-2103504 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2103521 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2103559 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103637 Discussion on multi-beam operation ASUSTeK
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103854 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 1 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW session
Conclusion
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, at least for dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC, there is no consensus in supporting non-BM CSI-RS other than for tracking and non-BM SRS as source RS types for UL TX spatial filter reference
No further discussion in Rel-17
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, perform study (for the purpose of down-selection and/or combining) and, if needed, specify the following candidate schemes from Group 1:
· Opt 1-1A: Beam measurement/reporting/refinement/selection triggered by beam indication (without CSI request)
· Opt 1-1B: UE-initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement (without beam indication or activation from NW)
· Opt 1-2: Semi-static NW-configured beam selection (without beam indication and measurement/reporting)
· Opt 1-3: SSB grouping to reduce beam training
· Opt 1-4: Aperiodic beam measurement/reporting based on multiple resource sets for reducing beam measurement latency
· Note: Aim for at most one solution for Group 1 in Rel-17 to address issue 6
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, perform study (for the purpose of down-selection and/or combining) and, if needed, specify the following candidate schemes from Group 2:
· Opt 2-1A: Latency reduction for MAC CE based TCI state activation, or frequency/time/beam tracking
· Opt 2-1B: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PL-RS activation
· Opt 2-1C: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PUCCH resource/resource group activation
· Opt 2-2: Direct SCell TCI state activation
· Opt 2-3: Replacing RRC-based with MAC CE (or DCI) based for DL QCL or UL information update
· Opt 2-4: One-shot timing update for TCI state update
· Note: Aim for at most one solution for Group 2 in Rel-17 to address issue 6
· Note: At least for Opt 2-1A/B, 2-2, and 2-4, RAN2 and RAN4 will at least have to be involved (some may be exclusively RAN2 and/or RAN4 work)
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 15th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down-select at least one or combine from the following options:
· Opt 1A. {Rel.16 P-MPR based (beam/panel-level)} + Virtual PHR or a modified version
o The modified version may be associated with each activated UL TCI or, if applicable, joint TCI, or associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured) from candidate pool, if reported.
o The reporting reuses the event-driven mechanisms from the Rel-16 P-MPR reporting
o FFS: how to determine the virtual PHR or the modified version.
· Opt 1D. {Rel.16 P-MPR based (beam/panel-level)}
o The reporting reuses the event-driven mechanisms from the Rel-16 P-MPR reporting
· Opt 2A. {SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication} + L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] or a modified version that accounts for MPE effect associated with each of the reported SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) and/or panel indication (if configured)
o FFS: How panel-level L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is reported if L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] is associated with panel
o FFS: Whether/how to account for MPE effect in L1-RSRP [L1-SINR] report, e.g. by using scaled L1-RSRP [L1-SINR]
o FFS: Whether/how to enhance existing beam reporting format to support Option 2A
o FFS: When multiple SSBRIs/CRIs and their corresponding metrics are reported in the same reporting instance, whether to allow mixture between the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s)) intended for MPE mitigation and for DL beam reporting
o FFS: Whether the reporting is UE-initiated (event-driven) and/or NW-initiated
o FFS: If Opt2A is selected and there is no consensus on a modified L1-RSRP definition, at least the Rel-15 L1-RSRP definition is reused and virtual PHR may be added
FFS: If gNB acknowledges MPE report from UE for UE-initiated (event-driven) reporting
FFS: If differential report is supported when multiple UL beams are reported in the same report
Agreement
On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,
· On the value of K (defined in RAN1#104-e as the number of beam qualities associated at least with non-serving cell(s) can be reported in a single CSI reporting instance),
o For the supported maximum value(s) of K, down-select at least one from the following candidates {4, 8, 16}
o FFS: whether the maximum value of K is a UE capability
· Periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting (and the respective measurements) are supported.
o Note: Semi-persistent and aperiodic reporting (and their respective measurements) are NW-initiated
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, for CSI/beam measurement/reporting, down select and/or modify from the following candidates:
· Opt1-1: A panel entity corresponds to a reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index in a beam reporting instance
o The correspondence between a panel entity and a reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index is informed to NW
§ FFS: How to inform through CSI/beam reporting framework
o FFS: Detailed design of the correspondence including the conveyed information
o Note: the correspondence between a CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index and a panel entity is determined by the UE (analogous to Rel-15/16)
· Opt1-2: A panel entity is referring to a new panel ID within CSI/beam reports
o FFS: Detailed design of the new panel ID including the information conveyed by the new panel ID
o Note: The association between the new panel ID and the panel entity is determined by the UE
· Opt1-3: No additional specification support
· The duration in which the above panel entity reference is valid and the respective setting are FFS
Note: “panel entity” is only used for discussion purpose
R1-2103892 Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 2 Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2103930 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 3 Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 16th,
Agreement
On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for each of PUSCH, PUCCH, and SRS, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down-select or combine from the following alternatives:
Note: It has been agreed that the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is associated with UL channel or UL RS (therefore the setting is channel- and signal-specific).
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,
Agreement
For beam indication with Rel-17 unified TCI, support DCI format 1_1/1_2 without DL assignment:
· Use ACK/NACK mechanism analogous to that for SPS PDSCH release with both type-1 and type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook:
o Upon a successful reception of the beam indication DCI, the UE reports an ACK
§ Note that upon a failed reception of the beam indication DCI, a NACK can be reported.
§ For type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook, a location for the ACK information in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined based on a virtual PDSCH indicated by the TDRA field in the beam indication DCI, based on the time domain allocation list configured for PDSCH
§ For type-2 HARQ-ACK codebook, a location for the ACK information in the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to the same rule for SPS release
o The ACK is reported in a PUCCH k slots after the end of the PDCCH reception where k is indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the DCI format, or provided dl-DataToUL-ACK or dl-DataToUL-ACK-ForDCI-Format1-2-r16 if the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in the DCI
· When used for beam indication:
o CS-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC for the DCI
o The values of the following DCI fields are set as follows:
§ RV = all ‘1’s
§ MCS = all ‘1’s
§ NDI = 0
§ Set to all ‘0’s for FDRA Type 0, or all ‘1’s for FDRA Type 1, or all ‘0’s for dynamicSwitch (same as in Table 10.2-4 of TS38.213)
§ FFS: Whether HPN is also used
· Use the existing TCI field (always present) to signal the following: 1) Joint DL/UL TCI state, 2) DL-only TCI state (for separate DL/UL TCI), 3) UL-only TCI state (for separate DL/UL TCI)
o FFS: Whether both DL TCI and UL TCI states can be signaled in one instance of beam indication DCI
o FFS: Relation with joint vs separate TCI (DL and/or UL) switching, including M/N>1 if supported
· In addition, use the following DCI fields as the fields are being used in Rel-16:
o Identifier for DCI formats
o Carrier indicator
o Bandwidth part indicator
o TDRA
o Downlink assignment index (if configured)
o TPC command for scheduled PUCCH
o PUCCH resource indicator
o PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator (if present)
· The remaining unused DCI fields and codepoints are reserved in R17
o FFS: The case for UE being indicated with separate UL TCI in DCI format 1_1/1_2 with DL assignment
R1-2103953 Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement: Round 4 Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,
· In one reporting instance, depending on NW configuration, beam(s) associated with a non-serving cell can be mixed with that associated with serving-cell
o FFS: whether this applies to periodic, semi-persistent, and/or aperiodic
o FFS: How to report the K beams and corresponding qualities if the Tx power among the non-serving cell and with serving-cell is not the same
o Note: The supported numbers of non-serving cells (in terms of measurement/reporting) have not yet been decided. The above description doesn’t imply only one non-serving cell is allowed to be configured for measurement. Nor does this imply that only one non-serving cell is allowed in one reporting instance.
Agreement
On Rel.17 multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, for L1-RSRP measurement and at least aperiodic reporting, investigate and, if needed, specify MAC CE based dynamic activation/deactivation of a subset of higher-layer-configured measurement for non-serving cell SSBs
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, in RAN1#105-e, further discuss to down select or combine from the following three alternatives for PL-RS (note: the text below is based on the agreed description in RAN1#104-e):
· AltA. PL-RS can be included in UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state).
o FFS: Whether it is always included or not. If not included, PL-RS is the periodic DL-RS used as a source RS for determining spatial TX filter or the PL RS used for the UL RS in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state.
· AltB. PL-RS can be associated with (but not included in) UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state)
o FFS: Exact association mechanism
o FFS: Whether it is always associated or not. If not associated, PL-RS is the periodic DL-RS used as a source RS for determining spatial TX filter or the PL RS used for the UL RS in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
· AltC. UE calculates path-loss based on periodic DL RS configured as the source RS for determining spatial TX filter in UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
o FFS: If a PL RS is not included in or associated with the UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state), whether the UE can estimate path-loss based on the PL-RS of an UL RS provided in an UL TCI state (or, if applicable, joint TCI state) as a source RS for determining the spatial TX filter.
In addition:
· FFS (to be decided in RAN1#105-e) whether a fallback scheme is needed and, if so, the details
· FFS: Support additional UE capability to report whether above PLRS determination mechanism is supported
· Note: As agreed in RAN1#104-e, the total number of maintained PL-RSs per CC is no more than 4
· FFS: investigate the condition(s) agreed in Rel-17 and, if needed, study whether a UE can simultaneously maintain more than four path-loss estimates based on UE capability
· FFS: UE capability for maximum number of active PL-RS across CCs per band
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements for MPUE, investigate and, if needed, specify the following:
· UE reporting of panel-specific information as a UE capability, for example:
o Information related to the total number of DL/UL panel entities
o Information related to the number of (max) antenna ports/layers per panel entity
o Information related to the maximum number of resources per panel entity for SRS BM
o Information related to panel selection delay
o Information related to panel activation delay
· UE reporting information related to minimal activation/selection delay for a panel based on L1 or L2 signaling
· UE reporting of panel activation/selection status of a panel entity, e.g. active state for both DL and UL, or active state for DL only
o FFS: details of this information (e.g. minimal activation/selection delay for a panel) and signaling (e.g. L1 or L2 signaling)
· UE-reported information in MPE report (if supported) is used to indicate the minimal activation/selection delay and panel activation/selection status
· Note: above ‘panel entity’ is a logical entity and how to map physical panels to the logical entities is up to UE implementation
· Note: This will depend on the final outcome of whether specification support for UE-initiated panel activation/selection is agreed
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements for MPUE, for codebook based UL transmission, decide by August RAN1 meeting whether to support CB-based SRS resources with different numbers of ports
o FFS details (e.g. per resource or per resource set)
o Note: the above is not for Rel-16 full power transmission but for Rel-17 panel-specific UL transmission
o FFS: non-codebook based UL transmission for MPUE
o FFS whether existing BWP switch based mechanism (discussed previously in Rel-16 power saving WI) can serve such purpose
Post-meeting email discussion on an LS to RAN4 - Eko (Samsung)
To ask their views on DL measurement timing assumptions for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, till April 26th
R1-2104141 DRAFT LS on Timing Assumption for Inter-Cell DL Measurement, Samsung Samsung
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 27th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2104142. MCC to inform RAN4/RAN2 that source of the LS is indeed RAN1 only.
R1-2104143 Moderator summary for LS to RAN4 on Timing Assumption for Inter-Cell DL Measurement Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2102334 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102379 Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2102433 Views on PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH Enhancements for M-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102442 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102507 Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2102568 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH CAICT
R1-2102599 Discussion on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2102661 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2102676 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2102713 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2102726 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2102761 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2102807 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2102839 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2102878 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2102960 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Xiaomi
R1-2103015 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2103089 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2103151 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103222 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2103288 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2103366 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103409 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2103470 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH Sharp
R1-2103505 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2103522 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2103550 On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2103560 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103660 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2103674 Discussion on enhancements for Multi-TRP PDCCH ASUSTeK
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103819 Summary #1 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
When DL DCI is transmitted via PDCCH repetition, for PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-Ack when the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight, starting CCE index and number of CCEs in the CORESET of one of the linked PDCCH candidates is applied, and option 2 is supported
· Option 2: The one with the lowest SS set ID is applied.
· FFS: Support of Option 2 does not mean PDCCH repetition based on two linked search space set within one CORESET is supported
Agreement
For PDSCH rate matching around the scheduling DCI in the case of PDCCH repetition, the previous agreement for FR1 also applies to FR2.
R1-2103820 Summary #2 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
For number of BDs corresponding to two PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, support
Agreement
If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 15th,
Agreement
If a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates (the first PDCCH candidate associated with a first CORESET and the second PDCCH candidate associated with a second CORESET) that are linked for repetition,
· Working assumption: The UE expects the same configuration for the first and second CORESETs wrt presence of TCI field in DCI.
· If the TCI field is not present in the DCI, and the scheduling offset is equal to or larger than timeDurationForQCL if applicable, PDSCH QCL assumption is based on the CORESET with lower ID among the first and second CORESETs
· FFS: Whether additional options are needed (e.g. to enable SDM/FDM/TDM PDSCH schemes w/o TCI field in the DCI)
R1-2103915 Summary #3 of email discussions [104b-e-NR-feMIMO-02] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
For a UE supporting reception with two different beams, support identifying two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs
· FFS: How to enhance existing QCL-TypeD priority rules for overlapping CORESETs
· Note: The primary goal of this enhancement for the purpose of this sub-AI is to support time-overlapping PDCCH repetitions in FR2.
Agreement
When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual (unlinked) PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET, for the purpose of BD counting and interpretation of a detected DCI, select one option among the following in RAN1#105-e:
· Option 1: The individual candidate is not counted for monitoring
o Interpretation of the detected DCI is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).
· Option 2: The candidate in a higher SS set ID is not counted for monitoring
o Interpretation of the detected DCI depends on which candidate is not counted (either based on Rel. 15/16 rules or based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules).
o FFS: Impact to the other linked PDCCH candidate
· Option 3: The candidate associated with SS set(s) with lower priority is not counted for monitoring, where for two linked SS sets, the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID
o Interpretation of the detected DCI depends on which candidate is not counted (either based on Rel. 15/16 rules or based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules).
o FFS: Impact to the other linked PDCCH candidate
· FFS: Whether a max limit on number of such overlaps is needed.
Additional specification support may be introduced for the purpose of resolving ambiguity (if any) for interpretation of the detected DCI. For example,
· Distinguished by different RNTIs defined for the linked candidate versus the individual candidate
· Distinguished by aggregation level restrictions that can be expected by the UE in the case of overlap
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition with two linked candidates, if due to Rel. 15/16 procedures, one of the linked candidates is not monitored (is dropped), select one option from Options 1 and 2 in RAN1#105-e:
· Option 1: UE still monitors the linked candidate that is not dropped and interprets the DCI based on Rel. 17 PDCCH rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate)
· Option 2: Even the candidate that is not dropped is not monitored (Both linked candidates are dropped if at least one of them is dropped)
· FFS: Which of the following Rel. 15/16 rules are applicable for this purpose:
o Case 1: Overlap with SSB
o Case 2: Overlap with rate matching resources: RateMatchPattern, lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, or LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16, availableRB-SetPerCell-r16
o Case 3: Due to TDD DL/UL related conflicts: Overlap with semi-static / dynamic UL symbols or overlap with PRACH
o Case 4: QCL-TypeD prioritization rule among CORESETs result in one of the linked candidates not being monitored
o Case 5: Overbooking results in one of the linked candidates not being monitored
o Case 6: Overlap with reserved PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) indicated by DCI format 2_1 where UE may assume no transmission intended for the UE
o Other cases are not precluded
· FFS: Whether there is an impact to BD count
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103843 Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Agreement
For the case of multi-TRP, to support per-TRP power control in FR1, the linking of PUCCH resource with [one or] two power control parameter sets, the following is supported
Note: It is common understanding in RAN1 that one PUCCH resource can be linked to one power control parameter set.
R1-2103844 Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Conclusion
With reference to the normative work on NR-feMIMO:
Related to the support of switching gap between UL transmissions towards two TRPs in RAN1 specifications, there is no consensus in RAN1 to specify symbol gap(s) for the following cases
The above applies for the case included in the LS from RAN4 in R1-2102297.
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 17th,
Agreement
When inter-slot frequency hopping is configured with Scheme 1, decide one from the below options in RAN1#105-e meeting,
Agreement
When SRS resources from two SRS resource sets indicated in DCI format 0_1/0_2, for linking SRI fields to two power control parameters, it is up to RAN2 to finalize the RRC details related to linking. RAN1 identified that the following options could be used.
Agreement
For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, select one from the following options in RAN1 #105-e meeting.
Agreement
When MAC-CE indicates a PL-RS ID for one or more SRI IDs, it also indicates whether the SRI IDs are associated with the first or the second SRS resource set.
Agreement
For multiplexing A-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions in the case of multi-TRP PUSCH repetition,
R1-2103845 Summary #3 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Working Assumption
For indicating STRP/MTRP dynamic switching for non-CB/CB based MTRP PUSCH repetition,
· Introduce a new field in DCI to indicate at least the S-TRP or M-TRP operation
o FFS: Whether the new field is 1 bit or 2 bits
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,
Working Assumption
For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH, the first SRI field is used to determine the entry of the second SRI field which only contains the SRI(s) combinations corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first SRI field. The number of bits, N2, for the second SRI field is determined by the maximum number of codepoint(s) per rank among all ranks associated with the first SRI field. For each rank x, the first Kx codepoint(s) are mapped to Kx SRIs of rank x associated with the first SRS field, the remaining (2N2-Kx) codepoint(s) are reserved.
Agreement
For the indication of open-loop power control parameter (OLPC) in DCI format 0_1/0_2, support enhanced open-loop power control parameter (OLPC) set indication by indicating per-TRP OLPC set.
Agreement
For CB based M-TRP PUSCH repetition, the first TPMI field is used to determine the entry of the second TPMI field which only contains TPMIs corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first TPMI field. The second TPMI field’s bit width, M2, is determined by the maximum number of TPMIs per rank among all ranks associated with the first TPMI field. For each rank y, the first Ky codepoint(s) of the second TPMI field are mapped to Ky TPMI(s) of rank y associated with the first TPMI field in increasing order codepoint index, the remaining (2M2-Ky) codepoint(s) are reserved.
Agreement
Confirm the following Working Assumption:
For PUCCH multi-TRP enhancements in Scheme 1, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of spatial relation info’s over PUCCH repetitions.
Agreement
Confirm the following Working Assumption (with small correction of typo and clarification on UE capability in RED):
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption (with removing the last bullet):
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, it is possible to configure either cyclic mapping or sequential mapping of UL beams.
Agreement
For single DCI based M-TRP PUSCH Type B repetition, the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank > 2 is supported, down select one of the following options in RAN1 #105-e meeting,
· The support of cyclic mapping can be optional UE feature for the cases when the number of repetitions is larger than 2.
· Option 1 (4 bits): with a second PTRS-DMRS association field (similar to the existing field), and each field separately indicating the association between PTRS port and DMRS port for two TRPs.
· Option 2 (2 bits): using the existing PTRS-DMRS association field in DCI for the first TRP, and using reserved entries/bits in DM-RS port indication field for the second TRP.
· Option 3 (2 bits): 1 bit MSB is used to indicate PTRS-DMRS association for the first TRP, and 1 bit LSB is used to indicate PTRS-DMRS association for the second TRP
o if maxNrofPorts = 1, the 1 bit indicates one of the first two DMRS ports.
o if maxNrofPorts = 2, the 1 bit indicates one of two DMRS ports sharing the same PTRS port.
Agreement
For type 1 or type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition,
· Introduce the second fields of 'p0-PUSCH-Alpha' and 'powerControlLoopToUse' in 'ConfiguredGrantConfig’
· For type 1 CG based m-TRP PUSCH repetition, introduce the second fields of ‘pathlossReferenceIndex’, 'srs-ResourceIndicator' and 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant'.
· For type 2 CG based M-TRP PUSCH, two SRIs/TPMIs are indicated via the activating DCI.
· FFS1: UL PT-RS port(s) and DM-RS port(s) for CG type 1
· FFS3: Details on RV mapping.
· FFS4: Possible transmission occasion for initial transmission
· FFS5: Other TRP specific parameters in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant', e.g., 'dmrs-SeqInitialization'.
Final summary in R1-2104052.
R1-2102335 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operations in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102380 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2102434 Remaining Issues for M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102443 Discussion on enhancement multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102508 Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2102600 Discussion on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2102662 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2102762 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2102840 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2102879 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2102961 Enhancement on Inter-cell Multi-TRP operations Xiaomi
R1-2103016 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2103090 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2103152 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103223 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2103289 Considerations on inter-cell operation Sony
R1-2103367 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103506 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2103561 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103715 On Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP intercell operation
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103832 Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
R1-2104025 Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
Conclusion
Configuration of CSI-RS for mobility as QCL source for intercell MTRP operation is not supported from Rel-17 specifcation point of view
R1-2104082 Feature lead summary#4 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
For intercell MTRP operation, downselect one or more of the following alternatives in RAN1#105-e
Note: This agreement is not related to the down-selection of one of the 5 options from RAN1#104-e
Note: Above should be specified by reusing Rel-15/Rel-16 QCL rules as concluded in RAN1#104-e
R1-2102336 Discussion on Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102381 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2102435 On Beam Management Enhancements for M-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102444 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102509 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2102601 Discussion on beam management enhancements for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2102663 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2102677 Enhancement on beam management for MTRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2102714 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2102727 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2102763 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2102841 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2102880 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2102962 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2103017 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2103091 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2103153 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103224 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2103290 Considerations on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2103324 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2103368 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103410 On multi-TRP BFR Convida Wireless
R1-2103441 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2103507 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2103523 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2103545 On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception Ericsson
R1-2103562 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103630 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2103661 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103858 Moderator summary #1 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For beam reporting option 2
Agreement
On CMR resource configuration for beam reporting option 2, adopt the following alternative:
Agreement
· Support simultaneous configuration of cell-specific BFR and TRP-specific BFR in different CCs.
· FFS: whether cell-specific and TRP-specific BFR can be configured in the same CC.
Agreement
R1-2103906 Moderator summary #2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
On BFD-RS of TRP-specific BFR
Agreement
Adopt the following beam failure detection criteria for each BFD-RS set
Agreement
A UE configured with TRP-specific BFR can be configured with 1 PUCCH-SR resource in a cell group
R1-2103996 Moderator summary #3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For the TRP specific BFR, for a UE configured with two PUCCH-SR resources in a cell group when beam failure is detected in a one or more CCs in one or more of BFD-RS sets configured in one or more of CCs,
Agreement
On CMR resource configuration for beam reporting option 2, decide in RAN1#105-e whether to adopt “set” or “subset”:
R1-2102337 Enhancements on high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102382 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2102436 Multi-TRP Transmission for HST-SFN InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102445 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102510 Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2102602 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2102664 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2102728 Discussion of enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2102764 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2102881 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2102963 Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission Xiaomi
R1-2103018 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2103092 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2103154 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103198 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson
R1-2103225 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2103291 Considerations on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2103369 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103508 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2103524 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2103563 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103606 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103855 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
Introduce enhanced MAC CE signaling for PDCCH activating two TCI states for SFN-based PDCCH transmission
· The corresponding MAC CE includes at least the following fields
o Serving cell ID
o CORESET ID
o Two TCI state IDs
· FFS whether for CA scenario additionally support RRC configured set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE
· FFS whether or not enhanced MAC CE signaling is applicable to a CORESET configured with CORESETPoolindex
Send LS to RAN2 to inform about agreement on support of enhanced MAC CE for CORESET in Rel-17.
R1-2103902 Draft LS on TCI states indication for PDCCH Intel Corporation
Decision: The draft LS is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2104064.
R1-2103893 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
Specification-based TRP Doppler pre-compensation scheme is supported in Rel-17 for FR1 with one or both:
· UL RS based Doppler estimation by gNB
o FFS: Details including UL RS enhancement
· DL RS based Doppler feedback by UE
o FFS: Details
o FFS: Whether UE capability needs to be introduced
· Whether to support one or both will be decided later
Agreement
o This feature is UE optional
Working Assumption
All QCL source RS resource types as defined in TCI state for Rel-16 multi-TRP are supported for scheme 1
Agreement
Support semi-static (RRC-based) switching of scheme 1 (PDSCH) with Rel-16 scheme 1a
R1-2104020 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
For future meeting:
Companies to consider Proposal #3-8a in FL summary (R1-2104020) for future meetings.
Companies to consider Proposal #3-10 in FL summary (R1-2104020) for future meetings.
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,
Agreement
Scheme 1 for PDSCH is identified by
Final summary in R1-2104068.
R1-2102338 SRS Enhancements in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2102383 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2102437 Enhanced SRS Transmission and Antenna Switching InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102446 Consideration on SRS enhancement Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102511 Further discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2102603 Enhancements on Rel-17 SRS CATT
R1-2102665 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2102678 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2102765 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2102842 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2102882 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2102964 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2103019 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2103093 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2103155 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103226 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2103292 Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sony
R1-2103370 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103444 SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements Ericsson
R1-2103471 Enhancements on SRS Sharp
R1-2103509 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2103525 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2103564 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103679 Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
[104-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on SRS flexibility, coverage, and capacity
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2102674 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
For increased repetition in Rel-17, support the following N_symbol (number of OFDM symbols in one SRS resource) and R (repetition factor) values
Agreement
On aperiodic SRS configuration for antenna switching with > 4Rx, support the following N_max values
R1-2103878 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
For RB-level partial frequency sounding (RPFS) in Rel-17
Working Assumption
For DCI indication of “t” in Rel-17 SRS triggering offset enhancement
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 16th,
Agreement
On supported values of N for Rel-17 aperiodic SRS antenna switching with >4Rx, down-select at least one of the following alternatives in RAN1#105e
Agreement
Study the maximum number of cyclic shifts for Comb-8 in Rel-17, with the following alternatives as starting points
Agreement
R1-2103928 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
o Alt 1: is an integer value
o Alt 2: is an integer value with minimum value 4
o Alt 3: is a
multiple of 4
o Alt 4: Round to a multiple of 4 in case of Alt 1 or Alt 2
Agreement
On aperiodic SRS configuration for antenna switching with 4T8R, support N_max = 2
Agreement
For RPFS SRS in Rel-17, adopt one of the following alternatives for sequence generation, where no new sequence length other than the ones supported in the current spec is introduced (to be decided in RAN1#105-e)
·
Alt 1:
Generate length- ZC sequence
·
Alt 2:
Truncate from legacy length- sequence according to the location of RPFS SRS
Agreement
For antenna switching, support one of the following
· Alt 1: Support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum one SRS resource set for semi-persistent SRS
· Alt 2: Support up to two semi-persistent SRS resource sets in addition to a periodic SRS resource set
· FFS whether further enhancement for single-DCI or multi-DCI based MTRP is needed
· FFS whether configurations on SRS repetitions have impact
· FFS relevant UE capability design
R1-2102339 Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom
R1-2102384 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2102438 Further Discussion on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102447 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2102512 Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2102604 Discussion on CSI enhancements for mTRP and FDD reciprocity CATT
R1-2102666 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2102679 CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2102766 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2102810 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2102883 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2103020 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2103094 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2103156 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2103828 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancements Samsung (rev of R1-2103227)
R1-2103293 Additional considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2103371 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2103510 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2103526 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2103543 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
R1-2103565 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103607 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-104b-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name
[104b-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity
- 1st check point: April 15
- 2nd check point: April 20
R1-2103870 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei)
R1-2103871 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
For rank=1, polarization-common based free-selection should be supported for W1.
· FFS: Whether there is a need to restrict the number of CSI-RS ports for which this is supported
Agreement
Support the indication of following RI combinations by a joint RI field for a NCJT measurement hypothesis in CSI part 1, when the maximal transmission layers is less than or equal to 4:
· {1, 1}, {1, 2}, {2,1}, {2,2}
· FFS: CBSR and/or RI restrictions per TRP or across TRPs
Agreement
With regarding to the maximal values of Nmax for N, Ks,max for Ks:
· Support of Nmax=2 is a UE optional feature
· Support of Ks,max=X is a UE optional feature
o X can be up to 8 and other candidate values can be discussed as part of UE features
· FFS: Default value of Nmax, Ks,max
· FFS: Which combinations of N<=Nmax, Ks<=Ks,max are supported
R1-2103872 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
At least for rank 1, combinatorial coefficient is used for port selection for W1.
· FFS when Wf is turned off
Agreement
Confirm following working assumption of Wf for R17 PS CB
· Support of Mv>1 is a UE optional feature if the UE supports Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, taking into account UE complexity related to codebook parameters.
Decision: As per email decision posted on April 17th,
Agreement
With regarding to possible restriction between K1 and K2
· Alt 2: No restriction as long as K1+K2=Ks
Agreement
The UE may assume that QCL-Type D of CMRs associated with a NCJT measurement hypothesis are applied to the corresponding CSI-IM resource.
Agreement
For the UE be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses (i.e. Option 2),
· Alt 1: Single CRI is reported whereas CRI bit size depends on total number of valid CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis and valid CMRs for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.
o FFS further mapping mechanism between each CRI codepoint and Single-TRP/NCJT measurement hypothesis.
Agreement
A 2-part CSI report is supported in Rel-17 for a CSI reporting configuration associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis with following clarifications:
· Within CSI part 1
o CRI, RI, WB CQI and SB CQI for the first CW are reported with consistent payload and zero padding (if needed). FFS further details
o FFS whether RI can be shared between NCJT CSI and single-TRP CSIs to reduce CSI feedback overhead
o FFS whether additional field is needed, at least for Option 2
· Within CSI part 2:
o FFS further compression/omission/Sharing of PMI among Single-TRP and NCJT hypotheses
Agreement
Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource m can be referred by two CMR pairs (m, a) and (m, b) configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105-e:
· Alt 1: It is feasible for FR1 but not for FR2.
· Alt 2: It is feasible for both FR1 and FR2 but subject to further UE capability for FR2.
Agreement
Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource can be referred by both a CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis and a CMR configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105e:
· Alt 2: It is feasible for FR1 but it is not for FR2. For FR2, the UE is expected to have different NZP CSI-RS resources configured for all CMRs of Single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses respectively.
· Alt 3: It is feasible in both FR1 and FR2 but subject to UE capability for FR2. If a UE supports and the sharing is also enabled by gNB, two CMRs from a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis can be used for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, otherwise they cannot.
Agreement
For the UE configured to report X CSIs (at least when X>0) associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following issues for potential CSI omission/priority/updating rules:
· Issue 1: Prioritize CSI with different measurement hypotheses within the single CSI report, when the UE is configured with CSI Option 1 with X=1 or 2.
· Issue 2: Omission of NCJT CSI in CSI part 2 depending on the corresponding CRI or RI or CQI in CSI part 1.
R1-2103965 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3) Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
For the UE configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis (i.e. Option 1),
· Alt 1: X+1 CRIs are reported, whereas X CRIs are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CRI is for NCJT measurement hypothesis. Each CRI bit size depends on the corresponding number of either valid CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis or valid CMRs for single-TRP measurement hypotheses
· FFS: Whether the X+1 CRIs are reported jointly as one CSI report or as separate CSI reports.
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, study following aspects:
· whether to support dynamic updating, e.g. by MAC-CE, for CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypotheses, and/or CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and/or TCI states in CMRs, and/or the number of single-TRP CSIs (i.e. X=0/1/2) in a NCJT CSI report
· whether additional high layer signalling is needed to configure M (M≤ Ks) CMRs from the CSI-RS resource set for CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses
· For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, whether support high layer signalling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMR configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis
For future meetings:
Companies to study whether a CSI-IM can be referred by both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses. Consider following Alternatives and FR1/FR2 differentiation:
· Alt 1: CSI-IM can be shared by both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 2: A CSI-IM resource is configured to be associated with either a CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis or a CMR pair for NCJT measurement hypothesis
Agreement
Whether to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS outside the CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis, in addition to CSI-IM, study following Alternatives and down-select one Alternative in RAN1#105e:
· Alt 1: Yes, it is supported, subject to limitations, e.g. N=1 CMR pair and Ks=2 CMR resources
· Alt 2: No, it is not supported
Agreement
At least for rank 1, regarding the value(s) of K1 for port selection matrix W1 in NP*K1, study and down-select from the following candidate values of K1 and the maximal value of P in RAN1 105e
Note: for polarization-specific based free-selection, it means select K1 ports out of P ports
Note: P is the number of CSI-RS ports for port selection (whose value depends on the outcome of the CSI-RS related study)
R1-2104028 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 4) Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
A bitmap for indication non-zero coefficients should be supported for W2 with a compression coefficient beta<=1 whereas
· FFS values of beta < =1, e.g. 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1
· FFS: whether/how such a bitmap can be absent for specific codebook configuration parameters
· FFS: whether a bitmap is polarization-common or polarization-specific whereas polarization-specific bitmap is the baseline
· FFS: possible parameter combinations/dependence for beta with other PS CB parameters
Agreement
At least for rank 1, the FD bases used for Wf quantitation are limited within a single window/set with size N configured to the UE, study and down-select one Alternative in RAN1 105e:
· Alt 1: FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix
· Alt 2: FD bases in the set can be consecutive/non-consecutive, and are selected freely by gNB from an orthogonal DFT matrix
· FFS: Applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv
· FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF
Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.
Agreement
At least for rank 1, for relationship between N and Mv, study and down-select one Alternative from following in RAN1#105e
· Alt 1: N= Mv always
· Alt 2: N >= Mv and FFS candidate value(s) of N, e.g. 2, 4
· FFS: applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv
· FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF
Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/ not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.
Agreement
At least for rank 1, regarding the value(s) of R for Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement, study and down-select one or more than one Alternative (or a subset of corresponding values) in RAN1 105e:
· Alt 0: R < 1 (e.g. 1/4, 1/2)
· Alt 1: R=1
· Alt 2: R=1 and 2
· Alt 3: R=1,2, 4, and 8
· Alt 4: R= {1,2,…, D*NPRBSB} whereas D is the density of CSI-RS in frequency domain
· FFS: applicable conditions: e.g. Wf turned ON/OFF and/or associated value of Mv
· FFS: Whether this applies when Wf is turned OFF
Note that “at least for rank 1” does not imply for the support of rank 1 only in Rel-17 or restrictions of supporting/not supporting additional alternatives for higher rank.
Agreement
For the quantization of W2 coefficient, study following Alternatives with Alt 1 as the baseline:
· Alt1: Reusing Rel-16 quantization mechanism for Rank 1 at least, which can be summarized as following:
o An indicator for the strongest coefficient
o Two polarization-specific reference amplitudes:
§ for the polarization associated with the strongest coefficient, the reference amplitude is not reported
§ for the other polarization, reference amplitude is quantized to 4 bits
o For coefficients other than the strongest coefficient
§ differential amplitude is calculated relative to the associated polarization-specific reference amplitude and quantized to 3 bits
§ phase is quantized to 16PSK
· Alt1-1: the ref amplitude = 0 reserved in R16 can be replaced with a new value, e.g. (1/2)^(1/8), (1/2)^(3/8)
· Alt2-0: Individual amplitude (e.g. 3 or 4 bits with Rel15/16 amplitude codebooks) and phase (e.g. 16PSK) quantization
o FFS: amplitude codebook is uniform in db or linear scale
o FFS: support a strongest coefficient indicator, and individual quantization for other non-zero coefficients.
· Alt2-1: ref amp (e.g. 4 bits), Individual amplitude (e.g. 3 bits) and phase (e.g. 16PSK) quantization for each non-zero coefficient
o FFS: amplitude codebook is uniform in db or linear scale
o FFS: reference amplitude is polarization specific or polarization common, and corresponding codebook
· Note: Other quantization schemes or enhancement on top of Alt 1 or Alt 2 are not precluded.
Agreement
For PS codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, down-select ONE option for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook, from Option 0 (No further enhancement), Option 1 (i.e. lower CSI-RS density) and Option 3 (i.e. configuring multiple CSI-RS resources)
· If there is no consensus in RAN1#105e, Option 0 is by default.
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT, an NCJT CSI hypothesis based on a pair of CMRs assumes to occupy two CPUs, two active NZP CSI-RS resources, and a number of active ports corresponding to both CMRs.
· If a NZP CSI-RS resource is referred X times by CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis and CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, the CSI-RS resource and the CSI-RS ports within the CSI-RS resource are counted X times for active resources and active ports.
· Note: For above CSI computation, UE assumes PDSCH transmission is single-DCI based multi-TRP scheme(s). FFS: Multi-DCI based multi-TRP scheme
R1-2102439 Performance Evaluation of Multi-Panel UE in a Multi-TRP Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2102479 Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO
R1-2102513 Discussion on L1 L2 inter-cell mobility vivo
R1-2102605 Evaluation for HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2102667 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2102843 HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2103095 Views on MIMO enhancement Apple
R1-2103228 Additional enhancements for multi-beam Samsung
R1-2103394 Further considerations and simulations for Rel-17 PS codebook design Huawei, HiSilicon, China Unicom
R1-2103511 Analysis on TRP- and/or UE panel-specific UL timing synchronization LG Electronics
R1-2103566 Discussion on UL dense deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2103668 On Rel.18 MIMO work item proposals Ericsson
Please refer to RP-202024 for detailed scope of the WI
R1-2106229 Session notes for 8.1 (Further enhancements on MIMO for NR) Ad-hoc Chair (Samsung)
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2105296 Moderator summary for offline discussion on multi-beam enhancement: CA QCL and unified TCI for 'other signals/channels' Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2104205 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2104266 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2104292 Remaining Issues on Rel-17 Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2104343 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2104404 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2104411 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2104484 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2104585 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2104599 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2104654 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2104732 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2104888 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2105058 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2105087 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2105151 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2105231 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2105246 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2105273 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2105291 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2105353 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2105540 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2105588 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Convida Wireless
R1-2105665 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations AT&T
R1-2105683 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2105779 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2105816 Discussion on enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2105828 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Ericsson
R1-2105290 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
[105-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: May 24
- 2nd check point: May 27
R1-2106086 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW sessions:
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the first slot that is at least X ms or Y symbols after the last symbol of the acknowledgment of the joint or separate DL/UL beam indication.
· Note: The gap between the last symbol of the beam indication DCI and that first slot shall satisfy the UE capability
· FFS: Application time and whether additional offset is needed for the application time in case of cross carrier beam indication and common TCI state ID update across a set of configured CCs if CCs have different SCSs
· FFS: Whether inter-cell beam switching needs higher X/Y values than intra-cell
· FFS: Whether application time can be indicated/determined dynamically for different scenarios, e.g. cross CC, inter-cell, inter-panel without reverting previous RAN1 agreements
Agreement
For M=N=1, on Rel-17 unified TCI, for separate DL/UL TCI, one instance of beam indication using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 (with and without DL assignment) can be used as follows:
· One TCI field codepoint represents a pair of DL TCI state and UL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding DL TCI state and UL TCI state.
· One TCI field codepoint represents only a DL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding DL TCI state, and keeps the current UL TCI state.
· One TCI field codepoint represents only an UL TCI state. If the DCI indicates such a TCI field codepoint, the UE applies the corresponding UL TCI state, and keeps the current DL TCI state.
FFS: the cases of M or N>1
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, focus study (including down-selection) and, if needed, specification effort on the following options:
· Group 1: Aim for at most one solution for Group 1 in Rel-17 to address issue 6
o Opt 1-A. UE-initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement and/or reporting (without beam indication or activation from NW)
o Opt 1-B. Beam measurement/reporting/refinement/selection triggered by beam indication (without CSI request)
o Opt 1-C. Aperiodic beam measurement/reporting based on multiple resource sets for reducing beam measurement latency
· Group 2: Aim for at most one solution for Group 2 in Rel-17 to address issue 6
o Opt 2-A: Latency reduction for MAC CE based TCI state activation, or frequency/time/beam tracking
o Opt 2-B: Latency reduction for MAC CE based PL-RS activation
o Opt 2-C: One-shot timing update for TCI state update
R1-2106131 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2 Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, a PL-RS (configured for path-loss calculation) is either included in UL TCI state or (if applicable) joint TCI state or associated with UL TCI state or (if applicable) joint TCI state.
· Whether a UE supports “beam misalignment or not” (detailed definition FFS) between the DL source RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state to provide spatial relation indication and the PL-RS is a UE capability
o Note: The term “beam misalignment” is for discussion purpose only
· Whether it is ‘included in’ or ‘associated with’ (including the manner it is performed and the signaling) is up to RAN2
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework,
· Any DL RS that is a valid target DL RS of a Rel-15/16 TCI state based on the Rel-15/16 QCL rules can be configured as a target DL RS of Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool)
o Note: This does not imply that all such DL RSs necessarily share a same TCI state
o The DL RS includes CSI-RS and DMRS for PDSCH or PDCCH
· FFS: Whether some SRS resources or resource sets for BM can be configured as a target signal/channel of a Rel-17 UL TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL TCI state pool)
· Note: This does not imply that DL and UL TCI state pools are separate or shared for separate DL/UL TCI (this issue is still TBD)
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, discuss and decide by RAN1#106-e (August 2021)
· Whether each of the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC
o CSI-RS resources for CSI
o Some CSI-RS resources for BM, if so, which ones (e.g. aperiodic, repetition ‘ON’)
o CSI-RS for tracking
o DMRS(s) associated with non-UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and all/subset of CORESETs
· Whether some SRS resources or resource sets for BM can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), discuss and down-select by RAN1#106-e (August 2021) between the following two alternatives:
· Alt1. Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration mechanism(s) are reused to update/configure the Rel-17 TCI state
· Alt2. Rel-17 TCI state update signaling/configuration mechanism(s) are used, e.g. with Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI-based beam indication for Rel-17 joint/separate TCI
Note: The DL RS includes CSI-RS and DMRS for PDSCH or PDCCH
Note: For some channels/signals, only one of the above two alternatives may apply (to be discussed).
Agreement
On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP,
· Support at least K=4, where K is defined as the number of beams associated at least with non-serving cell(s) reported in a single CSI reporting instance
o The maximum value of supported K is a UE capability
o K is configured by NW based on the UE capability
o FFS: The support of K=8 and 16
§ For K>4, the maximum number of beams associated with one cell is 4
· FFS: Support L1-based event-driven reporting based on Rel-16 SCell BFR framework or analogous to L3-based event-driven reporting, including the definition of L1-based event, if needed
Note: If another beam metric other than L1-RSRP is supported (e.g. L3-RSRP is still FFS), the above also applies
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 26th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility and inter-cell mTRP, decide by RAN1#106-e whether to support the following RS types as measurement RS or not:
· CSI-RS for mobility/RRM associated with a non-serving cell
· CSI-RS for BM associated with a non-serving cell
· CSI-RS for tracking associated with a non-serving cell
Note: If another beam metric other than L1-RSRP is supported (e.g. L3-RSRP is still FFS), the above also applies
Note: An RS is associated with a non-serving cell means that it is either configured for a non-serving cell or configured for a serving cell but is QCLed with a non-serving cell SSB
R1-2106167 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW sessions:
Working Assumption
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility, support the following:
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of configured CCs/BWPs
Working Assumption
For common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of [configured] CCs/BWPs:
· RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) can be configured in the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) for each BWP /CC as in Rel-15/16
o Note: Such RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) configuration doesn’t imply that separate DL/UL TCI state pool is excluded or supported
· RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) can be absent in the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) for each BWP/CC, and replaced with a reference to RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC
o In the PDSCH configuration (PDSCH-Config) of the reference BWP/CC, RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) shall be configured
o For a BWP/CC where the PDSCH configuration contains a reference to the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC, the UE applies the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in the reference BWP/CC
· When the BWP/CC ID (cell) for QCL-Type A/D source RS in a QCL-Info of the TCI state is absent, the UE assumes that QCL-Type A/D source RS is in the BWP/CC to which the TCI state applies
· Introduce a UE capability to report maximum number of TCI state pools it can support across BWPs and CCs in a band, and the candidate value at least includes 1
· FFS: Introduce a UE capability to report maximum number of configured TCI states that it can support across BWPs and CCs in a band
· FFS: How to define reference BWP/CC
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 28th,
Conclusion
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for a UE configured with both joint TCI and separate DL/UL TCI, configuration of joint TCI or separate DL/UL TCI is based on RRC signaling
· There is no consensus in RAN1 on how to support dynamic switching (either MAC-CE or codepoint based)
Agreement
On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework,
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI, in RAN1#106-e, for M>1 and/or N>1:
Note:
For future meetings:
Continue to study necessary enhancements to optimize transmission from UEs with different number of max number of UL MIMO layers per panel entity.
R1-2106285 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 4 Moderator (Samsung)
Only to handle UL part
R1-2104201 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2104267 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2104293 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2104344 Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2104405 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2105949 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications (rev of R1-2104412)
R1-2104485 Enhancements on PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2104586 Multi-TRP enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2104600 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2104655 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2104733 Enhancements on Multi-TRP based enhancement for PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2104841 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for uplink channels CAICT
R1-2104889 Multi-TRP enhancements for PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2105059 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2105088 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2105152 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2105247 Discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2105274 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2105292 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2105350 On multi-TRP enhancements for PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2105354 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2105541 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH and PUCCH Xiaomi
R1-2105589 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2105629 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUSCH Sharp
R1-2105684 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2105731 Discussion on mTRP PUSCH ASUSTeK
R1-2105780 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2105808 On PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2105817 Discussion on enhancements for Multi-TRP for uplink channels Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2105837 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
[105-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for PUSCH, PUCCH
- 1st check point: May 24
- 2nd check point: May 27
R1-2106073 Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia)
From GTW sessions:
Agreement
For indicating per-TRP OLPC set in DCI format 0_1/0_2, if two SRI fields present in the DCI,
Agreement
For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B, support transmitting A-CSI on the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the first beam and the first PUSCH repetition corresponding to the second beam when there is no TB carried in the PUSCH.
Agreement
For s-DCI based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition Type A, the UE is expected to multiplex A-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions only if UCIs other than the A-CSI are not multiplexed on any of the two PUSCH repetitions.
Agreement
For multi-TRP PUCCH (scheme 1 and 3) and PUSCH (Type A and B) repetition, when the number of repetitions is equal to two, the first and second transmission occasion shall be associated with two TRPs, respectively (two UL beams or Power control parameter sets), regardless of the configured mapping pattern.
Agreement
The following working assumption is confirmed.
For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH, the first SRI field is used to determine the entry of the second SRI field which only contains the SRI(s) combinations corresponding to the indicated rank (number of layers) of the first SRI field. The number of bits, N2, for the second SRI field is determined by the maximum number of codepoint(s) per rank among all ranks associated with the first SRI field. For each rank x, the first Kx codepoint(s) are mapped to Kx SRIs of rank x associated with the first SRS field, the remaining (2N2-Kx) codepoint(s) are reserved.
Agreement
For type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition:
· Applying the first, second, or both first and second RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ is determined from the new DCI field (for dynamic switching) of the activating DCI similar to the case of DG-PUSCH.
R1-2106074 Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
Agreement
Confirm the Working Assumption (with supporting two bits for the new field).
· For indicating STRP/MTRP dynamic switching for non-CB/CB based MTRP PUSCH repetition,
o Introduce a new field in DCI to indicate at least the S-TRP or M-TRP operation.
o The new field is 2 bits
Agreement
For the new field in the DCI for dynamic switching, support Alt.1 (modified).
Alt.1
· Support 2 bits with the following combinations.
Codepoint |
SRS resource set(s) |
SRI (for both CB and NCB)/TPMI (CB only) field(s) |
00 |
s-TRP mode with 1st SRS resource set (TRP1) |
1st SRI/TPMI field (2nd field is unused) |
01 |
s-TRP mode with 2nd SRS resource set (TRP2) |
1st SRI/TPMI field (2nd field is unused) |
10 |
m-TRP mode with (TRP1,TRP2 order) 1st SRI/TPMI field: 1st SRS resource set 2nd SRI/TPMI field: 2nd SRS resource set |
Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields |
11 |
m-TRP mode with (TRP2,TRP1 order) 1st SRI/TPMI field: FFS 2nd SRI/TPMI field: FFS |
Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields |
· The SRS resource set with lower ID is the first SRS resource set, and the other SRS resource set is the second SRS resource set.
o For codebook and non-codebook usage, respectively
•
The
same number of SRS resource shall be configured in the two SRS resource sets.
Agreement
For SP-CSI report on mTRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B activated by a DCI, further study the use of a similar mechanism to A-CSI multiplexing on M-TRP PUSCH without a TB, which includes the following,
Agreement
Confirm the working assumption with removing brackets on [consecutive] and adding UE capability.
· For PUCCH reliability enhancement, support multi-TRP intra-slot repetition (Scheme 3) for all PUCCH formats.
o The same PUCCH resource carrying UCI is repeated for X = 2 [consecutive] sub-slots within a slot.
o Refer the design details related to sub-slot configurations (e.g. other values of X) to Rel-17 eIIoT
· Note1: The decision of supporting scheme 3 is only applicable for multi-TRP operation.
· This feature is optional.
Conclusion
For multi-TRP PUCCH schemes, only one ‘twoPUCCH-PC-AdjustmentStates’ parameter is configured for both TRPs, and the parameter is shared across both TRPs, which means there will be two closed loops in total (no RAN1 spec impact).
For future meetings:
Further study the enhancements needed on grouping of PUCCH resources for Rel-17 multi-TRP PUCCH repetition
Agreement
· To support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUCCH with DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, a second TPC field can be configured via RRC.
· When the second field is configured by RRC, a second TPC field (similar to the existing TPC field) is added in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2 (option 3).
o Each TPC field is for each closed-loop index value respectively
§ FFS: Whether or not the mapping between the TPC field and the PUCCH transmissions is needed
· When the second field is not configured by RRC, a single TPC field (the existing TPC field) is used in DCI formats 1_1 / 1_2, and the TPC value applied for the closed loop index(es) for the scheduled PUCCH
· To support per TRP closed-loop power control for PUSCH with DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2, adopt the same solution as with M-TRP PUCCH schemes.
o FFS: any additional considerations
· Support UE to report the capability on whether it supports the second TPC field
· Note1: Per TRP closed-loop power control is only applicable when the “closedLoopIndex” values are not the same for TRPs.
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 28th,
Agreement
For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, when one SRS resource per SRS resource set is configured (i.e., when two SRI fields are absent in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2), default P0, alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index is defined per TRP. Select one from the following in RAN1 #106-e meeting,
· Alt.1
o The first P0/alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index are determined by sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId, and sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex mapped to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the first SRS resource set.
o The second P0/alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index are determined by sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId, and sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex mapped to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the second SRS resource set.
o Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2.
· Alt.2
o The first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponded to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 0 and closed-loop index l = 0} can be used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponded to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 1 and closed-loop index l = 1 if twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise } can be used for TRP2.
o Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2.
· Alt.3
o If the UE is provided enablePL-RS-UpdateForPUSCH-SRS, the first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponding to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControl associated with the first SRS resource set and closed-loop index l = 0} is used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS corresponding to the first sri-PUSCH-PowerControlassociated with the second SRS resource set and closed-loop index l = 1 if twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise} is used for TRP2.
o Otherwise, the first set of values {the first value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS with PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id=0 and closed-loop index l = 0} can be used for TRP1, and the second set of values {the second value in P0-AlphaSet, the PL-RS with PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 1 and closed-loop index l = 1 if twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates is configured, l=0 otherwise } can be used for TRP2.
o Note: How to design the signaling link sri-PUSCH-PowerControl with two SRS resource sets is up to RAN2.
For further study in future meetings:
For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, study following aspects related to option 4,
· Option 4: Calculate two PHRs (at least corresponding to the CC that applies m-TRP PUSCH repetitions), each associated with a first PUSCH occasion to each TRP, and report two PHRs.
· FFS1: How the PHRs are calculated for reporting (actual PHR or virtual PHR)
· FFS2: How the PHRs are calculated for reporting for other CCs if the multi-cell PHR MAC CE is applied.
· FFS3: Required changes to triggering conditions including the required higher layer parameters (e.g.,’phr-PeriodicTimer’, ‘phr-ProhibitTimer’, ‘phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange’ as TRP specific).
· FFS4: Report P-MPR and MPE per TRP within the same MAC-CE extension.
Note: Down-selection between Options 1-5 will be based on this study as well as the trade-off between benefit versus UE complexity.
R1-2106075 Summary#3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.
R1-2104202 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2104268 Discussion on Multi-panel reception for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2104294 Further Discussion on M-TRP Beam Management InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2104345 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2104406 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2104413 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2104486 Beam management enhancements for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2104587 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2104601 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2104656 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2104734 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2104891 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2105060 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2105089 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2105153 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2105211 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2105248 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2105275 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2105293 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2105367 Enhancement on beam management for MTRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2105542 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2105590 On Multi-TRP BFR Convida Wireless
R1-2105666 Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2105672 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)
R1-2105685 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2105754 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2105781 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2105806 On beam management enhancements for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception Ericsson
R1-2105818 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP Asia Pacific Telecom, FGI
R1-2105836 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
[105-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: May 24
- 2nd check point: May 27
R1-2106153 Moderator summary #1 (updated) on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
For CMR configuration for option 2, adopt
· Alt-1: “set”
Agreement
The bitwidth of each SSBRI/CRI is determined based on the number of SSB/CSI-RS resources in the associated CMR resource set
· FFS: specify the association between SSBRIs/CRIs in a reported group and CMR resource sets
Agreement
· For beam measurement/reporting option 2, the maximum number of beam groups in a single CSI-report is a UE capability and may take value from Nmax = {1,2,3,4} in Rel.17.
o FFS: If UCI payload reduction for Nmax>=2 is needed and if so, how
· The number of beam groups (N) reported in a single CSI-report
o Alt1: The value of N is configured by RRC signalling
R1-2106153 Moderator summary#2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
R1-2106170 Moderator summary#3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
R1-2106287 Moderator summary #4 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
Select one of the following alternatives with possible modification in RAN1#106-e
· Alt 2.5.2 A:
o On PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, there is no consensus to adopt alt-1 or alt-2. PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.
· Alt 2.5.2 B:
o On the PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, and at most one BFD RS set fails per CC, adopt alt 2 if all failed BFD RS sets cross CCs are associated with the same PUCCH SR resource, else PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.
· Alt 2.5.2 C:
o On the PUCCH-SR resource selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resources are configured, and at most one BFD RS set fails per CC, adopt alt 1 if all failed BFD RS sets cross CCs are associated with the same PUCCH SR resource, else PUCCH-SR resource selection is up to UE implementation.
· Alt 2.5.2 D:
R1-2104203 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2104269 Enhancements on high speed train for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2104295 Further Discussion on HST-SFN InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2104346 Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2104414 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2104487 Discussion on HST-SFN transmission schemes CATT
R1-2104588 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2104602 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2104657 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2104735 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2104892 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2105090 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2105154 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Sony
R1-2105249 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2105276 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2105294 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2105543 Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission Xiaomi
R1-2105586 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson
R1-2105591 On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Convida Wireless
R1-2105686 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2105761 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2105782 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
[105-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment
- 1st check point: May 24
- 2nd check point: May 27
R1-2106090 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption from RAN1#104b-e:
All QCL source RS resource types as defined in TCI state for Rel-16 multi-TRP are supported for scheme 1.
Agreement
UE is not expected to be indicated by MAC CE with single TCI state per any of TCI codepoint , if UE is configured with scheme 1 PDSCH by RRC , but not capable to support dynamic switching between scheme 1 and single-TRP by TCI state field in DCI Format 1_1/1_2
Agreement
For specification based TRP-based frequency offset pre-compensation scheme
Agreement
Enhanced MAC CE signaling is not applicable to any of the configured CORESETs in a BWP if the CORESETs are configured with different CORESETPoolindex values in the BWP.
R1-2106121 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From GTW sessions:
Working Assumption
For TRP-based pre-compensation, Variant A (based on RAN1#103-e meeting agreement) are supported as QCL types/assumption, when the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states.
· FFS: Additional support of Variant B
R1-2106242 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
o FFS rule or signalling to determine which TCI state with dropped QCL parameters
o FFS whether this restriction is per UE or per CC
o FFS whether this restriction is per UE or per CC
Agreement
Enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is identified by the number of TCI states activated per CORESET and RRC parameter
· FFS: Configuration detail of RRC parameter
o Including whether the same RRC parameter is used for PDCCH and PDSCH
Agreement
If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP -based pre-compensation) is configured and a CORESET is activated with two TCI states and UE is configured with enableTwoDefaultTCI-States and time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is less than the threshold timeDurationForQCL, down-select rule to determine default beam(s) for Rel-17 SFN PDSCH reception in RAN1#106-e:
· Alt 1: Reuse rule to determine TCI states as defined for Rel-16 PDSCH scheme-1a
· Alt 2: Introduce new rules to determine TCI states based on two TCI state(s) of the CORESET
Agreement
If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is configured and two TCI states are activated for at least one CORESET, support the following configuration of RS for BFD
· Down-select one alternative for implicit configuration
o Alt 1-2: RS of CORESETs with both single and two TCI states are used
o Alt 1-3: RS of CORESETs with only two TCI states are used
· Down-select one alternative for explicit configuration
o Alt 2-1: Support defining CSI-RS resource or SSB pairs as BFD RS
§ FFS other details
o Alt 2-2: Reuse the existing Rel-15/Rel-16 approach for BFD RS configuration
· Note: down-selection can be done separately for Rel-15/16 cell specific BFR and Rel-17 TRP-specific BFR, Rel-17 TRP-specific BFR to be discussed under AI 8.1.2.3.
Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.
R1-2104204 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2104270 Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2104296 Views on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2104347 Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2104415 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2104488 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2104589 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2104603 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2104658 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2104736 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2104893 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2105091 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2105155 More considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2105250 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2105264 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2105277 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2105295 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2105368 CSI enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2105687 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2105762 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2105783 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2105807 CSI enhancements for MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
R1-2106077 On PMI sharing for CSI enhancements under multi-TRP framework Lenovo, Motorola Mobility, Ericsson, Intel Corporation, vivo
//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-105-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-05 as the document name
[105-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity
- 1st check point: May 24
- 2nd check point: May 27
R1-2106070 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)
R1-2106071 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)
From GTW sessions:
Agreement
For Rel-17 port selection codebook, the maximal value of CSI-RS port number P as Pmax is 32.
Conclusion
At least for rank 1, no further restriction or condition is applied for polarization-common based free-selection and combinatorial coefficient based port selection for W1.
Working Assumption
At least for rank 1, FD bases used for Wf quantization are limited within a single window with size N configured to the UE whereas FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix, i.e. Alt 1
· FFS: Further dependence/restriction, e.g. conditioned on N3 or the number of CSI-RS ports, can be applied to above design. If does, how to support a non-consecutive FD bases used for Wf quantization
· FFS: Whether to introduce thresholds for N3 and/or P
Agreement
A polarization-specific bitmap for indication non-zero coefficients should be supported for W2.
Agreement
For the quantization of W2 coefficient, reusing following Rel-16 quantization mechanism for Rank1 at least:
· Two polarization-specific reference amplitudes:
o for the polarization associated with the strongest coefficient, the reference amplitude is not reported
o for the other polarization, reference amplitude is quantized to 4 bits
§ The alphabet is{1, 1/2)^(1/4), (1/4)^(1/4), (1/8)^(1/4), …, (1/2^14)^(1/4), [Reserved]} (-1.5dB step size)
· For coefficients other than the strongest coefficient
o differential amplitude is calculated relative to the associated polarization-specific reference amplitude and quantized to 3 bits
§ The alphabet is {1, 1/sqrt(2), 1/2, 1/(2*sqrt(2)), 1/4, 1/(4*sqrt(2)), 1/8, 1/(8*sqrt(2))} (-3dB step size)
o phase is quantized to 16PSK
· For the reserved state for reference amplitude, down-select one Alt
o Alt 1: it is kept to be reserved
o Alt 2: it is replaced as (1/2)^(15/4)
o Alt 3: it is replaced as (1/2)^(3/8)
Note: whether/how SCI is supported for R17 codebook will be discussed separately
Agreement
Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource can be referred by both a CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis and a CMR configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis:
· It is feasible in both FR1 and FR2 but subject to UE capability for FR2. If a UE supports and the sharing is also enabled by gNB, two CMRs from a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis can be used for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, otherwise they cannot.
Conclusion
Whether to support interference measurement based on NZP CSI-RS outside the CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis, in addition to CSI-IM
Alt 2: No, it is not supported
R1-2106072 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)
Agreement
At least for rank 1, candidate values of K1 for port selection matrix W1 in NP*K1 are {2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32}.
· Note: for polarization-common based free-selection, it means to select the same L=K1/2 ports out of P/2 ports for both polarizations
Agreement
Further reduction for possible parameter combinations among codebook parameters of Rel-17 port selection codebook, e.g. {K1, Mv, Beta}, will be discussed jointly once candidate values are determined
· based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead, and complexity
· based on all supported ranks
· Limit total number of parameter combinations comparable to Rel-16 eType II
· Exact parameters (e.g. with 2 or 3 parameters) within each combination are FFS
· Other parameterizations of codebook parameter (e.g. alpha with K1= Alpha*# of CSI-RS ports and Alpha <=1) are not excluded
Agreement
At least for rank 1 and 2, for the compression coefficient Beta for non-zero coefficients of W2, values of Beta are {[1/4], 1/2, 3/4, 1}
· Note: [1/4] means that 1/4 is also a candidate value for the discussion on reduction of parameter combinations, but has a lower priority compared to other beta values
Agreement
For Wf in CN3*Mv, Mv=2 is supported for R17 PS codebook
· FFS: whether further dependence/restriction, i.e. conditioned on the number of CSI-RS ports, can be applied to Mv=2
· FFS: Whether Mv=4 can be supported for # of CSI-RS ports, e.g. 4 or 8
Agreement
Whether a NZP CSI-RS resource m can be referred by two CMR pairs (m, a) and (m, b) configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses
· Alt 1: It is feasible for FR1 but not for FR2.
Agreement
A CSI-IM resource is configured to be associated with either a CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis or a CMR pair for NCJT measurement hypothesis:
· One-to-one mapping between M+N CSI-IM resources versus M NZP CSI-RS resources for single-TRP measurement hypothesis and N NZP CSI-RS resource pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis configured in a CSI-RS resource set.
o FFS the value/definition of M
Note: it is possible to configure the same value of CSI-IM resource ID for both NCJT and Single-TRP measurement hypotheses in FR1 and FR2, subject to QCL-Type D consistency between measurement hypotheses of the shared CMR in FR2
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 25th,
Agreement
For a CSI-RS resource set with Ks NZP CSI-RS resources configured for CMR and N NZP CSI-RS resource pairs configured for NCJT measurement hypotheses, study following default value of Ks,max,
· Alt 1: Ks,max = 4
· Alt 2: Ks,max = 2
· Alt 3: Ks,max = 4 for FR2, and Ks,max = 2 for FR1
· Note that default value means the minimal supported value for Ks,max in UE capability reporting, if UE support this feature.
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, study whether/how to support following dynamic updating on, e.g. by MAC-CE
· Alt 1: CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypotheses
· Alt 2: CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses
· Alt 3: TCI states in CMRs
· Alt 4: the number of single-TRP CSIs (i.e. X=0/1/2) in a NCJT CSI report
Conclusion:
There is no consensus to go with either of the following options in RAN1 #105e:
· Option 1: Confirm the Working Assumption from RAN1#103e
· Option 2: The UE can be expected to report one RI, one PMI, one LI and one CQI per TRP, up to 2 TRPs, for Multi-DCI based NCJT
Agreement
For Rel-17 Multi-TRP CSI enhancement, companies are encouraged to study following potential specification impact:
· CRI codepoint mapping order with CMRs and CMR pairs
· Whether/how to configure RI restriction/CBSR configuration for NCJT CSI measurement
· Whether/how to enhance the CSI updating rule to address CPU overbooking
· Whether/how to introduce new CSI computation delay requirement for NCJT CSI calculation
· Whether/how to support wideband CSI report
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 25th,
Agreement
At least for rank 1 and for Mv>1, Minit for the single window with size N is fixed to be 0
Conclusion
For PS codebook enhancements utilizing DL/UL reciprocity of angle and/or delay, there is no consensus of further enhancement for CSI-RS configurations associated with Rel-17 PS codebook.
R1-2106194 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3 and NWM) Huawei, HiSilicon (Moderator)
From GTW sessions:
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, down-select one or more Alts in RAN1#106-e:
· Alt 2: additional RRC signalling is needed to configure M (M≤ Ks) CMRs from the CSI-RS resource set for CMR for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses
o Example: For a given set of {{#0, #1}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypothesis. Additional RRC signaling may select {#0,#3} (if sharing is allowed), or {#1, #3} (if not allowed), or select any from the set for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 3: For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, support RRC signalling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMR configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis
o Example: For a given set of {{#0, #1}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypothesis. If gNB enables the sharing, {#0, #1, #2, #3} are for single-TRP measurement. If gNB disable the sharing, {#1, #3} are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 4: CMR sharing between single-TRP measurement hypothesis and NCJT measurement hypothesis is realized by configuring the same value of CMR ID for single-TRP CMR and NCJT CMR pair.
o Example: When the UE supports sharing, for a given set of {{#0, #0}, {#2, #3}} with N=1, {#0, #2} are for NCJT measurement hypotheses, the rest {#0, #3} are for single-TRP measurement hypotheses. The CMRs for STRP can be updated by re-configuring the CSI resource set.
Note that above examples are only for the purpose of illustrating/discussing Alternatives.
Agreement
For Option 1 CSI reporting associated with NCJT and X single-TRP measurement hypotheses, study whether to support following PMI/RI sharing mechanisms between NCJT CSI and single-TRP CSI(s):
· Enabling/Disabling PMI, RI sharing via higher-layer configuration
· Dynamic indication of PMI, RI sharing in the CSI report
· FFS: other details
· FFS: applicable conditions/restrictions of CMR sharing among Single-TRP and NCJT hypotheses, if above PMI/RI sharing mechanism can be applied
For future RAN1 meeting:
For a CSI report setting with Option 1 and X=1 or 2, study prioritizing CSI associated with reported CSI hypotheses within a CSI Reporting Setting
· FFS potential impact for UCI payload generation
· FFS whether/how to update CSI priority formula, and additional specification impact due to updated formula
· FFS whether/how to update CSI omission rules for Part 2 CSI based on prioritized CSI
· FFS: whether the X+1 CSI hypotheses per CSI Reporting Setting are mapped to a single CSI report or X+1 CSI reports
· Companies are encouraged to discuss and justify purposes of prioritizing CSI associated with reported CSI hypotheses.
Agreement
At least for rank 1 and 2 and Mv > 1, for relationship between N and Mv, study and down-select one alternative from following in RAN1#106-e
· Alt 1: N= Mv always, no UE reporting of Wf
· Alt 2-1: N >= Mv, Wf is layer-common and reported by UE for N>Mv.
· Alt 2-2: N >= Mv, Wf is layer-specific and reported by UE for N>Mv.
Note: Wf is layer-common for N=Mv
Note: For all alternatives, a layer-common window/set of size N is configured.
Agreement
Support rank 2 for Rel-17 codebook
Agreement
For Rel-17 port selection codebook, study following Alternatives and down-select in RAN1 106e:
· Alt 1: Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1 are same, and Wf is an all-one vector of length N3. Wf as an all-one vector of length 1 is not needed
· Alt 2: Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1 are same, and Wf is an all-one vector of length 1, i.e., a scalar. Wf as an all-one vector of length N3 is not needed.
· Alt 3: Keep both Wf OFF and Wf ON with Mv=1.
o If PMI format is SB, Wf is an all-one vector of length N3
§ Informative note: this case is considered as “Wf ON with Mv=1” in the agreement in RAN1 104e
o If PMI format is WB, Wf is an all-one vector of length 1, i.e., a scalar
§ Informative note: this case is considered as “Wf OFF” in the agreement in RAN1 104e
· Note: N3 = NCQISubband*R.
· FFS: the case when no SB size is configured.
For future RAN1 meeting:
Study whether/how the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients for W2 can be absent for CSI reporting
· FFS: applicable conditions of being absent, .e.g. Mv=1 and Beta =1 for rank 1 or higher ranks
· FFS: additional impact for reporting mechanism when/how the bitmap is absent
· Note: The principle of UE determining the real number of NZC (same as Rel-15 and Rel-16) is unchanged in Rel-17
· based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead and complexity
Void (not be handled during this e-meeting). No contributions please.
Please refer to RP-211586 for detailed scope of the WI
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1
R1-2106463 Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106541 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2106571 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2106640 Remaining Details on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106666 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106685 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106789 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2106865 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2106935 Discussions on enhancements on multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2107029 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2107085 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2107143 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2107203 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2107297 Discussion of enhancements on multi-beam operation FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2107323 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107390 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2107464 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2107485 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107570 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2108231 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Ericsson (rev of R1-2107628)
R1-2107689 Enhancements on Multi-beam operations AT&T
R1-2107718 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2107814 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2107838 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107893 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2108019 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Convida Wireless
R1-2108052 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2108208 Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI and inter-cell beam management Moderator (Samsung)
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2106864 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW session:
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, confirm the following working assumption as an agreement with a minor refinement highlighted in red
For common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information at least for UE-dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) at least for UE-dedicated PUSCH/PUCCH across a set of [configured] CCs/BWPs:
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption with revision in red
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for L1/L2-centric inter-cell beam management mobility, support the
following:
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 19th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC
· Aperiodic CSI-RS resources for CSI
o FFS: Discuss if further restriction or further case is necessary
· Aperiodic CSI-RS resources for BM
o FFS: Discuss if further restriction or further case is necessary
· FFS: Other CSI-RS time-domain behaviours and/or restriction(s)
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework:
· Aperiodic SRS resources or resource sets for BM can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all or subset of dedicated PUCCH resources in a CC
o FFS: Discuss if/which restriction is necessary, e.g. only for aperiodic, apply to all resources in a set
o Note: This doesn’t imply that all time-domain behaviours are automatically supported
Agreement
On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, at least for discussion purposes:
· “Beam alignment” is defined as follows:
o The event that the PL-RS is identical to the spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state.
o FFS: how to define “beam alignment” if the PL-RS and the spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state are not identical
· Any other case, it is defined as beam misalignment
Agreement
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell management, the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) apply to:
· Both joint TCI and separate DL/UL TCI
· FFS: For separate DL/UL TCI, whether the indicated DL TCI and UL TCI are associated with SSBs of a same physical cell ID
Agreement
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell management, for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation):
· Both MAC-CE based and MAC-CE+DCI-based beam indication schemes are supported
Note: Previous agreement in RAN1#104b-e that remaining unused DCI fields and codepoints are reserved in R17 are not to be reverted.
R1-2108325 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1 Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2108361 Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW session:
Working Assumption
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse the Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such DL RS(s) with Rel-17 TCI state(s).
Agreement
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation):
· Support a UE feature on how many physical cell IDs (including that of the serving cell) can be associated with the activated TCI states
o FFS: If UE is configured for only one physical cell ID, decide between the following two options:
§ Opt1: the NW can activate TCI states associated with either the same physical cell ID as that of the serving cell or a different physical cell ID from that of the serving cell
§ Opt2: the NW can only activate TCI states associated with the same physical cell ID as that of the serving cell
Note: The above does not necessarily mean that more than 1 physical cell ID that is not serving cell in RRC
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 25th,
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the first slot to apply the indicated TCI is at least Y symbols after the last symbol of the acknowledgment of the joint or separate DL/UL beam indication.
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, in RAN1#106-bis-e, further down select one from the following alternatives for the case of CA:
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 26th,
Agreement
The following working assumption is confirmed with revision in red.
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for any DL RS that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC, but can be configured as a target DL RS of a Rel-17 DL TCI (hence the Rel-17 DL TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse the Rel-15/16 TCI state update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such DL RS(s) with Rel-17 TCI state(s).
· Applies for both intra-cell and inter-cell beam indication
R1-2108399 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam indication, the following DL RSs can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH and for UE-dedicated reception on all or subset of CORESETs in a CC:
· DMRS(s) associated with non-UE-dedicated reception on CORESET(s) and the associated PDSCH
· FFS (to be concluded in RAN1#106bis-e): Non-UE-dedicated PUCCH and non-UE-dedicated PUSCH
On Rel.17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) applies to:
o If UE does not support such capability, MAC-CE based beam indication (activation of one TCI state) can be used to switch between two different DL receptions along two different beams
o Note: This does not preclude the possibility for TA update on non-serving cell
o FFS: For a UE supporting Rel.17 beam indication feature for inter-cell beam management, up to 5 CORESETs can be configured per BWP
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 27th,
Conclusion:
On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, there is no consensus in supporting additional value(s) of KMAX other than 4
Agreement:
On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in RAN1#106bis-e, select one of the following alternatives:
· Alt1. Support L1-based event-driven beam reporting for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP
· Alt2. Support MAC CE based event-driven beam reporting for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP
· Alt3. In Rel-17, event-driven beam reporting is not supported for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP
R1-2108557 Moderator summary#5 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 4 Moderator (Samsung)
From GTW session
On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for SRS can also be associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state.
FFS: Whether more than one parameter sets can be configured, e.g. for different traffics
Conclusion
On the setting of UL PC parameters except for PL-RS (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, there is no consensus in configuring the same setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) per TCI state across channels and apply a channel dependent component
· Note: It has been agreed that “The setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is at least associated with UL channel or UL RS” and hence the setting of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) is channel/signal dependent (separate settings for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS)
Conclusion
On Rel-17 unified TCI, for Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting additional (M,N) values other than (M,N)=(1,1)
Conclusion
On Rel.17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management,
· In Rel-17, RAN1 cannot reach consensus in supporting same or different TA values across the serving cell and TRPs with different PCIs from that of the serving cell
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management,
· To be finalized in RAN1#106bis-e): UE timing assumption on reception of signals from TRPs with PCIs different from the serving cell compared to that for serving cell
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support the following enhancement on the Rel-16 event-triggered P-MPR-based reporting (included in the PHR report when a threshold is reached, reported via MAC-CE):
· In addition to the existing field in the PHR MAC-CE, N≥1 P-MPR values can be reported
o The N P-MPR values are reported together with the following:
§ (Working Assumption) For each P-MPR value, up to M SSBRI(s)/CRI(s), where the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) is selected by the UE from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool (FFS: how to perform the selection)
· FFS: The supported value(s) of M
· FFS: Whether N represents the number of selected beams or the number of panels
· FFS: Supported values of N
· FFS: Whether beam-specific and/or panel-specific PHR is also reported
· FFS: Additional reporting quantities, e.g. SSBRI/CRI, MPR+DL RSRP, or modified virtual PHR
· FFS: additional signaling (e.g. CSI triggering) from the NW
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 28th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 L1-RSRP multi-beam measurement/reporting enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, select NMAX (the maximum number of RRC configured PCIs different from the serving cell for measurement/reporting) from the following alternatives (to be decided in RAN1#106bis-e):
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements to facilitate advanced beam refinement/tracking, in Rel-17, further focus study (including down-selection) and, if needed, specification effort on Opt 1-A as agreed in RAN1#105-e (UE -initiated beam selection/activation based on beam measurement and/or reporting, without beam indication or activation from NW) comprising:
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 31st,
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection, down select or modify from the following two schemes in RAN1#106bis-e:
Final summary in:
R1-2108648 Moderator summary#6 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 5 Moderator (Samsung)
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Eko (Samsung)
Reply LS to RAN2, RAN3, RAN4 LSs on TCI state update for L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility (R1-2106414, R1-2106418, R1-2106426) by August 25th.
R1-2108309 Moderator summary for LS replies to RAN2/3/4 on inter-cell beam management Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 25th,
Agreement
· The reply LS to RAN2 in R1-2108520 is endorsed.
· The reply LS to RAN3 in R1-2108521 is endorsed.
· The reply LS to RAN4 in R1-2108522 is endorsed.
R1-2108520 [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN2 Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108526.
R1-2108521 [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN3 Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108527.
R1-2108522 [Draft] LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN4 Moderator (Samsung)
Decision: Final LS is approved in R1-2108528.
R1-2106464 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106542 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2106572 Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2106641 Discussion on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106667 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106686 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106790 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2106866 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2106936 Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel transmission for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2107030 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2107079 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2107144 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2107204 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2107293 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2107324 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107391 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2107465 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2107486 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107571 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2107719 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2107815 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2107839 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107894 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH Xiaomi
R1-2108020 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Convida Wireless
R1-2108053 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2108072 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2108074 On PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2108106 Discussion on mTRP PXXCH ASUSTeK
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108254 Summary #1 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
From GTW session:
Agreement
If a PDSCH is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates (the first PDCCH candidate associated with a first CORESET and the second PDCCH candidate associated with a second CORESET) that are linked for repetition:
· Confirm the WA: The UE expects the same configuration for the first and second CORESETs wrt presence of TCI field in DCI.
Agreement
For the issues involving a timeline for/related to DCI decoding, the PDCCH candidate that ends later in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates is used as a reference. This includes at least the following issues
· For N timeline and the HARQ ACK slot offset in the case that DL DCI does not schedule PDSCH but requests HARQ-Ack: SPS release DCI, SCell dormancy indication, requesting Type-3 HARQ-Ack codebook
· For SPS PDSCH cancelation timeline (14 symbols)
· For PUCCH resource overriding timeline (N3)
· For starting drx-InacitivityTimer
· For timeline to send PRACH in response to PDCCH order
· For PDSCH / AP-CSI-RS reception preparation time with cross carrier scheduling with different SCS’s for PDCCH and PDSCH / AP-CSI-RS, i.e., minimum scheduling delay Npdsch and Ncsirs
· For PHR timeline conditions for virtual versus actual PHR
· For TPC application time window to determine whether a TPC command is applicable or not
· For CPU occupation duration for AP-CSI
For the following issue, the PDCCH candidate that starts earlier in time among the two linked PDCCH candidates is used as a reference:
· For determining the most recent transmission of SRS resource(s) identified by the SRI
Agreement
Among the two Alts in RAN1 #104b-e agreement on PDSCH mapping Type B, support Alt1 (The candidate that starts later in time).
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition with two linked candidates, if due to Rel. 15/16 procedures, one of the linked candidates is not monitored (is dropped)
· Option 1: UE still monitors the linked candidate that is not dropped and interprets the DCI based on Rel. 17 PDCCH rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate)
· At least the following Rel. 15/16 rules are applicable for this purpose:
o Case 1: Overlap with SSB
o Case 2: Overlap with rate matching resources: RateMatchPattern, lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, or LTE-CRS-PatternList-r16, availableRB-SetPerCell-r16
o Case 3: Due to TDD DL/UL related conflicts: Overlap with semi-static / dynamic UL symbols or overlap with PRACH
o FFS: Case 4: QCL-TypeD prioritization rule among CORESETs result in one of the linked candidates not being monitored
o FFS: Case 6: Overlap with reserved PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) indicated by DCI format 2_1 where UE may assume no transmission intended for the UE
o Other cases are not precluded
· This does not impact the BD count for both dropped and non-dropped PDCCH candidates
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 19th,
Agreement
For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, select one Alt for each of Case 1 and Case 2 in RAN1 #106-bis-e:
· Case 1: 2 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:
o Alt1: No change (use existing spec)
o Alt2: Consider the SS set pair together (both are kept or both are dropped), where the priority is based on lower SS set ID among the pair.
· Case 2: 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:
o Alt1: Overbooking is per individual SS set as in Rel. 15/16
§ Alt1-1: The third BD is counted as a virtual SS set (i.e., the virtual SS set for the third BDs is dopped before dropping the linked SS sets).
§ Alt1-2: The third BD is counted as part of the SS set with higher ID.
o Alt2: Consider the SS set pair together (both are kept or both are dropped), where the priority is based on lower SS set ID among the pair.
· FFS: Inter-span PDCCH repetition for r16monitoringcapablity.
Agreement
Study whether/how to handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates
· The following cases can be considered:
o Case 1: One pair of linked MO’s of one pair of linked SS sets in a given slot with large number of candidates.
o Case 2: Multiple pairs of linked MO’s of one pair of linked SS sets in a given slot, where MO’s of the two SS sets are not interlaced
o Case 3: For two pairs of linked SS sets (e.g. SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS sets 3 and 4 are linked), a MO of any of the SS sets (e.g. SS set 3) is in between two linked MOs of another two SS sets (e.g. SS sets 1 and 2).
o Other cases are not precluded.
· Examples of possible mechanisms to address the issue: Restrictions in the spec, UE capability, limit total number linked candidates in a slot, limit total number of linked candidates / CCEs at any given time (similar to CPU occupation)
· Whether the solution should also depend on AL of linked candidates
· The case of CA can also be considered
Agreement
SS set configured by recoverySearchSpaceId cannot be linked to another SS set for PDCCH repetition.
Agreement
For AP-CSI-RS scheduled by two PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, the UE does not expect that the AP-CSI-RS is transmitted before the first symbol of the PDCCH candidate that starts later in time.
R1-2108255 Summary #2 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
From GTW session:
Working Assumption
If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, d1,1 for PDSCH processing time is determined
· Option 2: By considering the PDCCH candidate that results in larger d1,1 value
· Note: Above applies at least for UEs doing selective decoding
FFS: Relaxation of processing time for soft combining of linked PDCCH candidates including PUSCH processing, PDSCH processing for mapping Type A and B, AP CSI processing, DCI processing (N timeline), etc.
FFS: How above applies for UEs doing soft combining
Agreement
For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs, down-select from the following Alts in RAN1 #106-bis-e:
· Alt1: Identify the two QCL-Type D properties based on legacy priority order.
· Alt2: Reuse legacy priority rule to identify the first QCL-TypeD property, and then, identify the second QCL-TypeD according to one of the SS sets that is linked with a SS set with the first QCL-TypeD (among the multiple overlapping CORESETs)
o In the case of multiple such SS set pairs, Rel. 15 priority order is followed for the second QCL-TypeD determination
o FFS: The case of no such SS set pair
· Alt3: Assign same priority for two linked search space sets for PDCCH transmission with overlapping monitoring occasions (the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID)
· Priority order: SS type (USS/CSS) > linkage of SS sets > cell index > associated SS set ID
o Linked SS set has higher priority than individual SS set
· FFS: The case that the first QCL-TypeD is from unlinked CSS
· FFS: The case of no linked SS sets among the multiple overlapping CORESETs
Agreement
Support PDCCH repetition for Type3 CSS.
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition in Rel. 17, study the following aspects:
- Whether/how to support PDCCH repetition for Type0/0A/1/2 CSS
- Whether to support PDCCH order transmitted with PDCCH repetitions with different beams triggering CFRA for SpCell, and if it is supported how to determine the QCL assumption for the PDCCH that includes the DCI format 1_0 with RA-RNTI and the corresponding scheduled PDSCH.
Conclusion
There is no consensus in RAN1 to support inter-slot PDCCH repetition in Rel. 17.
R1-2108256 Summary #3 of email discussions [106-e-NR-feMIMO-03] for mTRP PDCCH enhancements Moderator (Qualcomm)
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 27th,
Agreement
When one of the linked PDCCH candidates uses the same set of CCEs as an individual (unlinked) PDCCH candidate, and they both are associated with the same DCI size, scrambling, and CORESET
· Interpretation of the detected DCI is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).
o Whether the individual candidate is monitored or not is determined by a UE capability
§ FFS (In UE feature session): The details including reusing the reported number of BDs for this purpose, or relation to reported number of BDs
o In both cases, the individual candidate is not counted toward the BD limit.
· UE capability for max number of such overlaps is introduced
o FFS: Value of 0 is included as a candidate value for the UE capability
o The details to be discussed as part of UE capability discussions
· FFS: When the individual candidate is monitored, the scenario where the other linked candidate is also “overlapping” (same CORESET, DCI size, CCEs, scrambling) with a second individual candidate
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108298 Summary #1 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
From GTW session:
Agreement
When DCI schedules a retransmission of CG-PUSCH for type 1 CG or type 2 CG (DCI with CRC scrambled with CS-RNTI and NDI=1) while the CG configuration is RRC-configured with two fields of power control parameters, apply the same procedure as DCI activation for CG type 2 agreed before, i.e.,
· The first (legacy) RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ are associated with the first SRS resource set.
· The second (new) RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ are associated with the second SRS resource set.
· Applying the first, second, or both first and second RRC-configured fields ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’ is determined from the new DCI field (for dynamic switching) of the activating DCI similar to the case of DG-PUSCH.
Agreement
When fallback DCI (DCI format 0_0) activates a type 2 CG or schedules a retransmission of a type 1 or type 2 CG, and the CG configuration is RRC-configured with 2 sets of power control parameters (two ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’):
· The UE uses the first set of values for power control (first RRC-configured ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’).
Agreement
When a DCI that includes the new 2-bits DCI field for dynamic switching activates a type 2 CG or schedules a retransmission of a type 1 or type 2 CG, and the CG configuration is RRC-configured with only one set of power control parameters (one ‘p0-PUSCH-Alpha’ and ‘powerControlLoopToUse’):
· The UE expects the new DCI field for dynamic switching is set to “00”, and all PUSCH repetitions are associated with the first SRS resource set.
Agreement
For the new field in DCI for dynamic switching,
· For Codepoint “11”, the 1st SRI/TPMI field associate with the 1st SRS resource set while the 2nd SRI/TPMI field associate with the 2nd SRS resource set. i.e.,
Codepoint |
SRS resource set(s) |
SRI (for both CB and NCB)/TPMI (CB only) field(s) |
11 |
m-TRP mode with (TRP2,TRP1 order) 1st SRI/TPMI field: 1st SRS resource set 2nd SRI/TPMI field: 2nd SRS resource set |
Both 1st and 2nd SRI/TPMI fields |
· For Codepoint “11”, the first repetition in time is associated with the second SRS resource set, and the remaining repetitions follow the configured mapping pattern (cyclic or sequential).
· For Codepoint “10”, the first repetition in time is associated with the first SRS resource set, and the remaining repetitions follow the configured mapping pattern (cyclic or sequential).
Agreement
For PHR reporting related to M-TRP PUSCH repetition, support Option 4 as UE optional capability for a UE that supports mTRP PUSCH,
· Option 4: Calculate two PHRs (at least corresponding to the CC that applies m-TRP PUSCH repetitions), each associated with a first PUSCH occasion to each TRP, and report two PHRs.
Agreement
For SP-CSI report on mTRP PUSCH repetition Type A and B activated by a DCI, support the use of a similar mechanism to A-CSI multiplexing on M-TRP PUSCH without a TB, which includes the following,
o If the first / second nominal repetition is not the same as the first / second actual repetition, the first / second nominal repetition is dropped
§ If one of the first or second nominal repetitions is not dropped, SP-CSI is multiplexed on that repetition
o Else (the first and second nominal repetitions are the same as the first and second actual repetitions)
§ If UCIs other than the SP-CSI are not multiplexed on any of the two PUSCH repetitions, SP-CSI is multiplexed on both repetitions.
§ Otherwise, UE transmits SP-CSI only on the first PUSCH repetition similar to Rel. 15/16 (and the second repetition is dropped)
Agreement
For indicating per-TRP OLPC set in DCI format 0_1/0_2, if no SRI field presents in the DCI,
o if value of the field equals to ‘10’ or ‘11’, the UE determine two values of P0 for two TRPs (one P0 value for each TRP) from the second value in the first P0-PUSCH-Set-r16_list and the second value in the second P0-PUSCH-Set-r16_list.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 19th,
Agreement
For per-TRP closed-loop power control, when the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI format 1_0 (fallback DCI) is associated with two “closedLoopIndex” values for multi-TRP PUCCH transmission schemes, the single TPC field (the existing TPC field) is applied to both closed loop indices for the scheduled PUCCH.
Working assumption
For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, select Alt.2.
· Alt. 2: the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 1st SRS resource set can be different from the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 2nd SRS resource set.
· FFS: Whether specification change is needed due to this working assumption
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,
Agreement
For RV mapping of type 1 or type 2 CG based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, support,
R1-2108299 Summary #2 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For option 4, support the following:
When PHR MAC-CE is reported in slot n, for a CC that is configured with mTRP PUSCH repetition, PHR value(s) are determined as,
· The first PHR value is reported same as Rel. 15/16.
· If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions associated with a given TRP, the second PHR value, select Alt. 1A or Alt. 2A
o Alt.1A: Is always actual. When there are more than one repetitions associated with the other TRP, the second PHR is calculated considering on the following repetition,
§ If there are repetition(s) towards the other TRP which transmit after the repetition used to calculate first PHR, the UE select the earliest repetition among them.
§ Otherwise, the UE select the latest repetition which transmitted before the repetition used to calculate first PHR.
o Alt.2A: Is actual only when a repetition associated with the other TRP is transmitted in slot n. Otherwise, it is virtual.
§ If there are multiple repetitions associated with the other TRP in slot n, the earliest one in slot n is selected.
· If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) but not corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions (corresponds to sTRP PUSCH), select Alt. 1B or Alt. 2B
o Alt1B: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.
o Alt2B: a second PHR is not reported
· If the first PHR value is virtual, select Alt. 1C or Alt. 2C
o Alt1C: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.
o Alt2C: a second PHR is not reported
· When second PHR is virtual, it is calculated based on a set of default power control parameters defined for the other TRP (that is not associated with the first PHR)
· Note: the above is applicable to both single entry and multi-entry PHR reports
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,
Agreement
For the grouping of PUCCH resources in Rel-17 multi-TRP PUCCH repetition schemes,
R1-2108300 Summary #3 of Multi-TRP PUCCH and PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For single-DCI based M-TRP PUSCH repetition schemes, when one SRS resource per SRS resource set is configured (i.e., when two SRI fields are absent in DCI formats 0_1 / 0_2), per TRP default P0, alpha, PL-RS, and closed loop index is defined by,
Agreement
For option 4, support the following:
o If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions associated with a given TRP, the second PHR value, select Alt. 2A
§ Alt.2A: Is actual only when a repetition associated with the other TRP is transmitted in slot n. Otherwise, it is virtual.
· If there are multiple repetitions associated with the other TRP in slot n, the earliest one in slot n is selected.
o If the first PHR value is actual PHR (based on Rel. 15/16) but not corresponding to a repetition among mTRP PUSCH repetitions (corresponds to sTRP PUSCH), select Alt. 1B
§ Alt1B: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.
o If the first PHR value is virtual, select Alt. 1C
§ Alt1C: a second PHR value is reported as virtual PHR.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 26th,
Agreement
If the PUCCH resource with the lowest ID is activated with two spatial relation info, the spatial relation info with lower ID, is used as the default beam for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 27th,
Agreement
For per-TRP closed-loop power control,
· When the second TPC field is configured and the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI formats 1_1/1_2 (or PUSCH transmission in DCI formats 0_1/0_2) is associated with one “closedLoopIndex” value for single TRP transmission, the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused.
· Note1: Each TPC field is for each closed-loop index value respectively (i.e., 1st /2nd TPC fields correspond to “closedLoopIndex” value = 0 and 1, respectively).
· Note2: When the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused, the unused TPC field is not applied for any legacy procedures of calculating sum of TPC command values.
Agreement
For mTRP PUCCH (or PUSCH) repetitions schemes,
· When the second TPC field is configured and the indicated PUCCH transmission in DCI formats 1_1/1_2 (or PUSCH transmission in DCI formats 0_1/0_2) is associated with the same “closedLoopIndex” value for mutli-TRP tranmission, the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused.
· Note: When the other TPC field associated with the other “closedLoopIndex” value is unused, the unused TPC field is not applied for any legacy procedures of calculating sum of TPC command values.
Agreement
On the number of SRS resource configured in the two SRS resource sets, select one of the following alternatives,
· Alt.1: Support the same number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition.
· Alt.2: Support different number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition. The first SRS resource set always have the same or larger number of SRS resources than the second SRS resources set.
o The bit width of the 1st SRI field is determined based on the first SRS resource set
o FFS: How to interpret “SRI field is present or not present”
· Alt.3: Support different number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition. The first SRS resource set always have the smaller, same or larger number of SRS resources than the second SRS resources set.
o The bit width of the 1st SRI field is determined based on maximum number of SRS resources among two resource sets
o FFS: How to interpret “SRI field is present or not present”
R1-2106465 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106543 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2106573 Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2106642 On M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106668 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106687 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106867 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2106937 Enhancements on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2107026 On Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
R1-2107080 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2107205 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2107325 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107392 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2107572 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2107720 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2107816 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2107840 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operations NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107895 QCL/TCI-related enhancements on Inter-cell Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2108029 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)
R1-2108054 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108337 Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
R1-2108457 Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,
Agreement
Introduce a new RRC indicator/signalling (e.g., re-index the non-serving cell) to indicate the non-serving cell information that a TCI state/QCL information is associated with, where the new indicator/signalling is not the exact PCI value
· Detailed signalling design is up to RAN2
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 26th,
Agreement
Rel. 17 inter-cell MTRP , the maximum number of additional RRC -configured PCIs per CC is denoted X and can be reported as a UE capability
· For the report value of X, multiple candidate values including 1 is supported.
o FFS: Which values to support other than 1.
o Values larger than 7 are precluded
o RAN1 needs to agree on value(s) of X other than 1
· Down-select one of the following alternatives:
o Alt 1: A single value of X is reported as UE capability for any possible SSB time domain position and periodicity
o Alt 3: At least Two independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for at least two different assumptions on SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB
· The serving cell PCI is always associated with active TCI states, only 1 additional PCI can be associated with the active TCI States
Agreement
· For inter-cell mTRP , one PCI associated with one or more of activated TCI states for PDSCH/PDCCH is associated with one CORESETPoolIndex, another PCI associated with one or more of activated TCI states for PDSCH/PDCCH is associated with another CORESETPoolIndex
· FFS: The association between PCI and CORESETPoolIndex when switching between intra-cell mTRP and inter-cell mTRP
Agreement
For a CSI-RS QCLed with a neighbouring cell SSB, the CSI-RS EPRE is calculated based on powerControlOffsetSS and the SSB transmission power in the neighbouring cell information.
R1-2108633 LS on Rel-17 inter-cell multi TRP RAN1, vivo
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 28th, the LS to RAN2 is approved.
Final summary in:
R1-2108571 Feature lead summary#3 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
R1-2106466 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106544 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2106574 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2106643 Further Details on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106669 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106688 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106791 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2106868 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2106938 Enhancements on beam reporting and beam failure recovery for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2107031 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2107081 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2107145 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2107206 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2107298 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2107326 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107393 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2107470 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2107487 Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107573 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2107690 Beam Management Enhancements for multi-TRP AT&T
R1-2107721 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2107817 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2107841 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107896 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2108009 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2108021 On Multi-TRP BFR Convida Wireless
R1-2108030 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ASUSTEK COMPUTER (SHANGHAI)
R1-2108044 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2108045 On beam management enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2108055 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Runhua (CATT)
Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108321 Moderator summary #1 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For aperiodic report of beam reporting option 2,
· When associated with aperiodic resource setting, extend the existing RRC parameter CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo to be configured with two CMR resource sets where each may be configured with their corresponding QCL information.
o FFS: Detailed association scheme
· When associated with periodic/semi-persist resource setting, the resource setting comprises two CMR resource sets.
Conclusion
There is no consensus to support M>2 beams per group for beam reporting option 2 in Rel.17.
Agreement
Support differential L1 RSRP reporting as a UCI reduction scheme for beam measurement/reporting option 2.
Agreement
Differential reporting across all beam groups in a CSI-report
· Including 1-bit indicator of the CMR set associated with the largest RSRP value in all groups
o NOTE: best beam is assumed in the 1st group
o 1-bit indicating CMR set with higher RSRP value (e.g. 0 indicating 1st SSBRI/CRI from 1st CMR set, 1 indicating 1st SSBRI/CRI from 2nd CMR set); UCI payload partitioning = 7/4 bits for 1st/2nd SSBRI/CRI in first beam group; 4 bits for all beams in other groups;
Agreement
For multi-TRP BFR, a single MAC-CE is used at least for BFRQ for all TRPs in all CCs in a cell group, which includes
· Indices of failed BFD-RS set (as an indication of failed TRP link)
· Indices of CC containing the failed TRP link
· An indicator whether a new candidate beam is identified in the NBI-RS set associated with the failed BFD-RS set, and an resource indicator representing the new candidate beam (if identified) based on the number of NBI-RS resources in the corresponding NBI-RS set.
· FFS: Content of MAC-CE related to SpCell when transmitted on msg3, msgA
· Note: MAC-CE signaling design details are up to RAN2
· The term “failed TRP link” is used here for discussion purposes only
R1-2108322 Moderator summary #2 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
From GTW session:
Agreement
The maximum number of BFD-RS resources per set is a UE capability, including a possible candidate value of 1 in Rel.17.
Agreement
Support the following BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET:
· Implicit configuration:
o M-DCI:
§ BFD-RS set k (k = 0, 1) is derived based on X TCI of CORESETs with CORESETPoolIndex = k
§ FFS: value of X (determined in spec or UE capability), and TCI selection rule when the number of CORESETs with CORESETPoolIndex = k exceeds X (e.g. reuse RLM RS selection rule)
· FFS: CORESETs with more than 1 activated TCI states
Conclusion
BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET via implicit configuration for S-DCI mTRP is not supported in Rel-17.
R1-2108323 Moderator summary #3 on M-TRP simultaneous transmission with multiple Rx panels Moderator (CATT)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For extension of the existing RRC parameter CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo for the purpose of M-TRP beam reporting option 2,
· Introduce a second ‘resourcesForChannel’ in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo
Agreement
For option 2 with differential reporting
· For each reported beam group other than the 1st beam group, the same SSBRI/CRI ordering as the 1st beam group is assumed.
Agreement
· For the case of all CORESETs with 1 activated TCI state per CORESET, after 28 symbols from receiving the BFR response, the QCL assumption of all CORESETs associated with the failed BFD-RS set reported in the MAC-CE for TRP-specific BFR is updated by the RS resource associated with the latest reported new candidate beam (if found) associated with the failed BFD-RS set
o FFS: How to associate CORESET(s) with failed BFD-RS set
o FFS: SCS configuration of 28 symbols
· FFS: Update of QCL assumption for other DL channels/RSs, UL spatial filter/power control assumption for PUCCH, and other UL channels/RSs
· FFS: the case of CORESETs with 2 activated TCI states per CORESET.
· The above applies to SCell and SpCell
· The above applies at least for the multi-DCI case
Agreement
Support the following BFD-RS configurations in Rel.17 for UEs with one activated TCI state per CORESET:
· Explicit configuration of BFD-RS resources in BFD-RS set k, k = 0, 1
· FFS: CORESETs with more than 1 activated TCI state.
R1-2106467 Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106545 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2106575 Further discussion and evaluation on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2106644 M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106689 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106792 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Sony
R1-2106869 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2106939 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2107082 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2107146 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2107178 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2107207 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2107327 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107394 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2107488 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107574 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2107625 Enhancement on HST-SFN deployment Ericsson
R1-2107722 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2107818 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2107842 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107897 Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission Xiaomi
R1-2108022 On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Convida Wireless
R1-2108056 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on HST-SFN
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108326 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From GTW session:
Agreement
Support the following combination of the transmission schemes
· Single-TRP PDCCH + Rel-17 Scheme 1 PDSCH
· Single-TRP PDCCH + Rel-17 TRP-based pre-compensation PDSCH
· FFS: Other combinations of the transmission scheme
Note: The PDSCH corresponds to the PDSCH scheduled by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2.
Agreement
For Rel-17 TRP-based pre-compensation scheme, indication of carrier frequency for uplink transmission (Doppler frequency reporting) in TRP-based pre-compensation scheme is supported using
· Option 1 Implicit from RAN1#102-e agreement
o FFS enhancements to SRS (e.g multiple SRS resource in a set) to improve the accuracy of frequency estimation
For Option1, some companies raised concerns that there is no consensus on the benefit and the applicability of this scheme in FDD.
For Option1, some companies raised concerns that there is no benefit in low SNR scenarios.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 24th,
Agreement
For TRP -based pre-compensation
· Alt-1: QCL parameters are dropped from the second TCI state of the indicated TCI codepoint containing two TCI states
Conclusion
For Variant A and B (if supported)
· For frequency offset pre-compensation QCL -like association of the resource(s) received in the 1st step with UL signal transmitted in the 2nd step is supported by implementation without specification impact
Agreement
Confirm working assumption from RAN1#105e meeting without modification:
For TRP -based pre-compensation, Variant A (based on RAN1#103-e meeting agreement) is supported as QCL types/assumption, when the same DMRS port(s) are associated with two TCI states.
· FFS: Support of Variant B
R1-2108407 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From GTW session:
Agreement
In CA scenario support RRC configured set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs in the indicated CCs set
· FFS: Whether to reuse Rel-16 RRC parameters or introduce new RRC parameters.
· FFS: UE capability
· FFS: Whether/How to update the CORESET that is not configured to SFN scheme in the indicated CCs set
Agreement
If enableTwoDefaultTCI-States is configured and at least one TCI codepoint indicates two TCI states and time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the PDSCH is less than the threshold timeDurationForQCL, default beam(s) for Rel-17 enhanced SFN PDSCH (scheme 1 or if supported TRP-based pre-compensation) reception:
· Alt 1: Reuse rule to determine TCI states as defined for Rel-16 PDSCH scheme-1a
This is a UE optional feature
Agreement
For PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, [1_1 and 1_2], if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL
· Support configuration when there is no TCI field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH
o UE applies the state(s) of the scheduling CORESET when receiving the PDSCH
§ if there are two active TCI states for the CORESET, UE applies the both QCL assumption of the CORESET that schedules the PDSCH when receiving the PDSCH
§ otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET when receiving the PDSCH
· FFS if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL
This is a UE optional feature.
Agreement
If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or if TRP-based pre-compensation is supported in FR2) is configured and CORESET is indicated with two TCI states, and scheduling offset for AP CSI-RS is less than the threshold and enableTwoDefaultTCIStates is not configured
· If there is no other DL signal on the same symbol, use one of two TCI states as default beam for aperiodic CSI-RS reception, i.e.
o using one TCI state of the CORESET with the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot as default beam for aperiodic CSI-RS reception. If there are two activated TCI states for the CORESET with the lowest CORESET ID, one of two TCI states will be selected, i.e. always selects the first TCI state if the CORESET has two TCI states
· If there is other DL signal on the same symbol, reuse Rel-15/16 mechanism
Agreement
If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation) is configured and two TCI states are activated for at least one CORESET, support the following configuration of RS for BFD
· For implicit configuration
o Alt 1-2: RS of CORESETs with both single and two TCI states are used
FFS: The maximum number of BFD RS and details on RS determination
R1-2108548 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From GTW session:
Agreement
If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme (scheme 1 or if TRP-based pre-compensation is supported in FR2) is configured, and if the CORESET with the lowest ID in the active DL BWP is indicated with two TCI states
·
If PL-RS and spatial relation information are not configured for
PUCCH and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForPUCCH is
configured in FR2
o For single-TRP PUCCH transmission, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS
· If PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0 and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForPUSCH0-0 is configured in FR2, and if PUCCH resource is not configured on active UL BWP in the cell or if spatial relation is not configured in any PUCCH resource on active UL BWP in the cell,
o For single-TRP PUSCH transmission scheduled by DCI format 0_0, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS
· If PL-RS and spatial relation information are not configured for SRS and enableDefaultBeamPL-ForSRS is configured in FR2
o For single-TRP SRS resource, select the first TCI state of the CORESET as default beam and PL RS
· FFS other details, if any
· These are UE optional features
Agreement
When a CORESET is activated with two TCI states which overlaps with another CORESET, support extension of Rel-15 prioritization rule for PDCCH monitoring of PDCCH candidates in overlapping monitoring occasions with different QCL-TypeD
· FFS: Prioritization rule considers CORESETs indicated with 1 and/or 2 TCI states
· Supports identifying two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple overlapping CORESETs
o UE capability is introduced
· FFS other details
· FFS: Strive to have same / similar solution as discussed under AI 8.1.2.1
Conclusion
No RAN1 specification impact on how to calculate hypothetical BLER for BFD.
R1-2106468 Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106546 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2106576 Further discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2106645 Remaining Issues on SRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106670 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106690 Considerations on SRS enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106793 Considerations on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Sony
R1-2106870 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2106940 Discussion on SRS enhancements for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2107083 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2107147 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2107208 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2107328 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107395 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2107467 Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2107489 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107558 SRS Performance and Potential Enhancements Ericsson
R1-2107575 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2107723 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2107788 Enhancements on SRS Sharp
R1-2107819 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2107843 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2107898 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2108057 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on enhancement on SRS
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 18th,
Agreement
Confirm the following WA.
For DCI indication of “t” in Rel-17 SRS triggering offset enhancement
· For both DCI that schedules a PDSCH/PUSCH and DCI 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request
o t is indicated by adding a new configurable DCI field (up to 2 bits)
§ Applies only when there are multiple candidate values of t configured
o No further enhancement to indicate “t” for DCI 0_1/0_2 without data and without CSI request at least when the new DCI field is configured
R1-2108217 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From GTW session:
Agreement
Support start RB location (Noffset)
hopping in different SRS frequency hopping periods for RPFS and at least
periodic/semi-persistent SRS, where Noffset is the start RB index of the RBs in the
RBs.
·
For a given SRS
transmission occasion, , where khopping is same for all SRS occasions within a
legacy FH period but changes across legacy FH periods, kF and PF
are at least configured by RRC signaling (kF = {0, 1, …, PF-1}).
o Support at least one pattern for khopping in time domain, FFS detailed pattern
o
Note: the legacy FH period
is the period to sound the full SRS hopping bandwidth across the different
subbands of RBs each.
· This start RB location hopping is enabled or disabled by RRC signaling.
o FFS whether MAC CE or DCI can be additionally used
o When this start RB location hopping is disabled, khopping is fixed to be 0 for all SRS symbols
· This start RB location hopping is UE optional.
· FFS whether start RB location hopping is also applicable on SRS occasion(s) within one FH period (e.g., when R>1) and/or on aperiodic SRS, if so, how
Agreement
For aperiodic xTyR antenna switching SRS, where xTyR is from {1T6R, 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, 4T8R}, support all the non-zero integer values N<=N_max except N=1 for 1T8R
· For each xTyR configuration, UE does not expect multiple SRS resource sets are configured or triggered in one slot
· UE does not expect that the OFDM symbols contained in one SRS resource set exceed UE capability on which OFDM symbols can be used for SRS taking guard period into account
Agreement
Support Opt. 2: Reference slot is the slot indicated by the legacy triggering offset.
· If DCI is transmitted in slot n, and k is the legacy triggering offset, reference slot is slot n+k.
· Note: the legacy triggering offset can be 0, if slotOffset is absent.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,
Conclusion
MAC CE for t value update in Rel-17 is not supported.
R1-2108373 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For antenna switching SRS, support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum 2 SRS resource sets for semi-persistent SRS.
· Note: the two SP-SRS resource sets are not activated at the same time
· For xTyR where y>4, if UE does NOT support this feature, support maximum one SRS resource set for periodic SRS and maximum one SRS resource set for semi-persistent SRS
· Applies for all supported xTyR where y<=8
· For each xTyR antenna switching (except for 4T6R if supported), each periodic or semi-persistent resource set contains y/x resources.
This feature is UE optional: For UEs that do not support this feature, follow Rel-15 on the number of resource sets for periodic and semi-persistent SRS
Agreement
Support 4T6R SRS antenna switching in Rel-17.
Agreement
For RPFS SRS sequence generation, support
·
Alt 1: Generate length- ZC sequence.
Agreement
For SRS increased repetitions in Rel-17, support the following configurations, and no other values are supported.
· (N_symbol, R) = {(8, 1), (8, 2), (8, 4), (8, 8), (12, 1), (12, 2), (12, 3), (12, 4), (12, 6), (12, 12), (10, 1), (10, 2), (10, 5), (10,10), (14, 1), (14, 2), (14, 7), (14, 14)}
· Note: N_symbol SRS symbols are adjacent in a slot.
Decision: As per email posted on Aug 20th,
Agreement
· On the presence of guard symbols in Rel-17 for SRS antenna switching, down-select one of the following
o Alt 1-0: Guard symbols are always-on, which is same as Rel-15
o Alt 1-1: Guard symbols are configurable subject to UE capability
· On whether to introduce guard symbols between SRS resource sets for antenna switching, down-select one of the following
o Alt 2-0: Do not introduce guard symbols between SRS resource sets, i.e., guard symbols only appears between SRS resources in a resource set
o Alt 2-1: Introduce guard symbols between two sets mapped to consecutive slots
· Note: Rel-15 guard period symbols are supported if none of the above enhancements is agreed
Agreement
For Comb-8 SRS in Rel-17, down-select one of the following in RAN1#106bis-e
· Alt 1: The maximum number of CSs for Comb-8 is 6
· Alt 2: The maximum number of CSs for Comb-8 is 12, and introduce a rule to restrict applicable CSs when SRS sequence is shorter than the maximum number of CSs
Final summary in:
R1-2108512 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2106469 Discussion on CSI Enhancements for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2106547 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2106577 Further discussion and evaluation on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2106646 Further Discussion on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106691 Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2106794 More considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2106871 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2106941 Discussion on CSI enhancements for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2107084 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2107148 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2107179 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2107209 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2107329 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2107396 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2107466 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2107490 CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2107576 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2107724 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2107820 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2107844 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2108058 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2108071 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-106-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-09 as the document name
[106-e-NR-feMIMO-09] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancement
- 1st check point: August 19
- 2nd check point: August 25
- 3rd check point: August 27
R1-2108355 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator(Huawei)
R1-2108356 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator(Huawei)
From GTW session:
Agreement
Following working assumption is confirmed (with revision in RED):
· At least for rank 1 and 2, FD bases used for Wf quantization are limited within a single window with size N configured to the UE whereas FD bases in the window must be consecutive from an orthogonal DFT matrix, i.e. Alt 1.
· FFS other restrictions, e.g. value(s) of N, if the value of N3 is small
· FFS other restrictions, e.g. when the number of CSI-RS ports is small
Conclusion
For Rel-17 PS codebook, there is no consensus on the support of Mv>2 for Wf.
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, the reserved state for reference amplitude is to be reserved as Rel-16 PS codebook.
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, support reporting of the position, [il*, fl*], of the strongest coefficient (SCI) of layer l, using ceil(log2(K1*Mv)) bits.
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, support layer-common port selection for rank 2.
Agreement
Support parameter combinations represented by (alpha, Mv, beta) with K1 = alpha*P for Rel-17 PS codebook
· The candidate values of alpha are {1/2, 3/4, 1}
· Note that exact parameter combination will be discussed from RAN1 106bis:
o based on trade-off among UPT performance, feedback overhead, and complexity
o based on all supported ranks
o Limit total number of parameter combinations comparable to Rel-16 eType II
· Mv={1, 2} and beta = {[1/4], 1/2, 3/4, 1} are from previous agreements
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook with Rank 2, support layer-specific bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient selection of W2.
Agreement
Support rank 3 and 4 for Rel-17 PS codebook with following:
· Supporting ranks 3 and 4 is optional with separate UE capability (same as Rel-16 PS codebook)
· The maximal CSI overhead of rank 3 and 4 is comparable to rank 2
o FFS: use a smaller K1 (or alpha) or beta for ranks 3 and 4, or limit the maximum number of non-zero coefficients across all layers to 2K0 and per layer to K0 with the same beta
· FFS: limit Mv=1 for ranks 3 and 4 PMI
Conclusion:
Default value of Ks, max can be discussed later with Rel-17 MIMO UE capability.
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated to a NCJT measurement hypothesis in Rel-17, the maximal number of total transmission layers is up to 4 layers.
Agreement
For the UE configured to report X CSIs associated with single-TRP measurement hypotheses and one CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis (i.e. Option 1), the bitwidth associated to X+1 CRI(s) are given as following:
· Ceil(log2(N)) for X=0
· Ceil(log2(N)) in CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis and Ceil(log2(M1+M2)) in CSI associated with Single-TRP measurement hypothesis for X=1
· Ceil(log2(N)) in CSI associated with NCJT measurement hypothesis and Ceil(log2(M1)) and Ceil(log2(M2)) in CSI associated with Single-TRP measurement hypothesis for X=2
· Note that M1 (M1<=K1) and M2 (M2<=K2) is the number of CMRs configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis in the first and second CMR groups respectively in a CMR measurement set.
Agreement
For the UE be configured to report one CSI associated with the best one among NCJT and single-TRP measurement hypotheses (i.e. Option 2),
· Alt 1: the first M1+M2 codepoints of CRI corresponds to M1+M2 CMRs for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis and the second N codepoints corresponds to N CMR pairs for NC-JT measurement hypothesis.
· Note that M1 (M1<=K1) and M2 (M2<=K2) is the number of CMRs configured for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis in the first and second CMR groups respectively in a CMR measurement set.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Aug 23rd,
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NC-JT, study following restriction(s) for two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis:
· FFS: two resources are restricted within the same DL slot
· FFS: two resources are restricted with the same CDRX active time
Agreement
For a CMR pair configured for a NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following Alternatives:
· Alt 1: a separate powerControlOffset (Pc ratio) shall be configured for the NCJT measurement hypothesis by re-defining such Pc ratio as 10log10(P_PDSCH/P_CSIRS) dB, whereas
o P_PDSCH is the energy of PDSCH ports with a same TCI state as the CMR on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol
o P_CSIRS is the energy of all CSI-RS ports of the CMR multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol
· Alt 2: re-interpret two Pc ratios configured for the CMR pair for the NCJT measurement hypothesis, FFS detailed impact of specification
· Alt 3: No change to definition or configuration of Pc ratio
· Note that other solutions are not excluded.
Agreement
For CSI computation delay requirement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for a NCJT measurement hypothesis, study following alternatives:
· Alt1: introducing new/relaxed values on Z and Z’, FFS exact values or other conditions
· Alt2: No changes of values on Z and Z’
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated to a reporting setting CSI-ReportConfig for NCJT measurement hypothesis, study whether to support non-PMI CSI reporting with reportQuantity set to "CRI-RI-CQI" in Rel-17
· Related details, if needed, are to be discussed in RAN1#106bis.
· Interested companies are encouraged to share details and related specification impact if support
R1-2108357 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Moderator(Huawei)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, support RI restriction by selecting at most one alternative from the following in RAN1#106bis-e:
· Alt 1: One RI restriction is configured per CodebookConfig, whereas the RI restriction is applied to both Single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses.
o If rank restriction of X is configured, reported rank is X for a Single-TRP measurement hypothesis and sum of two reported ranks is X for a Multi-TRP measurement hypothesis.
· Alt 2: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.
o If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for the CMR in the first CMR group and Y for the CMR in the second CMR group, regardless single-TRP and NCJT measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 3: Multiple RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas RI restriction is applied to per each CMR in CMR pair for NCJT and per each CMR for Single-TRP.
· Alt 4: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to all Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and another one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
o If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for all single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 5: Three RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas two RI restrictions are applied to two CMR groups in a CMR resource set respectively for Single-TRP measurement hypothesis, and the third one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
o If rank restriction of (X1, X2, Y) is configured, reported rank is X1, X2 for each CMR group respectively for single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
· Alt 6: Switch between Alt 4 and Alt 5 where gNB can configure via RRC signaling which alternative to use
Note that if none of above Alternatives is agreed in Rel-17, RI restriction is only applied for Single-TRP measurement hypotheses and no RI restriction is applied for Multi-TRP measurement hypotheses.
Agreement
At least for rank 1/2 and Mv > 1, for relationship between N and Mv, support following alternative
· Alt 2-1: N >= Mv, Wf is layer-common and reported by UE for N>Mv.
o For Mv=2, N=2 and one value from {3, 4, 5}
§ RAN1 to select one value from {3, 4, 5} in RAN1#106bis-e
o FFS: how to report Wf in terms of reporting mechanism and associated bits when Mv=2 and N=one value from {3, 4, 5}
Note: Wf is layer-common for N=Mv
Note: For all alternatives, a layer-common window/set of size N is configured.
Agreement
If a bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients can be absent, down-select one Alt from the following for Rel-17 PS codebook:
· Alt 1: At least for rank 1 PMI, the bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients is not needed if Mv=1 and Beta=1.
o FFS the need for Mv>1 and/or Beta<1
· Alt 2: For rank 1 /2 PMI, the bitmap(s) of indicating non-zero coefficients for corresponding layer(s) is absent if reported KNZ=K1*Mv*rank
o Where KNZ is the number of non-zero coefficients
· Alt 3: In addition to Alt 2, additional field is reported by UE to inform whether the bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients for specific layer is absent if rank>1.
· Alt 4: The bitmap of indicating non-zero coefficients is not needed if the number of coefficients is sufficiently small, i.e. K1Mv ≤ δ
Note: If none of above Alternative is agreed in RAN1#106bis-e, the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient is always present by default.
R1-2108358 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3) Moderator(Huawei)
From GTW session:
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportConfig for NC-JT, support following Alt:
· Alt 3: For CMRs configured in the CSI-RS resource set, support RRC signaling to enable/disable single-TRP measurement hypothesis using CMRs configured within CMR pairs for NCJT measurement hypothesis
Agreement
To confirm the order of UCI payload construction for reported CSIs, study following Alternatives and down-select one or more Alternative(s) for required specification changes in RAN1 106bis:
· Alt 1: modify priority equation, i.e., Section 5.2.5 in 38.214.
· Alt 2: modify the table of priority reporting levels for Part 2 CSI, i.e., Table 5.2.3-1 in 38.214.
· Alt 4: modify mapping order of CSI fields of one CSI report, i.e., Table 6.3.2.1.2-3/4/5 in 38.212
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, following values of R are supported:
· R = 1 and
· At most one value from {2, D* NPRBSB}
o FFS: which one is to be decided in RAN1#106bis if support, and applicable conditions, e.g. whether the support of this feature when Mv=1
o D is the density of CSI-RS in frequency domain and NPRBSB is the subband size in PRBs
o Note that this R is optional if supported
R1-2106548 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2106578 Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance vivo
R1-2106647 Performance of Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2106671 HARQ feedback of SPS PDSCH reception in multi-DCI based multiple TRPs Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2106872 Additional enhancements for multi-beam Samsung
R1-2107210 Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO
R1-2107670 Further considerations and simulations for Rel-17 PS codebook design Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2107725 On Further MIMO Enhancement Apple
R1-2107821 Analysis on TRP- and/or UE panel-specific UL timing synchronization LG Electronics
R1-2108087 Rel.18 MIMO work item proposals Ericsson
Please refer to RP-212535 for detailed scope of the WI.
Incoming LS(s) related to this work/study item under agenda item 5: R1-2108717, R1-2109374, R1-2109375.
[106bis-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on Rel-17 RRC parameters for NR-MIMO
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110635 Moderator summary for Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO RRC parameters Moderator (Samsung)
Document is noted. For consolidation under 8 in [106bis-e-R17-RRC].
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.
R1-2108756 Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108796 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2108808 Further Discussion on Enhancements for Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108870 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2108895 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108951 Further discussion on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2109029 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2109038 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2109103 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2109110 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements Ericsson
R1-2109122 Discussion on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2109180 Enhancements on multi-beam operation TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2109184 Futher discussion on Rel-17 multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2109270 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2109350 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2109378 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2109467 Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI and inter-cell beam management Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2109468 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2109543 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109591 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2109658 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109772 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2109832 Discussion of enhancements on multi-beam operation FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2109870 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2109923 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations AT&T
R1-2110013 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2110077 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2110103 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Convida Wireless
R1-2110165 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2109466 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
From Oct 12th GTW session
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI:
· For the number of codepoints in the TCI field for DCI-based beam indication (hence the number of codepoints activated via MAC-CE-based TCI state activation), the largest value is 8
· Further discuss and finalize in RAN1#106bis-e: the largest number of configured TCI states (including joint TCI state(s), DL-only TCI state(s), and/or UL-only TCI state(s))
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI:
o Note: For inter-cell beam management, SSB with PCID different from that from the serving cell can be used as a QCL Type-C/D source RS for CSI-RS for BM and/or TRS
o Further discuss and decide in RAN1#106bis-e whether CSI-RS for CSI can be used as a source RS or not, and if so whether some restriction(s) are needed
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, remove the brackets and clarify as indicated in red from the following previous agreement:
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, support common TCI state ID update and activation to provide common QCL information and/or common UL TX spatial filter(s) across a set of configured CCs:
· …
·
Just as Rel.16, the source
RS in the Rel-17 TCI state that provides
QCL-TypeA [or QCL-TypeB] shall be in the
same CC as the target channel or RS
· …
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, the source RS in the Rel-17 TCI state that provides QCL-TypeA or QCL-TypeB shall be in the same CC/BWP as the target channel or RS
Agreement
On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, a PL-RS (configured for path-loss calculation, already assumed periodic) is either a periodic CSI-RS or an SSB. When a periodic CSI-RS is used as a PL-RS,
· Opt2. Both 1- and 2-port (reusing Rel-16 UE capability signalling) periodic CSI-RS are supported for PL-RS
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, regarding the common TCI state ID update and activation for CA,
· The details on how the PDSCH configuration (for each of those CCs/BWPs) contains a reference to the RRC-configured TCI state pool(s) in a reference BWP/CC are up to RAN2
Conclusion
On Rel-17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, for separate DL/UL TCI, there is no consensus in restricting the indicated DL TCI and UL TCI to be associated with SSBs of a same physical cell ID.
· Whether a corresponding UE feature can be introduced can be discussed in UE feature agenda
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Conclusion
On Rel-17 beam indication enhancements for inter-cell beam management, the supported number of physical cell IDs different from that of the serving cell that are associated with activated TCI states for the supported Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and/or DCI-based beam indication (at least using DCI formats 1_1/1_2 with and without DL assignment including the associated MAC-CE-based TCI state activation) will be decided as a part of UE feature discussion.
· Decide in conjunction with inter-cell mTRP, where the candidate value(s) include at least 1
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, the L1-RSRP reporting reuses Rel-15 L1-RSRP table
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support N=1, 2, 3, and 4
R1-2110492 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1 Moderator (Samsung)
From Oct 14th GTW session
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, NMAX (the maximum number of RRC-configured PCIs different from the serving cell for measurement/reporting) is up to UE capability with candidate values of at least 1 and X.
Conclusion
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, there is no consensus in RAN1 on UE timing assumption on reception of signals from TRPs with PCIs different from the serving cell compared to that for serving cell.
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication for CA, the first slot and the Y symbols are both determined on the carrier with the smallest SCS among the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.
· For Rel-17 MAC-CE based beam indication (when only a single TCI codepoint is activated) and activation, it follows the Rel-16 application timeline of MAC-CE activation
o How to capture this in the specifications is up to the editors
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, confirm the following working assumption (in the midst of the previous agreement) as an agreement with the following refinement (highlighted in red):
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, support the following enhancement on the Rel-16 event-triggered P-MPR-based reporting (included in the PHR report when a threshold is reached, reported via MAC-CE):
· In addition to the existing field in the PHR MAC-CE, N≥1 P-MPR values can be reported
o The N P-MPR values are reported together with the following:
§ (Working
Assumption)
For each P-MPR value, up to M SSBRI(s)/CRI(s), where the SSBRI(s)/CRI(s) is
selected by the UE from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool (FFS: how to
perform the selection)
· Support M=1
·
FFS: The supported value(s) of
M
·
FFS: Additional reporting
quantities, e.g. SSBRI/CRI, MPR+DL RSRP, or modified virtual PHR
·
FFS: additional signaling (e.g.
CSI triggering) from the NW
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,
Conclusion: On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, there is no consensus in supporting the following DL source RS type:
· SSB as QCL Type-D source RS, with TRS as QCL Type-A source RS
· SRS for BM as QCL Type-D source RS, optionally with TRS as QCL Type-A source RS
Conclusion: Discussion on advanced beam refinement/tracking (“issue 6”) is suspended for the remaining of Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO multi-beam enhancement (due to lack of time).
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 16th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, the largest number of configured TCI states is given as follows (following Rel-15/16 principles):
Conclusion
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, in case of separate DL/UL TCI, it is up to RAN2 whether UL TCI shares the same TCI state pool as joint DL/UL TCI or UL TCI uses a separate TCI state pool from joint DL/UL TCI
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, the candidate resource pool corresponds to a CSI-RS/SSB resource set configured via RRC (details up to RAN2).
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in RAN1#107-e, select one of the following alternatives:
· Alt1. Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is reused for all L1-RSRP(s) in one L1-RSRP reporting instance, i.e. for K>1, (K-1) 4-bit differential L1-RSRP(s) calculated relative to the reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP
· Alt2. Differential L1-RSRP per PCI is used: When more than one L1-RSRP(s) associated with a same PCI are reported, Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is used for L1-RSRP(s) associated with the same PCI , i.e. 4-bit differential L1-RSRP (s) calculated relative to the PCI -specific reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for the case when the settings of (P0, alpha, closed loop index) for PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or SRS are associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI states per BWP, for each of the PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or SRS, one individual setting is optionally associated with each of the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI states in a BWP via RRC
· FFS: MAC-CE based update for the closed loop index associated with UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state
· Above is applicable for eMBB
o FFS: Details on power control setting for URLLC
R1-2110549 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3 Moderator (Samsung)
From Oct 19th GTW session
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, for DL or UL channels/signals that can share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH or dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all of dedicated PUCCH resources (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update):
· For DL: A non-UE dedicated PDCCH/PDSCH associated with the serving cell PCI or AP CSI-RS for BM or CSI (per previous agreements) sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE-dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update) is configured via RRC.
· For UL: An SRS for BM, for antenna switching, or for codebook/non-codebook based uplink transmission (per previous agreements) sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH, all of dedicated PUCCH resources (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update) is configured via RRC.
Note: The details of this RRC configuration (e.g. whether via a new RRC parameter or other means) is up to RAN2. This does not imply that a new RRC parameter(s) is necessary from RAN1 point of view.
FFS: Relevant UE capability to be discussed under UE feature agenda item.
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-09] – Mihai (Nokia)
Discuss incoming LS for a possible reply LS by October 18
R1-2108717 LS on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17 RAN2, Nokia
R1-2110630 Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17 Moderator (Nokia)
R1-2110631 LS Reply on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17 RAN1, Nokia
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 21st, the LS reply is approved.
R1-2108757 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108790 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2108809 Remaining Details on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108871 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2108896 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108952 Further discussion on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2109030 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2109039 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2109104 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2109109 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2109123 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2109185 On multi-TRP/panel PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH transmission CATT
R1-2109271 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2109351 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH and PUSCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2109379 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH Xiaomi
R1-2109469 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2109544 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109592 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2109659 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109773 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2109824 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2109871 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2110014 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2110078 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2110104 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH Convida Wireless
R1-2110166 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2110286 Discussion on mTRP PXXCH ASUSTeK
R1-2110289 Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110438 Summary #1 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
From Oct 12th GTW session
FL Proposal 1:
For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:
Objections: vivo
Agreement
When 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates
· The third BD is counted in the later span for inter-span PDCCH repetition when r16monitoringcapablityis configured.
· Note: Inter-span repetition is UE optional
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Agreement
The following SS sets cannot be linked with another SS set for PDCCH repetition: SS set 0, searchSpaceSIB1, searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation, pagingSearchSpace, ra-SearchSpace.
R1-2110439 Summary #2 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
From Oct 14th GTW session
Agreement
Confirm the Working assumption in RAN1 #106-e:
If a PDSCH with mapping Type B is scheduled by a DCI in PDCCH candidates that are linked for repetition, d1,1 for PDSCH processing time is determined
· Option 2: By considering the PDCCH candidate that results in larger d1,1 value
· Note: Above applies at least for UEs doing selective decoding
FFS: Relaxation of processing time for soft combining of linked PDCCH candidates including PUSCH processing, PDSCH processing for mapping Type A and B, AP CSI processing, DCI processing (N timeline), etc.
FFS: How above applies for UEs doing soft combining
Agreement (modified further to email decision on Oct 19th – see below)
For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple monitored overlapping CORESETs, select one Alt in RAN1 #106-bis-e among the following
· Alt2: Reuse legacy priority rule to identify the first QCL-TypeD property, and then, identify the second QCL-TypeD according to one of the SS sets that is linked with a SS set with the first QCL-TypeD (among the multiple overlapping CORESETs)
o In the case of multiple such SS set pairs, Rel. 15 priority order is followed for the second QCL-TypeD determination
o In the case of no such SS set pair, a second QCL-TypeD is not determined
· Alt3: Assign same priority for two linked search space sets for PDCCH transmission with overlapping monitoring occasions (the priority is according to one of the two SS sets with a lower SS set ID)
o Priority order: SS type (USS/CSS) > linkage of SS sets > cell index > associated SS set ID
§ Linked SS set has higher priority than individual SS set
§ For this purpose, if a SS set is linked to another SS set that is outside of the multiple overlapping CORESETs, it treated as an individual SS set
o When the above results in one QCL-TypeD, a second QCL-TypeD is not determined
· Note 1: simultaneous two beam reception for PDCCH repetition is UE optional
· Note 2: It can be separately discussed whether/how this feature interacts with multi-DCI based mTRP
Conclusion
PDCCH order with PDCCH repetitions with different beams triggering CFRA for SpCell is not supported in Rel-17.
Agreement
For two pairs of linked PDCCH candidates, UE is not expected to handle the case where a first PDCCH candidate from the first pair of linked candidates to overlap (same CORESET, DCI size, CCEs, scrambling) with a second PDCCH candidate from the second pair of linked candidates.
For RAN1#107-e:
Study whether/how to resolve ambiguities for interpretation of a detected DCI for the following cases:
· Case a: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 is individual:
o AL16 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 2
o SS set 3 has a AL8 candidate with the same start CCE as the AL16 candidate of SS set 1 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)
· Case b: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 is individual:
o AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2
o SS set 3 has a AL16 candidate with the same start CCE as the AL8 candidate of SS set 1 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)
· Case c1: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked, and SS set 3 and 4 are linked
o AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2
o AL16 candidate in SS set 3 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 4
o AL8 candidate in SS set 1 has the same start CCE as the AL16 candidate in SS set 3 (associated with a same CORESET with 1-symbol duration)
· Case c2: SS sets 1 and 2 are linked:
o AL8 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL8 candidate in SS set 2,
o AL16 candidate in SS set 1 is linked with AL16 candidate in SS set 2
o AL8 candidate and AL16 candidate in at least one of the SS sets have the same start CCE (in a CORESET with 1-symbol duration)
For RAN1#107-e:
To handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates, down-select among the following in RAN1 #107-e
· Alt1: Address the issue by UE capability, where UE indicates a limit on one of the following
o Alt 1-1: Total number of linked candidates of which the first candidate is received and the second one has not been received at any given time
o Alt1-2: Total number of linked candidates in a slot
o FFS: Whether limit is per CC or across all CCs.
o FFS: Whether limit is per AL or irrespective of AL
· Alt2: Address the issue by adding a restriction such as: For a pair of linked MO’s, UE does not expect to be configured with any other linked MO in between the pair of linked MO’s
o FFS: Whether restriction is per CC or across all CCs.
o FFS: Whether the same restriction applies when one or more individual MO’s are in between the pair of linked MO’s
· Alt3: The support of PDCCH repetition is indicated separately for different Rel-15/16 PDCCH monitoring capabilities
o Note: This capability may be needed irrespective of this issue but may address the issue at a coarser granularity.
· Alt4: There is no need to further discuss this issue
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,
Working Assumption
When a scheduled CC is configured to be cross-carrier scheduled by a scheduling CC, two PDCCH candidates (with the same AL and candidate index associated with the scheduled CC) are linked only if the corresponding two SS sets in the scheduling CC are linked and two SS sets in the scheduled CC with the same SS set IDs are also linked.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition
Agreement
Further study the following issues for PDCCH repetition:
R1-2110440 Summary #3 of [106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
From Oct 18th GTW session
Conclusion
· There is no consensus to introduce RRC configuration for the number of BDs.
Agreement
For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:
· Case 1: 2 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:
o No change (use existing spec)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,
Agreement
For a UE supporting reception with two different beams and configured with PDCCH repetitions, for determination of two QCL-TypeD properties for multiple monitored overlapping CORESETs, support
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110468 Summary #1 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
From Oct 12th GTW session
For both CB and NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition schemes,
· The SRS-ResourceSets (the first and second SRS resource sets) applicable for multi-TRP PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 are defined by the entries of the higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 in SRS-config, respectively.
·
The first/second SRS
resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2
is composed of the first SRS resources in the first/second SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList.
o
FFS: Whether the value of
the can be different
· The presence of the new field in the DCI for dynamic switching (2bits) is separately determined for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 (based on whether two SRS resource sets are configured for that DCI format).
Agreement
For CB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, the number of SRS ports indicated by the two SRIs should be the same.
· Note: This is to clarify an older agreement on the indication of two SRIs/TPMIs, where it mentioned that “The number of SRS ports between two TRPs should be same”.
· FFS: Whether or not this has specification impact
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption (with additional note in RED)
For non-codebook based multi-TRP PUSCH repetition, select Alt.2.
· Alt. 2: the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 1st SRS resource set can be different from the actual number of PT-RS ports corresponding to the 2nd SRS resource set.
Note: Capturing any spec impact related to this is up to the Editor.
Agreement
On the number of SRS resources configured in the two SRS resource sets, select Alt.1,
· Alt.1: Support the same number of SRS resources for both CB and NCB based m-TRP PUSCH repetition.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Conclusion:
For the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank = 2 in mTRP PUSCH repetition type B, the Table used to indicate the association between PTRS port(s) and DMRS port(s) (i.e., Table 7.3.1.1.2-25 or 7.3.1.1.2-26 in 38.212) shall be determined based on legacy procedure (i.e., Tables are associated with the maxNrofPorts in PTRS-UplinkConfig).
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,
Agreement
For
a CC BWP
configured with two SRS resource sets for CB or NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition
with Type 1 CG configuration,
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,
Agreement
If a UE does not support option 4 (Calculate two PHRs),
· If the PHR reporting is actual PHR, the UE uses the set of power control parameters corresponding to a first (earliest) repetition that overlaps with the first slot in which the PUSCH that carries the PHR MAC-CE is transmitted.
· If the PHR reporting is virtual PHR, it is reported based on legacy procedures.
· Note: RAN2 may further discuss PHR triggering aspects related to mTRP PUSCH repetition
Agreement
For NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, on the minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic NCB SRS, select one from the below in RAN1 #107-e meeting,
· Alt. 1: If both SRS resource sets are triggered in an overlapped manner in time domain (overlapping refer to overlapping of minimal gaps between two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS corresponding to two SRS resource sets), the UE is not expected to update the SRS precoding information if the gap from the last symbol of the reception of the aperiodic NZP-CSI-RS resource and the first symbol of the aperiodic SRS transmission is less than 42 + d OFDM symbols, where d indicates the number of overlapped symbols for the two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS for NCB.
o FFS: value of d
· Alt. 2: UE is not expected to support overlapping precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC, i.e., the UE is not expected to get triggering for two SRS resource sets in an overlapped manner in time domain (overlapping refer to overlapping of minimal gaps between two pairs of associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS corresponding to two SRS resource sets).
o The minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS is same as Rel-15/16.
· Alt.3: Introduce a UE capability on UE support simultaneous precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC.
o The minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS is same as Rel-15/16.
· Alt. 4: There is nothing wrong with the legacy procedures and capability indication to handle this issue. No changes to spec.
Conclusion
For Rel-17 mTRP PUSCH repetition, the UE may not need to consider following overlapping scenarios,
· One SRS resource for CB collides with another SRS resource for CB.
· One SRS resource for non-CB collides with another SRS resource for non-CB in another resource set.
Agreement
For the indication of PTRS-DMRS association for maxRank > 2 in mTRP PUSCH repetition type B, select Option 1
· Option 1 (4 bits): with a second PTRS-DMRS association field (similar to the existing field), and each field separately indicating the association between PTRS port and DMRS port for two TRPs.
Final summary in:
R1-2110470 Summary #3 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
R1-2108758 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108791 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2108810 Further Details on M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108872 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2108897 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108953 Further discussion on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2109040 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2109105 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2109124 Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation NEC
R1-2109186 Discussion on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2109272 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2109380 Disscussion on Multi-TRP Inter-cell operation Xiaomi
R1-2109470 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2109593 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2109660 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109834 Finalizing inter-cell multi-TRP operation Ericsson
R1-2109872 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2110015 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2110079 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2110111 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ASUSTEK
R1-2110167 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110482 Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
From Oct 13th GTW session
Updated Proposal 1:
Alt1:
· Support 2 independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for at least two different assumptions on SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB.
o Case1: SSB time domain positions or periodicity of additional PCIs is not exactly the same as serving cell PCI)
o Case2: SSB time domain positions and periodicity are exactly the same among the additional PCIs and the same as serving cell PCI
o Supported value of X (in addition to 1) = [2], 3, and [7]
§ Other values are not to be discussed for Rel-17
· This UE capability has FR1 and FR2 differentiation (FFS: Whether this UE capability is per UE or per band)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
· Center frequency, SCS, SFN offset are assumed to be the same for SSBs from the serving cell and the configured SSBs with PCI different from the serving cell for inter-cell multi TRP operation.
· The information related to “SSB time domain position” for SSB with PCI different from the serving cell consists of [halfFrameIndex and] ssb-PositionsInBurst
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
Support two independent X values (X1, X2) are reported as a UE capability for two different assumptions on additional SSB time domain position and periodicity with respect to serving cell SSB.
·
X1 (Case 1)= The maximum
number of configured additional PCIs when each configurations of SSB
time domain positions and periodicity of the additional PCIs is the same as SSB
time domain positions and periodicity of the serving cell PCI
· X2 (Case 2)= The maximum number of configured additional PCIs when the configurations of SSB time domain positions and periodicity of the additional PCIs is not according to Case 1
· Note: By definition, Case 1 and Case 2 cannot be enabled simultaneously
·
Supported values for X1 and
X2 includes at least 0,1,2,3 and 7. FFS on other values
· This UE capability has FR1 and FR2 differentiation (FFS : Whether this UE capability is per UE or per band)
R1-2108759 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108792 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2108811 On Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108873 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2108898 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108954 Further discussion on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2109031 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2109041 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2109106 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2109108 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2109125 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2109187 Beam reporting and beam failure recovery for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2109273 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2109381 Enhancement on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2109471 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2109545 Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109594 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2109661 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109774 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2109807 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2109833 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2109873 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2110016 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2110080 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2110106 On Multi-TRP BFR Convida Wireless
R1-2110114 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ASUSTEK
R1-2110168 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2110241 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2110288 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP Ericsson
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)
Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110494 Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 1) Moderator (CATT)
From Oct 13th GTW session
Agreement
Support to configure an association between a BFD-RS set on SpCell and a PUCCH-SR resource / SR configuration for per TRP BFR.
· FFS: Configure an association between a BFD-RS set on SCell and a PUCCH-SR resource / SR configuration for per TRP BFR
A UE capability signaling is introduced for indicating the support of this association. Above applies only for multi-DCI case.
Agreement
RACH-based transmission can be triggered on a SpCell at least in the following scenarios
· Scenario 1: When beam failure is detected on all BFD-RS sets on the SpCell
· FFS: other scenarios
o Scenario 2: at least one TRP fails on SpCell
o Scenario 3: at least one pre-defined TRP fails on SpCell
o Scenario 4: at least one TRP fails and no PUCCH-SR is configured, and no UL grant is available
o Scenario 5: If MAC-CE based reporting does not work (details FFS)
o Scenario 6: When no PUCCH-SR is configured
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,
Agreement
To associate BFD-RS set k and NBI-RS set j
· Alt-1: 1-to-1, fixed in spec
· Whether NBI-RS configuration is mandatory is separate discussion
Conclusion
Design of MAC-CE related to SpCell when transmitted on msg3, msgA is up to RAN2.
Agreement
For the case of all CORESETs with 1 activated TCI state per CORESET , after 28 symbols from receiving the BFR response, the QCL assumption of all CORESETs associated with CORESETPoolIndex k (k=0,1) is updated by the RS resource associated with the latest reported new candidate beam (if found) associated with the failed BFD -RS set k (k=0,1) in the MAC-CE for TRP -specific BFR
· The above applies to Scell and SpCell
· The above applies for the multi-DCI case
Agreement
SCS of the 28 symbols is the smallest SCS of the active DL BWP for the response reception CC and of the active DL BWP (s) of the CC(s) with the failed TRP link(s) reported in BFR MAC CE.
R1-2110576 Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 3) Moderator (CATT)
From Oct 19th GTW session
Agreement
For RACH-based transmission, at least when all BFD-RS sets fail in SPCell, CBRA is supported.
R1-2108760 Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108793 Enhancement to support HST-SFN deployment scenario FUTUREWEI
R1-2108812 Remaining Issues M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108874 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2108899 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108955 Further discussion on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2109042 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2109126 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2109188 Further discussion on HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2109274 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2109382 Enhancements on HST-SFN operation for multi-TRP PDCCH transmission Xiaomi
R1-2109472 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2109546 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109595 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2109662 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109775 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Sony
R1-2109806 Remaining issues on HST-SFN enhancements Ericsson
R1-2109874 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2109934 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110017 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2110081 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2110107 On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Convida Wireless
R1-2110169 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on HST-SFN
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110430 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Oct 11th GTW session
Working Assumption
Reuse legacy Rel-16 RRC parameters simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 to define set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs.
Agreement
If CSI-RS other than those configured with repetition set to 'on' is overlapping in the time domain with CORESET with two TCI states, support the first TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI assumption for the CSI-RS.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Agreement
· Support combination of Rel-17 SFN PDCCH scheme 1 and single-TRP PDSCH
o This is optional UE feature
o Note: The support of such combination scheme is for URLLC use-case only.
R1-2110496 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Oct 14th GTW session
Agreement
Enhanced SFN (scheme 1 or TRP-based pre-compensation scheme) for PDCCH and PDSCH is configured by using separate per-BWP RRC parameters
R1-2110548 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Oct 18th GTW session
Agreement
When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL,
· For DCI format 1_1/1_2, support both configurations with and without TCI state field.
· [If enableTwoDefaultTCIStates is not configured,] for both cases with and without TCI state field,
o If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme 1 is configured and the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot is indicated with two TCI states, select the 1st TCI state of the two TCI states of the CORESET as default beam for the PDSCH reception
· FFS: Whether above applies for TRP-based pre-compensation if TRP-based pre-compensation is agreed to be support in FR2
o Otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET with the lowest controlResourceSetId in the latest slot when receiving the PDSCH
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,
Agreement
For CSS associated with SFN CORESET, study the following alternatives and down-select in RAN1#107e:
· Alt 2: UE doesn’t expect PDCCH candidates in CSS to be associated with CORESET activated with two TCI states, except for CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1
· Alt 3: If PDCCH candidates in CSS 0/0A/1/2/3 are associated with CORESET that activated with two TCI states, the first TCI state is applied for the CSS reception, except for CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1.
o For CSS type 3 associated with CORESET configured with scheme 1, both TCI states can be applied for the CSS reception.
Agreement
When CORESET is indicated with two TCI states
· One BFD RS pair for SFN CORESET is counted as two BFD RSs
· FFS: Increase the maximum number of monitored BFD RSs to X.
o X is UE capability
o X = 2, 3, 4, FFS other values of X
Agreement
When two TCI states are activated for a CORESET, NBI RS can be configured as follows
· Alt 4-1: Using the existing Rel-15 NBI configuration based on single SSB / CSI-RS resource
· FFS addition support of Alt 4-2: two new beam identification CSI-RS resource sets / new beam identification CSI-RS resource pairs or SSB pairs
R1-2108761 Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108794 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2108813 Further Details on SRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108875 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2108900 Considerations on SRS enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108956 Further discussion on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2109043 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2109107 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2109127 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2109189 Further details on SRS enhancement for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2109275 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2109353 Enhancements on SRS for coverage and capacity Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2109383 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2109473 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2109547 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109596 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2109663 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109875 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2110018 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2110082 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2110121 Remaining Issues for SRS Ericsson
R1-2110170 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on enhancement on SRS
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2109258 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Oct 11th GTW session
Agreement
For two SRS resource sets of an xTyR antenna switching located in two consecutive slots, if UE is capable of transmitting SRS in all symbols in one slot, a minimum gap period of Y symbols exists between the last OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the first slot and the first OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the second slot
· The value of Y is same as the inter-resource GP defined in Rel-15
· FFS: Whether or not the minimum GP exists can be RRC configurable subject to UE capability
· Whether this inter-set GP is needed for 4T6R can be discussed later per the decision on 4T6R configuration.
· FFS: How/Whether to handle the case where the interval between SRS resource sets is larger than Y
Agreement
For
the detailed pattern of when start RB location
hopping across legacy FH periods is enabled, support the following
·
For PF = 2, = {0, 1}
·
For PF = 4, = {0, 2, 1, 3}
·
Note: means
for the (n+1)-th legacy FH period, where n = {0, 1, 2, 3, …}
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Agreement
Bit width of SOI depends on the maximum number of “t” values configured for any of the aperiodic SRS resource sets (FFS: across all CCs or across a CC/BWP)
· The SOI field is 0 bit if the maximum number of ‘t’ values is one
· If at least one resource set has “t” configured
o For the resource sets with “t” value configured, each of them is configured with K values of “t”, where 1<=K<=4
o t=0 applies for the resource set(s) without “t” configured in RRC
· If none of the resource sets is configured with “t” values, follow Rel-15 approach to determine slot offset
R1-2110475 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Oct 14th GTW session
For comb-8 SRS in Rel-17, the maximum number of CSs is 6.
· FFS: Whether a maximum number of 12 CSs is supported
Agreement
For extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configurations for <=4Rx, support N=4 for 1T4R and N=2 for 1T2R/2T4R.
· The above extension is UE optional
R1-2110522 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Oct 18th GTW session
FL Proposal 3-3:
Select one of the following SRS configurations for 4T6R
· Alt 1: 4 + 2
o Supported by ZTE, CATT, CMCC, Samsung, Intel, Qualcomm, OPPO, Lenovo/MotorolaM, NTT DOCOMO, Xiaomi, Apple, MediaTek, LGE, Nokia/NSB
· Alt 2: 2+2+2
o For SCS=15, 30 and 60KHz: No guard symbols
o For SCS=120 KHz: No guard symbols between the 1st and the 2nd transmission, and 1 guard symbol between the 2nd and 3rd transmission
o Supported by Huawei/HiSilicon, InterDigital, CMCC, vivo, Ericsson, NTT DOCOMO, Nokia/NSB
o Objected by Apple (concerns on the lack of guard symbols), OPPO (concerns on the lack of guard symbols)
·
Clarification on the
notation: means totally K resources are needed, where the k-th resource
contains
ports, 1<=k<=K
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,
Agreement
On SRS configuration for 4T6R, select at least one from the following three alternatives in RAN1#107e
· Alt 1: 4 + 2
· Alt 2: 2+2+2
o Alt 2-1:
§ No guard symbols exist between the 1st and the 2nd transmission. Y guard symbol(s) exist between 2nd and 3rd transmission, where Y is same as the value defined in the current specification for different SCSs
o Alt 2-2:
§ For SCS=15, 30 and 60KHz: No guard symbols exist
§ For SCS=120 KHz: No guard symbols exist between the 1st and the 2nd transmission, and 1 guard symbol exists between the 2nd and 3rd transmission
·
Clarification
on the notation: means totally K resources are needed, where the k-th
resource contains
ports, 1<=k<=K
R1-2108762 CSI enhancements on MTRP and FDD in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2108795 CSI enhancement for multi-TRP and FDD FUTUREWEI
R1-2108814 On CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108876 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2108901 Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2108957 Further discussion on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2109044 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2109128 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2109190 Further details on CSI enhancement for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2109276 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2109352 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2109474 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2109548 CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2109597 On CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2109664 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2109776 Additional considerations on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2109876 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2109935 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110019 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2110083 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2110171 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2110291 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
/This one is to use NWM – please use RAN1-106bis-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name
[106bis-e-NR-feMIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on CSI enhancement
- 1st check point: October 14
- Final check point: October 19
R1-2110420 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
R1-2110421 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
From Oct 11th GTW session
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook for rank 3 and 4, support layer-common port selection
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook rank 3-4, support layer-specific non-zero coefficient selection (bitmap) of W2.
Agreement
To mitigate CSI overhead of Rel-17 PS codebook rank 3~4, the value of beta for rank 3 and 4 is the same with that for rank 1 and 2
· Limit the maximum number of non-zero coefficients across all layers to 2K1*Mv*beta and per layer to K1*Mv*beta
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, support RI restriction which is the same with Rel-16 PS codebook, i.e., 4 bits are used to indicate the applicable ranks separately.
Conclusion
For Rel-17 PS codebook, CBSR to restrict port and corresponding amplitude is not needed
Proposal 9-1:
For Rel-17 PS codebook, whether the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficients can be absent
· Alt 1: the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient can be absent
· Alt 2: the bitmap for indicating non-zero coefficient is always present
Alt 1: Lenovo/Motorola, Samsung, NTT DOCOMO, Spreadtrum, CATT, Intel
Alt 2: Qualcomm, ZTE, vivo, Ericsson, Nokia/NSB, OPPO, LGE, Fraunhofer IIS/Fraunhofer HHI, MediaTek
R1-2110422 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
From Oct 13th GTW session
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NCJT,
· Alt 1: It is expected by a UE that two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis are within the same CDRX active time.
Agreement
For a NCJT measurement hypothesis, the powerControlOffset (“Pc”) ratio associated with a CMR within a CMR pair configured for the NCJT measurement hypothesis, is defined as 10log10(P_PDSCH/P_CSIRS) dB
where
· P_PDSCH is the energy of PDSCH ports, which is associated with the CMR, multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol
· P_CSIRS is the energy of all CSI-RS ports of the CMR multiplexed on one subcarrier of one OFDM symbol
Note that whether/how to above agreement is up to the editor.
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting
· Alt 4: Two RI restrictions can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one RI restriction is applied to all Single-TRP measurement hypotheses, and another one is applied to all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
o If rank restriction of (X, Y) is configured, reported rank is X for all single-TRP measurement hypotheses and reported rank (1 out of 4 possible rank combinations) is Y for all NCJT measurement hypotheses.
§ FFS: Whether there can be multiple candidate values of X and Y
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting
· Alt 1: CBSR is supported and can be applied for both single-TRP and Multi-TRP measurement hypotheses.
o FFS detailed CBSR signalling configured for Multi-TRP
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook for rank 3/4 and M> 1,
· Support M=2, which is rank-common
· When N >= M, Wf is layer-common and reported by UE for N>M
· Note: Wf is layer-common for N=M
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook rank 1~2 PMI, the bitmap(s) of indicating non-zero coefficients for corresponding layer(s) is absent if reported KNZ=K1*M*rank
· Where KNZ is the number of non-zero coefficients reported by UE
Agreement
For UCI part II of Rel-17 PS codebook, study the following alternatives and down-select one or more alternatives in RAN1 107
· Alt 1: Report Port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0
· Alt 2: Report bitmap in Group 0 or Group 1 without bitmap partition
· Alt 3: Three groups of UCI Part 2 for Rel-16 PS codebook is reused for Rel-17 PS codebook enhancement except that the starting position of the FD basis window is not needed
Note that other solutions of UCI part II design are not excluded.
R1-2110506 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 3) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
From Oct 18th GTW session
Agreement
With regarding to parameter combinations, following 8 parameter combinations are supported in Rel-17 PS codebook:
M |
Alpha |
Beta |
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
3/4 |
1 |
1 |
1/2 |
1 |
3/4 |
1/2 |
2 |
1 |
3/4 |
2 |
1 |
1/2 |
2 |
3/4 |
1/2 |
2 |
1/2 |
1/2 |
FFS: whether further restrictions/dependences for given parameter combination(s) are needed
Agreement
For the priority of mapping coefficients for Rel17 PS codebook, study the following alternatives and down-select one or more alternatives in RAN1#107-e:
·
Alt 1: Support mapping
coefficients firstly across port indices, secondly across FD basis indices, and
thirdly across layers, i.e. priority value is given by the priority value
·
Alt 2: Support mapping
coefficients firstly across layers, secondly across port indices, and thirdly
across FD basis indices, i.e., the priority value is given by
·
Alt 3: Support mapping coefficients firstly across layers, secondly across
port indices, and thirdly across FD basis indices, i.e., the priority value is
given by
·
FFS port permutation function
Note that other solutions are not excluded.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook,
Agreement
In addition to N=2, N=4 is supported when M=2 for rank 1/2
Agreement
If M=2 and N>M, the non-zero offset between the lower and higher FD indices of Wf is reported by using ceiling(log2(N-1)) bits, assuming that the lower FD index (reference for the offset) of Wf is 0.
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook, support R=2 when M=2
Agreement
For CSI measurement associated with a CSI-ReportingConfig for NCJT, support two CMRs within the same CMR pair configured for NCJT measurement hypothesis to be restricted within X continuous slot(s) without DL/UL switch between two CMRs
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, down-select one alternative from the following in RAN1 107:
· Alt 1: One CBSR can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas CBSR is applied to all CMRs regardless measurement hypotheses or CMR groups.
· Alt 2: Two CBSRs can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one CBSR is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.
Conclusion
· “N CMR pairs” and “Two CMR groups” are configured in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet
· “sharedCMR” is configured in CSI-ReportConfig
R1-2108815 Results on Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2108877 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2108958 Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance vivo
R1-2109045 Discussion on further enhancements for multi-beam operation OPPO
R1-2109475 Additional enhancements for multi-beam Samsung
R1-2109753 Further considerations and simulations of CSI enhancement for Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2109836 Our views on Rel.18 MIMO WI content Ericsson
R1-2110020 On Further MIMO Enhancement Apple
Please refer to RP-212535 for detailed scope of the WI.
Rel-17 CRs related to feMIMO
R1-2112430 Introduction of MIMO enhancements Ericsson
Decision: Draft CR to 38.211 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.
R1-2112446 Introduction of further enhancements on MIMO for NR Samsung
Decision: Draft CR to 38.213 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Not endorsed as Apple objected to "if search space set s is a first Type-3 PDCCH CSS set or a first USS set, a search space set index for a second Type-3 PDCCH CSS set or a second USS set, respectively, that is linked to search space set s is provided by searchSpaceLinking." See the editor's note that the case of recoverySearchSpaceID is for further RAN1 discussion.
R1-2112472 Introduction of Further enhancements on MIMO for NR Huawei
Decision: Draft CR to 38.212 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.
R1-2112483 Introduction of further enhancements on MIMO for NR Nokia
Decision: Draft CR to 38.214 inc. agreements up to RAN1#106b-e. Endorsed, and to be revised to final CR for RAN submission after RAN1#107-e.
[107-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on Rel-17 RRC parameters for NR-MIMO
- Email discussion to start on November 15
R1-2112764 Moderator summary for Rel-17 NR_FeMIMO RRC parameters Moderator (Samsung)
Document is noted. For consolidation under 8 in [107-e-R17-RRC].
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.
R1-2110761 Remaining Issues for Multi-beam Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110781 Enhancements on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110883 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2110932 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110948 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation ZTE
R1-2110990 Remaining issues on multi beam enhancement vivo
R1-2111084 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111143 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Fujitsu
R1-2111169 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2111221 Remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2111279 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2111380 Further enhancement on multi-beam operation Sony
R1-2111453 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2111476 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2111540 Enhancements on multi-beam operation Xiaomi
R1-2111597 Enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2111683 Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2111716 Summary of offline discussion on unified TCI, inter-cell beam management, and MPUE Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2111717 Multi-Beam Enhancements Samsung
R1-2111786 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements Ericsson
R1-2111803 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations AT&T
R1-2111853 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2112008 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Convida Wireless
R1-2112087 Enhancements on multi-beam operation TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2112089 Discussion on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112176 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112196 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112276 Enhancement on multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on enhancements on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2111715 Moderator summary for multi-beam enhancement Moderator (Samsung)
From Nov 11th GTW session
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, Rel-15 L1-RSRP reporting format is reused for all SSBRI-RSRP pairs in one L1-RSRP reporting instance, i.e. for K>1, (K-1) 4-bit differential L1-RSRP(s) calculated relative to the reference (absolute) 7-bit L1-RSRP.
Agreement
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, a CSI-SSB-ResourceSet configured for L1-RSRP measurement/reporting includes at least a set of SSB indices where PCI indices are associated with the set of SSB indices, respectively. The PCI indices refer to PCIs within the set of PCIs configured for inter-cell beam management or inter-cell multi-TRP.
· The additionalInfo associated with SSB(s) with PCI(s) different from the serving cell agreed in RAN1 Agenda Item 8.1.2.2 is also applicable to inter-cell BM
· Detailed signaling design is up to RAN2
· FFS (to be concluded in RAN1#107-e): Whether the above L1-RSRP measurement/reporting also includes group-based beam report for inter-cell mTRP
Agreement
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI, when a UE is configured with separate DL/UL TCI
· The number of configured TCI states a UE can support is a UE capability including the following candidate values per BWP per CC:
o DL TCI: 64, 128
o UL TCI: 32, 64
· Note: This doesn’t imply that UL TCI shares the same TCI state pool as or uses a different TCI state pool from joint DL/UL TCI.
Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov
17th)
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam management, after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE assumes the same QCL parameter as the ones associated with the index qnew for all PDSCH/PDCCH receptions in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PDSCH/PDCCH reception.
· The above applies to Rel-15 SpCell BFR, [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR
· Note: qnew is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams
Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov
17th)
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, [at least when the UE is configured with joint DL/UL TCI], after X symbols from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE uses the same UL spatial filter as the [one associated with the index qnew or the last PRACH transmission] for all PUSCH transmissions and all of PUCCH resources in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PUSCH and all of PUCCH resources.
· The above applies to Rel-15/16 SpCell BFR, [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR
· Note: qnew is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams
· FFS (RAN1#107-e): if the above also applies when the UE is configured with separate DL/UL TCI
· FFS: UL PC control including qu, qd, and closed loop index
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 13th,
Conclusion:
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in Rel-17, there is no consensus on supporting event-driven beam reporting.
Agreement (see below refinement of the agreement on Nov
18th)
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the UE is configured with at least one beam application time (BAT) [per BWP per CC]
· Note: It was agreed that the BAT associated with the carrier(s) (hence BWP(s)/CC(s)) on which the beam indication applies is determined on the carrier with the smallest SCS among the carrier(s) (hence BWP(s)/CC(s)) applying the beam indication
· TBD (RAN1#107-e): whether a second configured BAT is also supported, e.g. for MPUE or inter-cell BM, [per BWP per CC]
· TBD (RAN1#107-e): whether or not the UE may assume that BWPs configured with same SCS [in a same CC group] share a same value of BAT
Conclusion:
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate MPE mitigation, there is no consensus on a specification-based criterion for selecting N from a candidate SSB/CSI-RS resource pool.
R1-2112581 Moderator summary#2 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 1 Moderator (Samsung)
From Nov 16th GTW session
Working Assumption (further modified as below)
For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception, for intra-cell and inter-cell BM, support per CORESET determination as follows:
· For any PDCCH reception on a CORESET [other than CORESET#0] that is associated with [at least or only] [USS and/or CSS type 3] set(s) and the respective PDSCH reception, UE always applies the indicated Rel-17 TCI state.
·
For any PDCCH
reception on [CORESET#0 or] a CORESET [(other than CORESET#0)] that is not
associated with any [USS and/or CSS type 3] set and the respective PDSCH
reception, whether or not UE to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state is
determined per CORESET
by RRC
o
Note: It was agreed
that a UE can receive non-UE dedicated signal/channel only from the serving
cell
o
Above applies only
for intra-cell beam indication
·
[For inter-cell beam
indication, a UE may expect that a CSS and a USS are not associated with a same
CORESET]
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,
Agreement
With regards to the below question in RAN2 LS (in R2-2108925/R1-2108717), provide the following response:
If UE is receiving DL data from TRP with different PCI on dedicated channels, is the UE still able to receive short message (e.g. paging) and system information from serving cell TRP at the same time?
Answer: No, it is not.
R1-2112707 Follow-up reply LS on inter-cell beam management and multi-TRP in Rel-17 RAN1, Huawei
Decision: The reply LS is approved.
Conclusion
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, in Rel-17, there is no consensus that the agreed L1-RSRP measurement/reporting also includes group-based beam report for inter-cell mTRP.
Agreement
Send an LS to RAN4 to inform and recommend them to investigate the following issue:
· On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, the UE behavior when there is overlap for L1-RSRP measurement for SSB associated with serving cell PCI and PCIs different from the serving cell PCI.
Note: Discussion in UE feature agenda on this issue is not ruled out
R1-2112762 LS on L1-RSRP measurement behavior when SSBs associated with different PCIs overlap RAN1, vivo
Decision: The reply LS is approved.
Refine the following agreement as follows:
Agreement
On
Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for intra-cell beam management, after X symbols
from the UE receives the BFRR from NW, the UE assumes the same QCL parameter as
the ones associated with the index q new for all PDSCH /PDCCH
receptions in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs
with common TCI state ID activation and update], as well as other
signals/channels configured to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as
PDSCH /PDCCH reception.
·
The above applies to Rel-15 SpCell BFR , [Rel-16 CBRA based SpCell BFR ,] and Rel-16 SCell BFR
· Note: q new is a candidate beam identified by the UE in set q1. q1 is the set of candidate beams
Refine the following agreement as follows:
Agreement
On
Rel-17 unified TCI framework, [at least when the UE
is configured with joint DL /UL TCI ], after X symbols from the UE
receives the BFRR from NW, the UE uses the same UL spatial filter as the [one associated with the index q new or
the last PRACH transmission] for all
PUSCH transmissions and all of PUCCH resources in a CC [or in a set of configured CCs with common TCI state ID
activation and update], as well as other signals/channels configured
to sharing the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as PUSCH and all of PUCCH
resources.
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 18th,
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, any SRS resource or resource set that is a valid target signal of a Rel-15/16 spatial relation based on the Rel-15/16 spatial relation rules (on source-target relations) can be configured as a target signal of a Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state pool).
· This feature does not require a new type of source RS on top of the ones supported for UL TCI and joint DL /UL TCI
o Note: This doesn’t preclude the content of pending proposal 1.E (on CSI -RS for CSI as QCL Type-A/D source RS) to be agreed in the future
· Note: This does not imply that DL and UL TCI state pools are separate or shared for separate DL /UL TCI (this issue is up to RAN2)
· Note: A Rel-17 UE is not required to support both this feature and optional Rel-16 features of SRS spatial relation info within a same band
Agreement (as per Nov 18th decision) Working assumption (further to Nov 19th GTW)
The UE is not expected to be configured with Rel-15/Rel-16 TCI /SpatialRelationInfo if the UE is configured with Rel-17 TCI in any CC in a band
· The CC list for Rel-16 multi-CC beam indication should not contain any CC configured with Rel-17 TCI
R1-2112680 Moderator summary#3 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 2 Moderator (Samsung)
From Nov 18th GTW session
Refine the following agreement as follows:
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, the UE can assume that one beam application time (BAT) for a given SCS is configured for all the CCs configured with the common TCI state ID update,
R1-2112763 Moderator summary#4 for multi-beam enhancement: ROUND 3 Moderator (Samsung)
From Nov 19th GTW session
Agreement
For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception:
· For discussion purposes, define as follows:
o ‘CORESET A’: A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with only UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC, comprising CORESETs in association with:
§ [USS and/or CSS Type 3]
o ‘CORESET B’: A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with only non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC, comprising CORESETs in association with:
§ [CSS or CSS other than Type 3]
o ‘CORESET C’: A CORESET other than CORESET#0 associated with both UE-dedicated and non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC
o CORESET#0
· For Rel-17 TCI state indication, support per CORESET determination as follows:
o For any PDCCH reception on a ‘CORESET A’ and the respective PDSCH reception, UE always applies the indicated Rel-17 TCI state.
o For any PDCCH reception on a ‘CORESET B’ and the respective PDSCH reception, whether or not UE to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state associated with the serving cell is determined per CORESET by RRC
· FFS: For intra-cell BM, whether CORESET C is supported or not
o If CORESET C is supported, the TCI state of CORESET C
· FFS: For inter-cell BM, whether CORESET C is supported or not
o If CORESET C is supported, the TCI state of CORESET C
· FFS: The TCI state of CORESET 0
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,
Working assumption
· Support the UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets
o
Each UE capability value set comprises [at least] the max
supported number of SRS ports
o For any two different value sets, at least one capability value needs to be different
§ FFS: If in addition also identical value sets are allowed.
o
FFS: which
type(s) of UE capability other than the max supported number of SRS ports is
included in a UE capability value set
o Whether the UE capability value set can be common across all BWPs/CCs in same band or BC can be discussed in UE feature session
Conclusion:
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection via UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets, other than the max supported number of SRS ports (note: currently pending endorsement in proposal 4.A), there is no consensus on supporting another UE capability type.
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection via UE reporting a list of UE capability value sets, the correspondence between each reported CSI-RS and/or SSB resource index and one of the UE capability value sets in the reported list is determined by the UE (analogous to Rel-15/16) and is informed to NW in a beam reporting instance.
·
The Rel-15/16 beam
reporting is reused framework is used, i.e. the index of corresponding
UE capability value set is reported along with the pair of SSBRI/CRI and
L1-RSRP/SINR (up to 4 pairs, with 7-bit absolute and 4-bit differential) in the
beam reporting UCI and support down select (maintenance) between
the following two options in (selected by RRC with Option 2 as
default one):
o Option 1: UE can report one index for all the reported CRIs/SSBRIs in one beam reporting
o Option 2: UE can report one index for each reported CRI/SSBRI in one beam reporting.
o FFS: whether/how to take DL-only panel into account in the report
· FFS: Time-domain behaviour, e.g. the support periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting
o FFS: Semi-persistent and/or aperiodic reporting is triggered only when periodic reporting is configured
· (Working assumptions): Support acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE, which doesn't preclude reusing/reinterpreting existing signaling/procedure
o FFS (maintenance): the application time for the reported correspondence (if any), the exact acknowledgement mechanism and whether spec impact is needed, e.g. based on TCI state update, BFR response like mechanism, including the application time for the reported correspondence, if any
o No new DCI format and no new RNTI are introduced for this function.
R1-2110762 Further Discussion on Enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH, and PUSCH InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110782 Enhancements on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110879 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2110933 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110949 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2110991 Remaining issues on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2111085 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111144 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH PUCCH and PUSCH Fujitsu
R1-2111170 On multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2111222 Remaining issues on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2111280 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2111381 Considerations on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH, PUSCH Sony
R1-2111454 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2111477 Multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Intel Corporation
R1-2111541 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH Xiaomi
R1-2111598 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2111684 Discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2111718 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2111854 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2112026 Multi-TRP Enhancements for PDCCH Convida Wireless
R1-2112074 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP for uplink channels FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2112090 Discussion on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112177 Enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112197 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112269 Discussion on mTRP PUSCH ASUSTeK
R1-2112271 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2112277 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH MediaTek Inc.
R1-2112320 Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2112453 Summary #1 of [107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
From Nov 11th GTW session
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption in RAN1 #106-bis-e:
When a scheduled CC is configured to be cross-carrier scheduled by a scheduling CC, two PDCCH candidates (with the same AL and candidate index associated with the scheduled CC) are linked only if the corresponding two SS sets in the scheduling CC are linked and two SS sets in the scheduled CC with the same SS set IDs are also linked.
· Note: The PDCCH candidates associated with the scheduled CC are defined as part of SS sets for scheduled CC instead of SS sets for scheduling CC (Same as Rel-15)
Agreement
To address the ambiguity issue between AL8 and AL16 candidates in the presence of PDCCH repetition:
· For two linked AL8 PDCCH candidates in a first and second SS sets and two linked AL16 candidates in a third and fourth SS sets, UE expects different starting CCEs in a CORESET for any of the linked AL8 candidates and any of the linked AL16 candidates if the CORESET spans one OFDM symbol (i.e., Case c1 is not expected by UE)
· If two PDCCH candidates with AL8 and AL16 have the same start CCE in a CORESET with one OFDM symbol:
o When at least one of the AL8 or AL16 candidates is linked with other PDCCH candidate, and UE receives a DCI on any of the AL8 or AL16 candidates, a scheduled PDSCH by the DCI is rate matched around the AL16 candidate and any PDCCH candidate linked with any of the AL8 or AL16 candidates (i.e., rate matching in Cases a, b and c2 is around the union of candidates)
o When one of the AL8 candidate or the AL16 candidate is linked to another PDCCH candidate for PDCCH repetition (i.e., Cases a or b), interpretation of a detected DCI via any of the first or second PDCCH candidates is based on Rel. 17 PDCCH repetition rules (wrt reference PDCCH candidate).
§ FFS (to be resolved in this meeting): Whether/how to resolve potentially ambiguity for PUCCH resource determination for Case c2
· FFS (to be resolved in this meeting): Whether the above is applicable to non-interleaved CORESET only or both interleaved and non-interleaved CORESET
Agreement
To handle UE complexity / memory requirements for linked PDCCH candidates, address the issue by UE capability, where UE indicates a limit (X) associated with the total number of linked candidates of which the first candidate is received and the second one has not been received at any given span.
Agreement
Two linked PDCCH candidates are not expected to be associated with different CORESETPoolIndex values.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 16th,
Agreement
For overbooking in the PCell for USS with two linked SS sets in the same slot/span, support:
· Case 2: 3 BDs are counted for two linked candidates:
o Overbooking is per individual SS set as in Rel. 15/16
§ The third BD is counted as part of the SS set with higher ID.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,
Agreement
For PDCCH repetition
· If two linked PDCCH candidates schedule a PDSCH with mapping Type A in a same slot, both linked PDCCH candidates are expected to be contained within the first three symbols of the slot.
· Use candidate that ends later in time for active NZP CSI-RS resource / port determination, and for CPU occupation duration for first instant of SP-CSI on PUSCH
o Note: The case of CPU occupation duration for AP-CSI is agreed before
· When BFR response is detected in PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition (applicable to CBRA-based BFR in the PCell/PSCell, or Scell BFR), the beam / power control reset for PUCCH/PDCCH (when applicable) occurs after 28 symbols from the last symbol of the PDCCH candidate that ends later in time.
· When DCI carrying DFI is detected in PDCCH candidates that are linked for PDCCH repetition, the candidate that starts earlier in time is used as the reference PDCCH candidate for determination of validity of DFI for a PUSCH with a given HARQ process number.
Conclusion:
For the following restriction in 38.213, two linked PDCCH candidates are counted as one PDCCH: “For a scheduled cell and at any time, a UE expects to have received at most 16 PDCCHs for DCI formats with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI scheduling 16 PDSCH receptions for which the UE has not received any corresponding PDSCH symbol and at most 16 PDCCHs for DCI formats with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI scheduling 16 PUSCH transmissions for which the UE has not transmitted any corresponding PUSCH symbol.”
R1-2112454 Summary #2 of [107-e-NR-feMIMO-02] Email discussion on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
From Nov 17th GTW session
Agreement
For cross-carrier scheduling, searchSpaceSharing is not applicable if at least one scheduled CC is configured with PDCCH repetition.
Conclusion
For two linked SS sets are configured with respective searchSpaceGroupIdList,
· If both SS sets are monitored in a search space set group, then PDCCH repetition mechanism is applied for the linked SS sets
· If only one of the two SS sets is monitored in a search space set group, then the legacy PDCCH mechanism is applied for the monitored one (i.e., no PDCCH repetition)
Conclusion
There is no consensus in Rel-17 to relax the restriction that PDCCH repetitions should be received within the first 3 symbols of a slot for indicating active BWP change.
Conclusion
Simultaneous configuration of SFNed CORESET and PDCCH repetition in the same CC, or in different CCs for intra-band CA in FR2 is not supported in Rel-17.
For two CORESETs associated with two linked CSS, the CORESET with lower ID is used for the following purposes:
·
To determine the value of for mapping VRB to PRB of a PDSCH scheduled by DCI format 1_0.
· To determine the uplink RB set of a PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0 (with CRC scrambled by an RNTI other than TC-RNTI) for UL resource allocation type 2.
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2112583 Summary #1 of Multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH Moderator (Nokia)
From Nov 12th GTW session
Agreement
For non-CB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, to determine a set of PUSCH power control parameters, the SRI indicated in the 2nd SRI field (considering Tables 7.3.1.1.2-29A/30A/31A) is used to determine a matching SRI in a legacy SRI table (considering Tables 7.3.1.1.2-29/30/31) for the same indicated SRS resources and number of layers of the SRI indicated in the 2nd SRI field. The matching SRI is then used to determine a set of PUSCH power control parameters based the SRI to PUSCH power control mappings configured for the 2nd SRS resource set.
· How to capture this is up to the editor
Conclusion
For NCB based mTRP PUSCH repetition, no changes to the Rel-15/16 defined minimal gap between associated NZP-CSI-RS and aperiodic SRS.
· Note: Whether to introduce a UE capability on UE support simultaneous precoding calculation for different associated NZP-CSI-RS within a CC can be further discussed in UE capability discussions.
Agreement
For
mTRP PUSCH repetition scheduled with DCI format 0_2, the value of the in two SRS resource sets
configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 should
be the same.
Agreement
Introduce a new RRC parameter to indicate two PHRs (option 4) for UE that reports this UE optional capability.
Agreement
For mTRP PUSCH repetition, introduce a RRC parameter to enable/disable the new behavior of transmitting AP/SP-CSI on the first PUSCH repetitions with the first beam and the second beam. The new parameter can be per CSI-AperiodicTriggerState or CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState.
· Transmitting AP/SP-CSI on two PUSCH repetitions with different beams is UE optional capability
Conclusion
For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' and/or 'srs-ResourceIndicator' are present in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant', the same number of layers should be indicated in the first and second fields.
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 18th,
Conclusion:
Rel-15/16 collision handling between PUCCH repetition and other channels/signals are also applicable for Rel-17 M-TRP PUCCH repetition schemes.
Conclusion:
For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers' and/or 'srs-ResourceIndicator' are present in 'rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant',
· the indicated two precoding information (for CB PUSCH) are separately determined using two fields of 'precodingAndNumberOfLayers'.
· the indicated SRIs (for CB/NCB PUSCH) are separately determined using two fields of 'srs-ResourceIndicator'.
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 19th,
Agreement:
For mTRP type 1 CG PUSCH, when both srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 are configured with two SRS resource sets, the two SRS resource sets configured by srs-ResourceSetToAddModList is used to determine the SRS resource indications by two srs-ResourceIndicator fields of mTRP CG PUSCH.
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,
Conclusion
For mTRP PUSCH repetition,
· when two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 while there is only one SRS resource set configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList, the first SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 is composed of the first NSRS,0_2 SRS resources in the SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and the second SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 does not have such a condition on SRS resources.
· when one SRS resource set is configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 while there are two SRS resource sets configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList, the SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 is composed of the first NSRS,0_2 SRS resources in the first SRS resource set configured by higher layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList.
Final summary in R1-2112584.
R1-2110763 Details on M-TRP Inter-cell Operation InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110783 Enhancements on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110880 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2110934 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110946 Finalizing Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
R1-2110950 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2110992 Remaining issues on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2111086 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111223 Remaining issues on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2111281 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2111455 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2111478 Multi-TRP enhancements for inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2111542 Discussion on Multi-TRP Inter-cell operation Xiaomi
R1-2111599 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2111685 Discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell operation NEC
R1-2111719 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Samsung
R1-2111855 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2112078 Discussion on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation ASUSTEK
R1-2112091 Discussion on inter-cell multi-TRP operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112178 Enhancements to enable inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112198 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion on multi-TRP inter-cell
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 17th,
Agreement:
UE is not required to monitor a Type0/0A/1[/2] CSS in a CORESET when the active TCI state is associated with a PCI different from serving cell PCI.
Email thread summary in:
R1-2112816 Feature lead summary on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
R1-2110764 Further Discussion on Beam Management Enhancements for Multi-TRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110784 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110881 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2110935 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110951 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2110993 Remaining issues on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2111087 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111145 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2111224 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2111282 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2111382 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2111456 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2111479 Multi-TRP enhancements for beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2111543 Enhancements on beam management for Multi-TRP Xiaomi
R1-2111600 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2111686 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2111720 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2111856 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2111986 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP ETRI
R1-2112027 On Multi-TRP BFR Convida Wireless
R1-2112077 Discussion of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP FGI, Asia Pacific Telecom
R1-2112092 Discussion on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112171 Discussion on beam management for multi-TRP ITRI
R1-2112179 Enhancements on Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112199 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112274 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2112278 Enhancement on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2112321 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP Ericsson
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)
Email discussion on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2112613 Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 1) Moderator (CATT)
From Nov 15th GTW session
Conclusion
For per-TRP BFR, no further restriction will be introduced on the spatial relation configuration of a PUCCH-SR resource.
Agreement
For implicit BFD RS configuration, if number of TCI states for CORESETs associated with a CORESETPoolIndex exceeds the UE capability on maximum number of BFD-RS resources per set, re-use the RLM-RS selection rule.
Agreement
On the PUCCH-SR resource/SR configurations selection rule when SR is triggered and 2 PUCCH-SR resource/SR configurations are configured, the UE triggers the PUCCH-SR resource/SR configuration that is associated with failed BFD-RS set.
R1-2112644 Summary of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP (Round 2) Moderator (CATT)
From Nov 18th GTW session
Agreement
Regarding whether the two dedicated PUCCH-SR resources are corresponding to one schedulingRequestId or two schedulingRequestId
· Alt3: Leave it to RAN2
FL Proposal 1.3-2:
Regarding how to differentiate Rel-15/16 and Rel-17 group-based beam reporting procedure,
· Alt-1 (explicit): to introduce a RRC parameter groupBasedBeamReportingR17
· Alt-2 (implicit): to be based on the number of configured resource sets
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,
Agreement
Regarding how to differentiate Rel-15/16 and Rel-17 group-based beam reporting procedure,
· Alt-1 (explicit): to introduce a RRC parameter groupBasedBeamReportingR17, e.g. groupBasedBeamReportingR17
Agreement
On RACH -based transmission on a SpCell , the support of additional scenarios triggering RACH -based transmission on SpCell, if any, is up to RAN2.
Conclusion
For beam reporting option 2, there is no consensus on supporting the following alternatives in Rel-17:
· Alt-1: gNB configures UE whether to report beams associated with same or different RX spatial filters.
· Alt-2: UE informs to NW whether the reported beams in a beam group are associated with same or different RX spatial filters.
· Alt-3: UE informs to NW whether the reported beams in a beam group are associated with same or different RX spatial filters.
o Maximum number of supported layers per RX spatial filter is signaled to gNB by UE capability signaling.
Conclusion
TRP -specific BFR for the case of CORESET with 2 TCI states is not supported in Rel-17.
R1-2110765 On M-TRP Operation for HST-SFN Deployment InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110785 Enhancements on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110952 Discussion on Multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2110994 Remaining issues on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2111088 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111225 Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment CATT
R1-2111283 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2111383 Enhancements HST-SFN deployment Sony
R1-2111457 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2111480 Enhancements to HST-SFN deployments Intel Corporation
R1-2111544 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Xiaomi
R1-2111601 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2111668 Remaining issues on HST-SFN enhancements Ericsson
R1-2111687 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NEC
R1-2111721 Enhancements on HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2111857 Views on Rel-17 HST enhancement Apple
R1-2111940 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2112028 On Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Convida Wireless
R1-2112093 Discussion on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112180 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112200 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112279 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment MediaTek Inc.
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion on HST-SFN
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2112588 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Nov 15th GTW session
Agreement
· Confirm the working assumption from RAN1 #106b-e meeting to reuse legacy Rel-16 RRC parameters simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 to define set of the serving cells which can be addressed by a single MAC CE for activation of two TCI states of CORESET with the same CORESET ID for all the BWPs.
Agreement
For intra-band CA, UE doesn’t expect configurations of different SFN schemes in different CCs
Working Assumption (to be confirmed this week – see below Nov 18th GTW)
TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH / PDCCH is supported in both FR1 and FR2 with UE capability at least per FR
· Note: Only one company has shown benefit on TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH in FR2 with 200m ISD
Agreement
When a CORESET is activated with two TCI states which overlaps with another CORESET, support PDCCH monitoring of PDCCH candidates in overlapping monitoring occasions with QCL-TypeD properties identified according to prioritization rule
· Reuse Rel-15 prioritization to identify the first CORESET, i.e., SS type > serving cell index > SS set ID
o If the CORESET has two TCI states with QCL-typeD, both QCL-typeD are identified.
o If the CORESET has one TCI state with QCL-typeD, the second QCL-typeD is not identified
R1-2112660 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Nov 18th GTW session
Agreement
TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH / PDCCH is supported in both FR1 and FR2 with UE capability at least per FR
· Note: While majority of the companies support above, only one company has shown benefit on TRP-based pre-compensation scheme for PDSCH in FR2 with 200m ISD. Evaluation methodology and results can be found in R1-2101450.
Agreement
When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC and there is no TCI codepoint which indicates two TCI states activated for the PDSCH (i.e. Rel-16 MTRP PDSCH is not configured) and SFN transmission scheme 1 is configured for PDCCH, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2 without TCI field, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL if applicable and the CORESET which schedules the PDSCH is indicated with two TCI states, the default TCI state is defined as the first TCI state of the CORESET.
Agreement
The agreement from RAN1#106b-e meeting is updated as follows
When SFN PDSCH is not configured by RRC and there is no TCI codepoint which indicates two TCI states activated for the PDSCH (i.e,. Rel-16 MTRP PDSCH is not configured), for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI format 1_0, 1_1, 1_2, if the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is smaller than the threshold timeDurationForQCL,
· For DCI format 1_1/1_2, support both configurations with and without TCI state field.
·
[If enableTwoDefaultTCIStates
is not configured,] for both cases with and without TCI state field,
o If enhanced SFN PDCCH transmission scheme 1 is configured and the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot is indicated with two TCI states, select the 1st TCI state of the two TCI states of the CORESET as default beam for the PDSCH reception
§
FFS : Whether above
applies for TRP -based
pre-compensation if TRP -based pre-compensation is agreed to be support in FR2
o Otherwise, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET with the lowest controlResourceSetId in the latest slot when receiving the PDSCH
· It is up to editor how to capture the above agreement
Agreement
If PDCCH candidates in CSS 3 are associated with CORESET that is activated with two TCI states and configured with enhanced SFN scheme 1 or TRP based pre-compensation, both TCI states can be applied for the CSS reception.
· FFS: Whether/How specification change is needed is up to the editor
Agreement
For a CORESET with two activated TCI states, for implicit BFD RS, how to calculate radio link quality for RLM /BFD is up to RAN4 discussion
· Send LS to let RAN4 to let them know about two possible options of radio link quality estimation for RLM /BFD using each RS or RS pair of CORESET activated with two TCI states. RAN1 has discussed both options, but was not able to reach a consensus. Inform that it is up to RAN4 to specify the most appropriate option.
R1-2112829 LS on BFR for CORESET with two activated TCI states RAN1, ZTE
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th, the LS is approved.
Decision: As per email decision posted Nov 20th,
Agreement
When SFN PDSCH and SFN PDCCH are configured by RRC, for PDSCH reception scheduled by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2, and, if applicable the time offset between the reception of the DL DCI and the corresponding PDSCH is equal or larger than the threshold timeDurationForQCL
· Support configuration when there is no TCI field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH
o UE applies the TCI state(s) of the scheduling CORESET when receiving the PDSCH
§ If there are two active TCI states for the CORESET , UE applies both QCL assumptions of the CORESET that schedules the PDSCH when receiving the PDSCH
§ otherwise, if there is one active TCI state for the CORESET, UE applies the one active TCI state of the CORESET when receiving the PDSCH
This feature is UE optional capability
· If UE doesn’t support this capability, UE is expected to be configured with TCI state field
· UEs supporting this feature and are not capable of dynamic switching between single TRP and SFN , the CORESET that schedules PDSCH by DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 (FFS DCI format 1_0) should be activated with two TCI states.
FFS for maintenance: if SFN PDCCH is not configured.
R1-2110766 Remaining Details on SRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110786 Enhancements on SRS in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110882 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2110936 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2110947 Finalizing SRS Ericsson
R1-2110953 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity ZTE
R1-2110995 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2111089 Considerations on SRS enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111226 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement CATT
R1-2111284 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2111458 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2111481 Discussion on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2111545 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2111602 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity CMCC
R1-2111688 Discussion on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2111722 Enhancements on SRS Samsung
R1-2111858 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2112094 Discussion on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112181 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112201 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112280 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity MediaTek Inc.
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion on enhancement on SRS
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2110964 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 11th GTW session
Agreement
When ca-SlotOffset is configured, reference
slot to use the Rel-17 mechanism for determining the SRS offset is slot , otherwise reference slot is
, where
,
,
and
are determined by ca-SlotOffset configurations of the PDCCH carrier
and SRS carrier.
Agreement
For a CC with t value configured, SOI bit width depends on the maximum number of t values configured for all the resource sets across all configured BWPs in a CC for SRS transmission.
· For the CCs without any t value configured, follow Rel-15/16 mechanism to determine the SRS slot offset, where SOI bit width is 0
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 16th,
Working assumption
To support 4 ports with Max CS = 6,
· Port 0 and Port 2 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset k_TC, respectively.
· Port 1 and Port 3 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset (k_TC + 4) mod 8, respectively.
· Note: n_CS and k_TC are the configured CS and comb offset values.
· Note: This working assumption can be revisited if Max CS = 12 is agreed.
R1-2112589 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 17th GTW session
Agreement
For aperiodic SRS, support same start RB location hopping approach as for P/SP SRS if there are multiple frequency hopping period in the slot.
Conclusion
In Rel-17, SRS 4T6R is not supported.
Conclusion
No consensus to have further restriction on the number of RBs for RPFS in Rel-17.
· No introduction of new sequence length
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 19th,
Conclusion
There is no consensus in RAN1 to support Max CS = 12 for comb-8 in Rel-17.
R1-2110767 Remaining Details on CSI Enhancements for NCJT MTRP InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110787 CSI enhancements on MTRP and FDD in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2110954 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2110996 Remaining issues on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2111090 Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2111171 CSI enhancements on Type II PS codebook and multi-TRP Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2111227 Remaining issues on CSI enhancement CATT
R1-2111285 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2111384 Views on CSI enhancements Sony
R1-2111459 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2111482 Remaining issues on CSI for MTRP and FDD Intel Corporation
R1-2111603 Enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2111689 Discussion on CSI enhancement for multi-TRP NEC
R1-2111723 Views on Rel. 17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2111859 Views on Rel-17 CSI enhancement Apple
R1-2111941 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2112095 Discussion on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2112182 Enhancement on CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2112202 CSI enhancements: MTRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2112281 CSI Enhancement for NCJT and FR1 FDD reciprocity MediaTek Inc.
R1-2112322 CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Ericsson
//Handled under NWM – See RAN1-107-e-NWM-NR-feMIMO-08 as the document name
[107-e-NR-feMIMO-08] Email discussion on CSI enhancement – Min (Huawei)
- 1st check point: November 15
- Final check point: November 19
R1-2112585 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
R1-2112586 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
From Nov 12th GTW session
Agreement
The window size is min(N,N3).
· Note: the UCI payload of i1,6 is ceiling(log2(N-1)) bits regardless of values of N3
Agreement
Support to report Port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0
· FFS (to be concluded in RAN1 107): Report bitmap in Group 0 or Group 1 without bitmap partition
· FFS (to be concluded in RAN1 107): whether/how to deal with coefficients partition issue when ceil(KNZ/2-v) < 0 or report coefficients together without partitioning
· Note: It is RAN1 common understanding that when UCI omission occurs for Rel-17 PS codebook, the associated CQI does not have to be recalculated conditioned on the PMI after omission.
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting:
· Two CBSRs can be configured per CodebookConfig, whereas one CBSR is applied to one CMR group in a CMR resource set respectively, i.e. per TRP.
Agreement
For the ordering of UCI payload construction for reported CSIs
· Alt 4: modify mapping order of CSI fields of one CSI report, e.g. Table 6.3.2.1.2-3/4/5 in 38.212
o i.e. introducing mapping order of CSI fields in the order of MTRP CSI, the first TRP CSI, and the second TRP CSI.
o It also implies that one CSI reporting setting for NCJT measurement reporting contains single CSI report which corresponds multiple single-TRP and/or NCJT measurement hypotheses.
Note: There is no further optimization for CSI part 2 omission rules in Rel-17
R1-2112587 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 2) Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
From Nov 17th GTW session
Agreement
In Rel-17,
the priority value is given by whereas for
,
·
Alt 2:
Support non-interleaving between polarization, i
Agreement
Regarding to codebook parameters for Rel-17 PS codebook, (Alt1) alpha =3/4 is not applicable to 4 and 12 CSI-RS ports
Agreement
For Rel-17 PS codebook:
·
Alt 2(updated #2): UCI Group 1 includes the highest
priority elements of
and the
highest priority elements of
(
). UCI Group 2 includes the
lowest
priority elements of
and the
lowest
priority elements of
(
)
Agreement
For a CSI report associated with a Multi-TRP/panel NCJT measurement hypothesis configured by single CSI reporting setting, the UE can be configured with pmi-FormatIndicator=widebandPMI and cqi-FormatIndicator=widebandCQI only for Mode 1 with X=0.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Nov 20th,
Agreement
Regarding to the restriction applying to parameter combination for Rel-17 PS codebook:
· Alt 3: {M, alpha, beta ={2,1,3/4} and {2, 1, 1/2} are only applicable to P <= 24 ports
Conclusion
Excepting for reporting port indicator, SCI, and FD indicator in Group 0, the remaining indicators are mapped to reporting Groups 1 and 2 same as Rel-16 eType-II PS codebook with updated the priority value of Phi(i).
Agreement
For the ordering of UCI payload construction with PMI/CQI configured for subband reporting, mapping order of CSI fields are in the order of NCJT CSI, the first TRP CSI, and the second TRP CSI applied separately, for CSI part 1, CSI part 2 WB, even subbands of CSI part 2 SB, and odd subbands of CSI part 2 SB.
R1-2110768 Views on Multi-Panel Multi-TRP MIMO InterDigital, Inc.
R1-2110955 Further details on Multi-beam and Multi-TRP operation ZTE
R1-2110997 Discussion on impact of cross-talk on UL performance vivo
R1-2111175 Our views on Rel-18 MIMO WI content Ericsson
R1-2111724 Additional enhancements for multi-beam Samsung
R1-2111860 On Further MIMO Enhancement Apple
R1-2111918 Further considerations for FeMIMO in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
Void (not be handled during this e-meeting).
[108-e-R17-RRC-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion for Rel-17 RRC parameters on NR-MIMO
- 1st check point for first LS in [108-e-R17-RRC]: February 24
- Final check point for second LS in [108-e-R17-RRC] if necessary: March 3
R1-2200887 LS on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
R1-2202717 Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters Ericsson
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th, the draft reply LS to R2-2202002 is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202720.
R1-2200859 LS on MPE information signalling RAN2, Nokia
R1-2202731 Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on MPE information signalling Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 27th,
Agreement
RAN1 would like to thank RAN2 for the question in LS in R2-2201600 on MPE related signaling, whether those are also applicable for mTRP framework. RAN1 has the following reply to the RAN2 questions: - Regarding inter-cell beam management (ICBM), RAN1 confirms that these RRC parameters including mpe-Reporting-FR2-r17, numberOfN and mpe-ResourcePool apply to the ICBM framework as well. - Regarding mTRP framework, RAN1 has not discussed whether these MPE reporting changes would also apply to mTRP framework. |
Final LS is approved in
R1-2202732 LS response on MPE information signaling RAN1, Nokia
R1-2202756 LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
R1-2202900 Moderator summary for LS reply to RAN2 on feMIMO RRC parameters Moderator (Ericsson)
R1-2202766 Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters Ericsson
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd, the draft reply LS to R2-2202002/R2-2203876 is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202903.
[108-e-R17-MIMO-09] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on Rel-17 NR-MIMO TP for TS38.300 by March 1
R1-2202804 TP for TS 38.300 on Rel-17 NR FeMIMO Moderator (Samsung)
Agreement
The text proposal in R1-2202804 is endorsed from RAN1 perspective for TS38.300.
R1-2202865 TP on Rel-17 NR FeMIMO for TS 38.300 RAN1, Samsung
Decision: As per GTW decision on Feb 28th,the LS to RAN2 is approved.
Mainly targeting FR2 while also applicable to FR1.
R1-2200929 Remaining issues on further NR MIMO enhancements Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2200996 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2201078 Maintenance on multi-beam enhancement vivo
R1-2201185 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements ZTE
R1-2201223 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation OPPO
R1-2201328 Discussion on remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2201425 Remaining issues in enhancements on multi-beam operation Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI
R1-2201426 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2201463 Remaining issues on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201534 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201567 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation LG Electronics
R1-2201575 Remaining issues on Multi-beam Operation Sony
R1-2201644 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements Ericsson
R1-2201682 Enhancements to Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2201758 Views on Rel-17 Beam Management enhancement Apple
R1-2201844 Remaining issues of enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2201896 Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2201943 Remaining issues on multi-beam operation enhancement Xiaomi
R1-2201994 Moderator Summary for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2201995 Moderator Summary for Offline Discussion on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2201996 Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Samsung
R1-2202057 Remaining issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2202122 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202316 Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion for maintenance on multi-beam operation
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2201994 Moderator Summary for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (Samsung)
From Feb 22nd GTW session
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption as an agreement with the following refinement (highlighted in red):
The UE is not expected to be configured with Rel-15/Rel-16 TCI/SpatialRelationInfo/PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo (except spatialRelationInfoPos) if the UE is configured with Rel-17 TCI in any CC in a band
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for any SRS resource or resource set that does not share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state(s) as dynamic-grant/configured-grant based PUSCH and all of dedicated PUCCH resources, but can be configured as a target signal of a Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI (hence the Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state pool), Rel-17 mechanism(s) which reuse mechanisms similar to the Rel-15/16 spatial relation info update signaling/configuration design(s) are used to update/configure such SRS (s) with Rel-17 UL or, if applicable, joint TCI state(s).
· The UL PC parameter setting (including PL-RS) for the SRS resource set should be derived based on the setting associated with TCI indicated for the SRS resource with the lowest SRS-ResourceId in that SRS resource set
Agreement
The following text proposal for TS 38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
TS38.214 section 5.1.5:
The UE with activated [TCI-State] configured with [tci-StateId_r17] receives DCI format 1_1/1_2 providing indicated TCI-State with [tci-StateId_r17] for a CC or all CCs in the same CC list configured by [simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1 or simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2]. The DCI format 1_1/1_2 can be with or without, if applicable, DL assignment. If the DCI format 1_1/1_2/ is without DL assignment, the UE can assume the following: - … After a UE receives an
initial higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] and before -
The UE assumes that DM-RS of PDSCH and DM-RS
of PDCCH After a UE receives an initial higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] or [UL-TCIState-r17] and before application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states: -
The UE assumes that the UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, for dynamic-grant and
configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH After a UE receives a
higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] as part of
a Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331] and
before -
The UE assumes that DM-RS of PDSCH and DM-RS
of PDCCH After a UE receives a higher layer configuration of more than one [DLorJoint-TCIState-r17] or [UL-TCIState-r17] as part of a Reconfiguration with sync procedure as described in [12, TS 38.331] and before application of an indicated TCI state from the configured TCI states: -
The UE assumes that the UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, for
dynamic-grant and configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH If a UE receives a
higher layer configuration of one single DLorJoint-TCIState-r17
If a UE receives a higher layer configuration of one single DLorJoint-TCIState-r17 or UL-TCIState-r17, that can be used as an indicated TCI state, the UE determines an UL TX spatial filter, if applicable, from the configured one single TCI state for dynamic-grant and configured-grant based PUSCH and PUCCH, and SRS applying the indicated TCI state. |
Agreement
For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for the Rel-17 TCI state indication of CORESET 0:
Conclusion
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, regarding application time of the beam indication, there is no consensus on supporting a second configured BAT for, e.g. MPUE or inter-cell BM, for a given SCS and all the CCs configured with the common TCI state ID update.
Agreement
On Rel-17 MAC-CE based and DCI-based beam indication, regarding the CC list for common TCI state ID update and activation, introduce new RRC parameter(s) to configure the CC list(s)
· FFS: The maximum number of CC lists can be configured
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 23rd,
Conclusion
On path-loss measurement for Rel.17 unified TCI framework, when both PL-RS and spatial relation RS in the UL or (if applicable) joint TCI state are not the same, whether and how to define the event(s) of “beam alignment” is left to RAN4.
Conclusion
On Rel-17 enhancements for inter-cell beam management and inter-cell mTRP, RAN1 would not introduce additional enhancement for MAC-CE activation of SSBs with PCI(s) different from that of serving cell for measurement in Rel-17
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, support the UE reporting a list of UE capability value [sets]
· Each UE capability value [set] comprises the max supported number of SRS ports
· Any two capability values [sets] are different
· Whether the UE capability value [set] can be common across all BWPs/CCs in same band or BC can be discussed in UE feature session
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, UE can report one index of UE capability value [set] for each reported CRI/SSBRI in one beam reporting.
Conclusion
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, there is no consensus in supporting indication of DL-only panel using one value [set] of the max supported number of SRS ports
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, all types of time-domain behavior, i.e., periodic, semi-persistent, and aperiodic reporting, are supported for the enhanced beam report with index(es) of UE capability value [set].
· Support of aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting is optional
R1-2202607 Moderator Summary#2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam: Round1 Moderator (Samsung)
From Feb 24th GTW session
Agreement
For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, on applying the indicated Rel-17 TCI state to PDCCH reception and the respective PDSCH reception for a CORESET other than CORESET#0 that is associated with both UE-dedicated and non-UE-dedicated reception on PDCCH in a CC and its respective PDSCH reception,
· Whether to apply the indicated Rel-17 TCI state associated with the serving cell is configured per CORESET by RRC – if not applied, use the legacy MAC-CE/RRC/RACH signalling mechanism
· Note: The CSI-RS associated with the Rel-17 TCI state applied to this CORESET should be QCLed with an SSB associated with serving cell PCI (same as Rel-15)
· The support of this feature is UE optional
Agreement
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for P/SP-CSI-RS, the UE assumes that the indicated Rel-17 TCI state is never applied, i.e. the legacy RRC/MAC-CE signalling mechanism is always used to update Rel-17 TCI state.
· FFS: UE behaviour if TCI state is not indicated for P/SP-CSI-RS
Agreement
On Rel-17 MAC-CE-based and DCI-based beam indication, regarding the CC list for common TCI state ID update and activation, the maximum number of CC lists can be configured is 4 per cell group
· The maximum number of CC lists for a UE to support is subject to its UE capability
Agreement
For Rel-17 unified TCI framework, for the presence of TCI field in DCI format 1-1/1-2, reuse tci-PresentInDCI and tci-PresentDCI-1_2 to configure TCI field per CORESET
Agreement
The value range of beamAppTime-r17 is (1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28, 42, 56, 70, 84, 98, 112, 224, 336) symbols.
· Discuss the applicability of 84, 98, 112, 224, 336 for FR2/FR2-2 in UE features session
o These values are not applicable for FR1
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,
Conclusion:
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, regarding acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE, there is no consensus in supporting acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE.
· Acknowledgement mechanism of the reported correspondence from NW to UE is not supported in Rel-17
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE-initiated panel activation and selection, for the agreed reporting of UE capability value set, introduce 'cri-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'ssb-Index-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'cri-SINR- Capability[Set]Index','ssb-Index-SINR-Capability[Set]Index' for reportQuantity in a CSI reporting setting.
R1-2200861 Reply LS Reply on TCI State Update for L1L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility to RAN3 RAN3, ZTE
R1-2202723 Email Discussion Summary of [108-e-R17-MIMO-01] Response to RAN3 LS R1-2200861 Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2202692 Draft reply LS to RAN3 on TCI State Update for L1/L2-Centric Inter-Cell Mobility ZTE
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2202693.
Agreement
On Rel-17 DCI-based beam indication, for both CA and non-CA cases, the RRC parameter BeamAppTime_r17 is configured per DL and UL BWP
· For BWP /CCs with same SCS in the same CC list for common TCI state ID update, the configured values of BeamAppTime_r17 are the same
· FFS: Whether the TCI update signaling is applied to all configured BWP(s) or active BWP, and whether the BAT should count the BeamAppTime_r17 in all configured BWP(s) or in active BWP only
R1-2202677 Moderator Summary#3 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam: ROUND 2 Moderator (Samsung)
From Feb 28th GTW session
Agreement
The following responses to RAN2 LS are agreed
· (RAN2 Question) Q1.8: Does the enhanced MPE reporting applies also to mTRP operation, and, if it does, will this be configured by mpe-Reporting-FR2 or is another RRC configuration needed?
o RAN1 response: Note that enhanced MPE reporting and the multi-TRP PHR enhancement are two different features in Rel-17. From RAN1 perspective, there is no consensus that enhanced MPE reporting can be combined with the multi-TRP PHR specified in Rel-17. Furthermore, RAN1 does not plan to specify any additional specification enhancement for the combination of these two features.
· (RAN2 Question) Q1.10: Is reporting of PCMax,f,c needed for MPE information and if it is, should it be included per indicated SSBRI/CRI value or is it cell-specific?
o RAN1 response: The enhanced MPE reporting doesn't impact the reporting of PCMax,f,c, which should remain as in legacy, i.e. reported per cell
R1-2202765 Follow-up LS on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN1, Ericsson
Decision: The follow up LS answering Questions 1.8 and 1.10 of R2-2202002 is approved.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 1st,
Agreement
For mpe-ResourcePool, the maximum number of resources in this pool is 64.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,
Conclusion
On Rel.17 unified TCI framework, for Rel-17 unified TCI , for DL channels/signals that share the same indicated Rel-17 TCI state as UE -dedicated reception on PDSCH/PDCCH (via Rel-17 MAC-CE/DCI TCI state update), in Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting the following:
· Option 3: CSI -RS for CSI is configured for QCL-TypeA and QCL-TypeD source RS
Conclusion
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate panel activation and selection, in Rel-17, there is no consensus in supporting additional enhancements on the following:
Final summary in R1-2202762.
R1-2200930 Remaining issues on multi-TRP for reliability and robustness in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2200992 Multi-TRP/panel for non-PDSCH FUTUREWEI
R1-2201079 Maintenance on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements vivo
R1-2201186 Remaining issues on multi-TRP enhancements for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH ZTE
R1-2201224 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH OPPO
R1-2201329 Discussion on remaining issues on multi-TRP/panel for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CATT
R1-2201427 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2201464 Remaining issues on MTRP for reliability NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201535 Discussion on enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201568 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH LG Electronics
R1-2201683 Maintenance of multi-TRP PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2201759 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP reliability enhancement Apple
R1-2201845 Remaining issues of enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH CMCC
R1-2201897 Discussion on remaining issues on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH NEC
R1-2201939 Enhancements on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH Xiaomi
R1-2201959 Remaining issues on Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2201997 Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Samsung
R1-2202123 Remaining details of Multi-TRP for PDCCH, PUCCH and PUSCH Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202266 Remaining issues on PDCCH, PUSCH and PUCCH enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2202284 Remaining issues for mTRP PDCCH and PUSCH ASUSTeK
R1-2202317 Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-TRP URLLC schemes Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2202595 Summary #1 of [108-e-R17-MIMO-02] Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 23rd,
Agreement
The following SS sets cannot be linked with another SS set for PDCCH repetition:
· searchSpaceBroadcast, peiSearchSpace, and sdt-SearchSpace
Agreement
The TPs in Section 1.3 of R1-2202595 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on 38.214
R1-2202596 Summary #2 of [108-e-R17-MIMO-02] Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PDCCH Moderator (Qualcomm)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 1st,
Agreement
If two PDCCH candidates with AL8 and AL16 have the same start CCE in a non-interleaved CORESET with one OFDM symbol, and the two PDCCH candidates are in a first SS set that is linked to a second SS set, and UE detects a DL DCI via any of the AL8 candidates or AL16 candidates in any of the first and second SS sets indicating a PUCCH resource for HARQ-Ack and the corresponding PUCCH resource set has a size larger than eight
· Alt2-2: If the linked AL8 candidate and the linked AL16 candidate in the second SS set do not have the same start CCE and the second SS set has lower ID compared to the first SS set, the linked AL16 candidate is used as reference for PUCCH resource determination.
Agreement
The TPs in Section 1.1.2 of R1-2202596 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on 38.213.
Agreement
UE does not expect one of the linked PDCCH candidates overlapping with an individual PDCCH candidate in spans except for the first span in a slot, when the candidates use the same set of CCEs in the same CORESET and have the same scrambling and DCI size.
Final summary in R1-2202902.
[108-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP for PUCCH and PUSCH
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2202636 Summary #1 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,
Agreement
The text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202636 (for issues 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15) are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.214).
R1-2202637 Summary #2 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 28th,
Agreement
The two text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202637 are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.212).
R1-2202902 Summary #3 for mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH Enhancements Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,
Agreement
The three text proposals in section 1 of R1-2202902 are endorsed for the editors CRs (38.213 and 38.214).
R1-2200931 Remaining issues on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2200993 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2201080 Maintenance on inter-cell MTRP operation vivo
R1-2201187 Remaining issues on multi-TRP inter-cell operation ZTE
R1-2201225 Enhancement on inter-cell multi-TRP operation OPPO
R1-2201330 Discussion on remaining issues on inter-cell operation for multi-TRP/panel CATT
R1-2201428 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2201465 Remaining issues on inter-cell multi-TRP operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201536 Discussion on enhancements on multi-TRP inter-cell operation Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201569 Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation LG Electronics
R1-2201621 Finalizing Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Ericsson
R1-2201684 Maintenance of multi-TRP inter-cell operation Intel Corporation
R1-2201760 Views on Rel-17 Inter-cell multi-TRP operation Apple
R1-2201846 Remaining issues of enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation CMCC
R1-2201941 Maintenance on multi-TRP Inter-cell Operation Xiaomi
R1-2201998 Maintenance on Rel-17 Inter-cell Multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2202124 Remaining details of Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202318 Maintenance of enhancements enabling inter-cell multi-TRP operations Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Email discussion for maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,
Agreement
UE is not required to monitor a Type2 CSS in a CORESET when the active TCI state is associated with a PCI different from serving cell PCI.
Agreement
The following TP for TS 38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
------------------------------------------Start of Text Proposal for TS 38.214--------------------------------------
5.1.5 Antenna ports quasi co-location
-----------------------------Unchanged part omitted--------------------------
For a CSI-RS resource in an NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter repetition, the UE shall expect that a TCI-State indicates one of the following quasi co-location type(s):
- ‘typeA’ with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter trs-Info and, when applicable, ‘typeD’ with the same CSI-RS resource, or
- ‘typeA’ with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter trs-Info and, when applicable, ‘typeD’ with a CSI-RS resource in a NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet configured with higher layer parameter repetition, or
- ‘typeC’ with an SS/PBCH block and, when applicable, ‘typeD’ with the same SS/PBCH block, the reference RS may additionally be an SS/PBCH block having a PCI different from the PCI of the serving cell. UE can assume center frequency, SCS, SFN offset are the same for SS/PBCH block from the serving cell and SS/PBCH block having a PCI different from the serving cell.
------------------------------------------End of Text Proposal for TS 38.214--------------------------------------
Agreement
Following revisions on RRC are agreed. Include as part of LS to RAN2
R1-2202725 LS on RRC parameters update for IE SSB-MTCAdditionalPCI-r17 RAN1, vivo
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th, the LS to RAN2 is approved.
R1-2202660 Feature lead summary#1 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
R1-2202714 Feature lead summary#2 on Enhancements on Multi-TRP inter-cell operation Moderator (vivo)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 28th,
Agreement
From RRC signaling perspective, the number of configured additional PCIs can be {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,
Agreement
For inter-cell mTRP, UE does not transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH in a slot or SRS in the symbols if in time domain the PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS overlaps with an SSB of a serving cell PCI or an SSB associated with the active additional PCI.
Final summary in R1-2202887.
R1-2200932 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2200994 Beam management for simultaneous multi-TRP transmission with multi-panel reception FUTUREWEI
R1-2201081 Maintenance on MTRP multibeam enhancement vivo
R1-2201188 Remaining issues on beam management for Multi-TRP ZTE
R1-2201226 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP OPPO
R1-2201331 Remaining issues on beam failure recovery for multi-TRP CATT
R1-2201429 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2201435 Remaining issues of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Fujitsu
R1-2201466 Remaining issues on beam management for MTRP NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201537 Discussion on enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201570 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2201576 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP Sony
R1-2201685 Maintenance of multi-TRP beam management Intel Corporation
R1-2201761 Views on Rel-17 multi-TRP BM enhancement Apple
R1-2201847 Remaining issues of enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2201944 Remaining issues on beam management for Multi-TRP enhancement Xiaomi
R1-2201999 Maintenance on Rel-17 Beam Management for Multi-TRP Samsung
R1-2202059 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2202125 Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202246 Remaining issues on beam management for multi-TRP TCL Communication Ltd.
R1-2202272 Remaining issues on beam management enhancements for multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2202319 Maintenance of enhancements for Beam Management for Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)
Email discussion for maintenance on beam management for multi-TRP
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2202612 Moderator summary #1 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,
Conclusion
There is no consensus to enhance beam update (beam reset) for PDSCH after receiving gNB response for single DCI based M-TRP beam failure recovery in Rel-17
Agreement
TP 3.6.1-1 (from Apple) in section 3.6.1 of R1-2202612 is endorsed for editor’s CR on 38.213.
Agreement
TP 3.6.1-7 (from Spreadtrum) in section 3.6.1 of R1-2202612 is endorsed for editor’s CR on 38.213.
R1-2202667 Moderator summary #2 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 28th,
Agreement
Simultaneous configuration of “Rel-15/16 BFR” (i.e., BeamFailureRecoveryConfig/BeamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16) and “TRP-specific BFR” on one CC is not supported.
R1-2202814 Moderator summary #3 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP Moderator (CATT)
From Mar 2nd GTW session
Agreement
Support to configure/update explicit BFD -RS set by RRC signaling and MAC CE signaling.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd,
Agreement
For multi-DCI based MTRP inter-cell, if Rel-17 per-TRP BFR is configured, SSB associated with an additional PCI can be configured as NBI-RS in one NBI -RS set, and the NBI-RS set is associated with the BFD-RS set associated with the additional PCI.
Agreement
When the higher layer parameter groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, support the configuration of the same or different CSI -RS triggering offset values for two different CSI Resource Sets.
· Whether/how to capture the above is up to editor.
Agreement
When the higher layer parameter groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, the UE can be configured with the same or different value(s) of repetition in different CSI Resource Sets.
· FFS: UE reports CRI regardless of whether repetition is set to ‘on’ or not
· Whether/how to capture the above is up to editor.
R1-2202756 LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 4th,
Agreement
For Question 3.3 from RAN2, RAN1 response is as follows:
Question 3.3: When a serving cell use inter-cell mTRP, can the UE be configured with two BFD RS sets? If yes, please explain if there is any relation between a BFD RS set and a PCI (e.g. one set associated with RS of this serving cell and another associated with RS associated with an additional PCI).
Answer: Yes, when a serving cell is
configured with inter-cell mTRP, the UE can also be configured with two BFD RS
sets, each associated with one different PCI. Periodic CSI-RS which is QCLed with an SSB associated with
additional PCI can be configured as BFD RS associated with an additional PCI
R1-2202941 [Draft] Additional LS response to RAN2 on beam management for multi-TRP Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 7th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2202942.
R1-2200933 Remaining issues on HST multi-TRP deployment in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2201082 Maintenance on HST-SFN schemes vivo
R1-2201189 Remaining issues on multi-TRP HST enhancements ZTE
R1-2201227 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment OPPO
R1-2201332 Discussion on remaining issues on Rel-17 HST-SFN CATT
R1-2201467 Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201538 Discussion on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201571 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment LG Electronics
R1-2201618 Finalizing Multi-TRP HST-SFN enhancements Ericsson
R1-2201686 Maintenance of HST-SFN enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2201848 Remaining issues of enhancements on HST-SFN deployment CMCC
R1-2201945 Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment enhancement Xiaomi
R1-2202000 Maintenance on Rel-17 HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2202088 Enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Lenovo
R1-2202126 Enhancements on HST-SFN deployment Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202494 Maintenance of enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell (rev of R1-2202320 )
[108-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Alexei (Intel)
Email discussion for maintenance on HST-SFN
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2202545 Summary#1 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Feb 22nd GTW session
Agreement
For the response to RAN2 LS (in R1-2200886), the following is agreed
Question: RAN2 would like to ask whether “Enhanced TCI state indication for UE specific PDCCH MAC CE” can be applied to CORESET zero or not. |
· RAN1 response: There is no restriction in RAN1 on whether enhanced TCI state indication for UE specific PDCCH MAC CE can be applied to CORESET zero.
Agreement
When SFN is configured for PDSCH and not configured for PDCCH, TCI field should be always present in DCI formats 1_1 and 1_2 for SFN PDSCH transmission with scheduling offset larger than threshold timeDurationForQCL if applicable
· FFS whether the above assumption is applicable for UE not capable of dynamic switching
R1-2202649 Summary#2 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,
Agreement
TPs #2-5 (for TS 38.213) in section 2.3.5 of R1-2202649 and # 2-7 (for TS 38.214) in section 2.3.7 of R1-2202649 are endorsed for editor’s CRs.
R1-2202755 Summary#3 of AI: 8.1.2.4 Maintenance on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Feb 28th GTW session
Agreement
UE doesn’t expect to receive a MAC-CE activating two TCI states for a CORESET that is not configured with SFN scheme.
Agreement
When two TCI states are activated for a CORESET, BFR enhancements are applicable to
· CBRA/CFRA based BFR on SpCell in Rel.15.
· BFR MAC CE based BFR on Scell in Rel.16.
· CBRA BFR on SpCell (with BFR MAC CE on Msg.3/A) in Rel.16.
· Note: the “enhancement” means using RS from two TCI states for implicit BFD and counting one BFD RS pair for SFN CORESET as two BFD RSs
R1-2200886 LS on Enhanced TCI state indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE RAN2, Samsung
R1-2202809 Draft reply LS on Enhanced TCI state indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 3rd, the draft reply to RAN2 is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2202810.
Agreement
The following text proposal is endorsed for the editor’s CR on TS38.214.
<Unchanged parts are omitted> 5.1 UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared channel … When
a UE is configured with sfnSchemePdsch and/or sfnSchemePdcch
< Unchanged parts are omitted > |
R1-2202914 Agreed TPs to TS 38.213 and TS 38.214 for HST-SFN enhancements Moderator (Intel Corporation)
This document contains the endorsed TPs on enhancements for HST-SFN deployment.
Final summary in R1-2202808.
R1-2200934 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2200995 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity FUTUREWEI
R1-2201083 Maintenance on SRS enhancement vivo
R1-2201190 Remaining issues on SRS enhancements ZTE
R1-2201228 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity OPPO
R1-2201333 Discussion on remaining issues on SRS Enhancements for Rel-17 CATT
R1-2201430 Enhancements on SRS Lenovo, Motorola Mobility
R1-2201468 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201539 Considerations on SRS enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201572 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity LG Electronics
R1-2201630 Maintenance for feMIMO SRS Ericsson
R1-2201687 Remaining Details on SRS enhancements Intel Corporation
R1-2201762 Views on Rel-17 SRS enhancement Apple
R1-2201849 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement CMCC
R1-2201898 Discussion on remaining issues on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2201940 Discussion on SRS enhancements Xiaomi
R1-2202001 Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS Samsung
R1-2202127 Enhancements on SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202321 Maintenance of enhancements for SRS flexibility, coverage and capacity Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Hao (ZTE)
Email discussion for maintenance on SRS enhancement
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2201201 FL summary #1 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 23rd,
Agreement
The following TPs in Section 5 of R1-2201201 are endorsed for the editors CR
· TP 2-1 – Part 1: For TS38.214 subclause 6.2.1 on AP SRS triggering
· TP 4-1: For TS38.211 subclause 6.4.1.4.1 to include SRS repetition with {10, 14} consecutive OFDM symbols
· TP 4-3: For TS38.211 subclause 6.4.1.4.3 to correct an error on SRS resource mapping formula
Agreement
When RPFS is configured, UE expects the length of the SRS sequence to be a multiple of 6.
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption
· To support 4 ports with Max CS = 6,
· Port 0 and Port 2 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset k_TC, respectively.
· Port 1 and Port 3 locate in n_CS and (n_CS+3) mod 6 in comb offset (k_TC + 4) mod 8, respectively.
· Note: n_CS and k_TC are the configured CS and comb offset values.
R1-2202625 FL summary #2 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 24th,
Agreement
Support N = 1 for aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R
· This new configuration is UE optional.
Agreement
TP 3-1A and TP 4-2 in Section 3 of R1-2202625 are endorsed for the editor’s CR on TS38.214.
R1-2202767 FL summary #3 on SRS enhancements Moderator (ZTE)
From Mar 3rd GTW session
Agreement
RPFS is applicable for both frequency hopping and non-frequency hopping cases, where support of RPFS for non-FH case is an optional UE feature for UEs supporting RPFS.
Agreement
For inter-set guard period, UE does not transmit any other signal on any symbols of the interval if the interval between SRS resource sets is Y symbols.
· When both the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols prior to the gap and the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols after the gap are dropped due to collision handling, the gap period is also dropped with same priority and can be used for UL transmission.
o The above is the only collision handling rule to be introduced in Rel-17 for antenna switching guard period
Final summary in R1-2202904.
R1-2200935 Remaining issues on CSI enhancement in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2201084 Maintenance on MTRP CSI and Partial reciprocity vivo
R1-2201191 Remaining issues on CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity ZTE
R1-2201229 CSI enhancement for M-TRP and FDD reciprocity OPPO
R1-2201334 Maintenance of CSI enhancement on FDD CSI and Multi-TRP/panel Transmission CATT
R1-2201469 Remaining issues on CSI enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2201540 Discussion on CSI enhancements for M-TRP and FR1 FDD reciprocity Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2201573 CSI enhancements for Rel-17 LG Electronics
R1-2201850 Remaining issues of enhancements on CSI reporting for Multi-TRP CMCC
R1-2202002 Maintenance on Rel-17 CSI enhancements Samsung
R1-2202089 CSI enhancements for multi-TRP and FDD reciprocity Lenovo
R1-2202128 Remaining details of mTRP CSI Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2202276 Remaining issues on multi-TRP CSI Ericsson
R1-2202322 Maintenance of enhancements for CSI measurement and reporting Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[108-e-R17-MIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion for maintenance on CSI enhancement
- 1st check point: February 25
- Final check point: March 3
R1-2202645 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei)
R1-2202646 Summary of CSI enhancements for MTRP and FDD (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Feb 25th,
Agreement
The UE is not expected to be configured with allowed ranks 3 and/or 4 only via RI-restriction-r17, when α=1/2 (i.e., paramCombination-r17=5) and PCSIRS=4.
Conclusion:
· The UE is not expected to be configured with higher layer parameter cmrGroupingAndPairing-r17 in an NZP CSI-RS resource set that is indicated as the first NZP CSI-RS resource set via resourcesForChannel, or as the second NZP CSI-RS resource set via higher layer parameter resourcesForChannel2-17 in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo, when both resourcesForChannel and resourcesForChannel2-17 are configured in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo.
· For a higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement configured with two Periodic or semi-persistent NZP CSI-RS resource sets, the UE is not expected to be configured with higher layer parameter cmrGroupingAndPairing-r17 in any of the two NZP CSI-RS resource sets.
R1-2202647 TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.212 Moderator (Huawei)
R1-2202648 TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.214 Moderator (Huawei)
Agreements
· Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202647 for 38.212 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.
· Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202648 for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.
R1-2202771 TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement of FeType II for TS 38.214 Moderator (Huawei)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Mar 2nd,
Agreement
· Text Proposal in Section 2 in R1-2202771 for FeType II for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.
R1-2201763 On Further MIMO enhancement beyond Rel-17 Apple
R1-2201851 Discussion on RRC parameters of Rel-17 FeMIMO CMCC
R1-2202003 Other Potential Enhancements for Rel-17 Multi-beam Samsung
R1-2202423 Alignment of field names between specifications Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2203853 On RAN2 open issues for Rel-17 NR FeMIMO Samsung
R1-2205091 LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
[109-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion on any remaining RAN2 open issues for Rel-17 NR feMIMO by May 12
- Including potential response for incoming LS (R1-2205091) on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters
R1-2203854 Moderator summary for offline discussion on reply to RAN2 LS R2-2204361 Moderator (Samsung)
R1-2205167 DRAFT LS response on feMIMO RRC parameters Samsung
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 10th, draft response in R1-2205167 is stable and endorsed. Final version is approved in R1-2205168.
LS received during the meeting in
R1-2205243 LS on TCI state signalling for SRS resource RAN2, OPPO
R1-2205246 DRAFT LS response on TCI state signaling for SRS resource Moderator (OPPO)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 13th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2205247.
By eom, draft LS including RAN1#109-e agreements with RAN2 impact (RRC/MAC-CE)
R1-2205590 DRAFT LS on RAN1#109-e agreements with RAN2 impact Samsung
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2205591.
R1-2205130 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 1: multi-beam Moderator(ZTE) (rev of R1-2203258)
R1-2203064 Enhancement on multi-beam operation FUTUREWEI
R1-2203105 Remaining issues on multi-beam operation in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2203257 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements ZTE
R1-2203301 Remaining issues on multi-beam enhancements Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2203421 Maintenance issues on Rel-17 multi-beam operation CATT
R1-2203505 Maintenance on multi-beam enhancement vivo
R1-2203673 Discussion on remaining issues on multi-beam operation NEC
R1-2203764 Maintenance of Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Langbo
R1-2203771 Remaining issues on multi-beam operation enhancement xiaomi
R1-2203855 Maintenance on Rel-17 multi-beam Samsung
R1-2203948 Remaining Issues of Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operation OPPO
R1-2204031 Maintenance of multi-beam enhancements Ericsson
R1-2204137 Text proposal on multi-beam operation LG Electronics
R1-2204169 Remaining issues on muiti-beam operation Lenovo
R1-2204192 Maintenance issue of unified TCI power control ASUSTeK
R1-2204199 Remaining Issues on Beam Management Enhancement Apple
R1-2204274 Remaining issues of enhancements on multi-beam operation CMCC
R1-2204335 Remaining issues on multi-beam operation NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2204535 Maintenance of enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2204680 Maintenance of enhancements on multi-beam operation Google Inc.
R1-2204682 Maintenance of Rel-17 multi-beam operation MediaTek Inc.
R1-2204763 Enhancements on Multi-Beam Operations Intel Corporation
R1-2204976 Enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
[109-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Bo (ZTE)
Maintenance on beam management (description of issues in R1-2205130)
- Issues 1-1, 1-2, 1-7, 1-14, 1-15, 1-20, 1-30, 2-2, 2-3, 2-7, 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-7, 3-10, 4-2 by May 18
- Editorial Issues: 1-5, 1-6, 1-11, 1-13, 1-19, 1-31, 2-4, 2-5, 2-8, 3-8, 3-11, 4-1 by May 11
R1-2205315 Moderator Summary #0 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2205316 Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,
Agreement
The text proposals 1-5 (TS 38.213), 1-13 (TS 38.213), 1-19 (TS 38.213), 2-4 (TS 38.214), 2-5 (TS 38.214), 2-8 (TS 38.214), 4-1 (TS 38.214) in R1-2205316 for editorial correction are endorsed for the editors’ CRs.
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 14th,
Agreement
The following text proposal (also included in R1-2205316) for TS38.214 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
---------- Start of TP ----------
5.1.5 Antenna ports quasi co-location
The UE receives an activation command, as described in clause 6.1.3.14 of [10, TS 38.321] or 6.1.3.x of [10, TS 38.321], used to map up to 8 TCI states and/or pairs of TCI states, with one TCI state for DL channels/signals and one TCI state for UL channels/signals to the codepoints of the DCI field 'Transmission Configuration Indication' for one or for a set of CCs /DL BWPs , and if applicable, for one or for a set of CCs /UL BWPs . When a set of TCI state IDs are activated for a set of CCs /DL BWPs and if applicable, for a set of CCs /UL BWPs , where the applicable list of CCs is determined by the indicated CC in the activation command, the same set of TCI state IDs are applied for all DL and/or UL BWPs in the indicated CCs . If the activation command maps DLorJointTCIState and/or UL-TCIState to only one TCI codepoint , UE shall apply the indicated DLorJointTCIState and/or UL-TCIState in the activation command for one or for a set of CCs /DL BWPs , and if applicable, for one or for a set of CCs /UL BWPs once the indicated mapping for the one single TCI codepoint is applied as described in [TS 38.133].
---------- End of TP ----------
R1-2205422 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2205630 Further Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,
Agreement
The text proposals 1-1 (TS 38.213), 2-7 (TS 38.214), and 3-10 (TS 38.214) in R1-2205630 are endorsed for the editors’ CRs.
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,
Agreement
· Introduce RRC parameter “additionalPCI-r17” in “PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS”.
o additionalPCI-r17 can be optionally configured only when the PL-RS is SSB .
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,
Conclusion
On Rel-17 unified TCI framework, if a UE is configured with CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig for a serving cell the value of the DCI field ‘carrier indicator’ corresponds to the value indicated by CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig .
· The codepoint indicated by the DCI field ‘Transmission Configuration Indicator’ is applied to the carrier indicated by the DCI field ‘carrier indicator’ and all CCs configured in a same CC list as that carrier, and corresponds to indicated TCI state configured and activated for that carrier and all CCs , respectively.
Agreement
To calculate the Type 1 power headroom based on a reference PUSCH , the UE uses the PUSCH power control parameters (i.e., PL-RS, P0, alpha, closed loop index) associated with the indicated joint/UL-TCI state.
Working assumption
On inter-cell beam management, the PDCCH /PDSCH should be rate matched around the SSBs indicated by ssb-PositionsInBurst-r17 for the same PCI as that associated with TCI state of the PDSCH /PDCCH
Send LS to RAN4 (see below) on whether there is requirements in RAN4 that assumes UE to measure SSB for L1-RSRP measurement and receiving PDSCH /PDCCH on the same RE in FR1. Revisit this issue after there is RAN4 feedback.
Agreement
On Rel.17 enhancements to facilitate UE -initiated panel activation and selection, the bitwidth of the capability index reported in beam report is fixed to 2-bit.
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th,
Agreement
If scheduling offset < threshold (timeDurationForQCL ), regardless of configuration of followUnifiedTCIstate
· If the indicated TCI is associated with PCI different from serving cell PCI (i.e. inter-cell),
o UE should apply Rel.15 default QCL assumption for both non-UE dedicated and UE dedicated PDSCH (i.e. QCL assumption of the lowest CORESET ID in the latest slot)
o If the QCL -TypeD property for default beams in a slot for CCs in a band are different, the default beam for the CC with lowest ID is prioritized, i.e. the default beam for the CC with lowest ID is applied to all the CCs in a band
· If the indicated TCI is associated with serving cell PCI (i.e. intra-cell), UE always uses indicated TCI for both UE -dedicated/non-UE -dedicated PDSCH (i.e. no need to consider default QCL )
o The same approach above is applied to default beam for aperiodic CSI -RS
o Note: UE is not expected to receive a non-UE dedicated PDSCH if the source RS of the TCI state of the corresponding PDSCH is not associated with the serving cell PCID .
R1-2205640 LS to RAN4 on SSB measurement for L1-RSRP on inter-cell beam management RAN1, ZTE
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th, the LS is approved.
Final summary in
R1-2205631 Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
Including maintenance on enhancements on HST-SFN deployment
R1-2203106 Remaining issues on enhancements for Multi-TRP deployment Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2203259 Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment ZTE
R1-2203302 Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2203422 Maintenance issues on Rel-17 M-TRP enhancements CATT
R1-2203506 Maintenance on enhancements for multi-TRP Deployment vivo
R1-2203644 Remaining issues for Multi-TRP Deployment Ericsson
R1-2203674 Discussion on remaining issues for multi-TRP deployment NEC
R1-2203765 Maintenance of Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment Langbo
R1-2203772 Remaining issues on HST-SFN deployment enhancement xiaomi
R1-2203856 Maintenance on Rel-17 multi-TRP and HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2203949 Maintenance on enhancements for mTRP deployment OPPO
R1-2204138 Text proposal on multi-TRP deployment LG Electronics
R1-2204170 Remaining issues on multi-TRP deployment Lenovo
R1-2204193 Remaining issues for mTRP PUSCH ASUSTeK
R1-2204200 Remaining Issues on Multi-TRP Enhancement Apple
R1-2204336 Remaining issues on enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2204536 Maintenance of enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2204683 Maintenance of Rel-17 beam management for multi-TRP MediaTek Inc.
R1-2204764 MIMO Enhancements for Multi-TRP Deployment Intel Corporation
R1-2204977 Remaining Details for Multi-TRP Operation Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2205126 Description of issues for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL Moderator (Nokia)
[109-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Keith (Nokia)
Maintenance on DL/UL mTRP (description of issues in R1-2205126)
- Issues 2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15,16 by May 18
- Editorial Issues 1, 4, 6, 17, 18 by May 11
- Editorial Issue on DL mTRP: Issue #7 by May 11
R1-2205276 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,
Agreement
The following text proposals in R1-2205276 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.
· TP for Issue 12
· TP for Issue 13
· TP for Issue 16
· TP for editorial Issues 1, 4, 6, 17, 18, and Issue 7 (for DL mTRP)
R1-2205458 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2a DL/UL Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 17th,
Agreement
· The TPs for Issue 8, 10, 15 in R1-2205458 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.
Note to editors: R1-2205458 is a revision of x5276 and includes all endorsed TPs.
R1-2205376 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2b: inter-cell mTRP Moderator (vivo)
[109-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Rakesh (vivo)
Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell (description of issues in R1-2205376) by May 18
- Issues #1, #4, #5 and #8
- Issues #2 and #3
- Issue #6
- Issue #7 (no further discussion in next meeting if no consensus in RAN1#109-e)
R1-2205377 Feature lead Summary#1 [109-e-R17-MIMO-04] Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell Moderator (vivo)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,
Agreement
· The following TP for 38.214 in section 5.1.6.2 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
---------- Start of TP ----------
5.1.6.2 DM-RS reception procedure
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
If the UE receives the DM-RS for PDSCH and an SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI in the same OFDM symbol(s), then the UE may assume that the DM-RS and SS/PBCH block are quasi co-located with ‘typeD’, if ‘typeD’ is applicable. Furthermore, the UE shall not expect to receive DM-RS in resource elements that overlap with those of the SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI as the DM-RS, and the UE can expect that the same or different subcarrier spacing is configured for the DM-RS and SS/PBCH block in a CC except for the case of 240 kHz where only different subcarrier spacing is supported A DMRS for PDSCH is said to be associated with an additional PCI if the indicated TCI state for the PDSCH is associated with the additional PCI; otherwise, DMRS for PDSCH is associated with serving cell PCI.
---------- End of TP ----------
Agreement
· The following TP for 38.214 in section 5.1.4 is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
---------- Start of TP ----------
5.1.4 PDSCH resource mapping
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
When receiving PDSCH scheduled by PDCCH with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI, CS-RNTI, G-RNTI, G-CS-RNTI, MCCH-RNTI or PDSCHs with SPS, the REs corresponding to the configured or dynamically indicated resources in Clauses 5.1.4.1, 5.1.4.2 are not available for PDSCH. Furthermore, the UE assumes SS/PBCH block transmission according to ssb-PositionsInBurst if the PDSCH resource allocation overlaps with PRBs containing SS/PBCH block transmission resources, and the UE shall assume that the PRBs containing SS/PBCH block transmission resources are not available for PDSCH in the OFDM symbols where SS/PBCH block associated with the same PCI is transmitted.
---------- End of TP ----------
R1-2205596 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2b: inter-cell mTRP Moderator (vivo)
R1-2205597 Feature lead Summary#2 [109-e-R17-MIMO-04] Maintenance on multi-TRP inter-cell Moderator (vivo)
[109-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Xin (CATT)
Maintenance on beam management for mTRP by May 18
- Issues #1, #2, #3, #4&5 (4&5 can be discussed together), #7, #15
R1-2205296 Moderator summary #1 on enhancements of beam management for multi-TRP Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 16th,
Agreement
When groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 in CSI -ReportConfig is configured, CRI (s) are not reported when the corresponding resource set is configured with repetition “on”.
Agreement
The following text proposal is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.213 (section 6)
If there is at least one |
R1-2205479 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2c mTRP BM Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,
Agreement
· The second TP (issues#4&5) in R1-2205479 is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.213 (section 6).
R1-2205490 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2c mTRP BM (batch 2) Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2205490 for TS 38.212 (6.3.1.1.2) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2205490 for TS 38.214 (5.2.1.4) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
R1-2205145 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 2d: HST Moderator (Intel Corporation)
[109-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Avik (Intel)
Maintenance on HST (description of issues in R1-2205145)
- Issues 1, 2, 8 and 9 by May 18
- Editorial Issue 11 by May 11
R1-2205287 Moderator Summary of Round-1 for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO Maintenance on HST Moderator (Intel Corporation)
R1-2205286 Endorsed TPs in Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance on HST Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2205286 for TS 38.214 (Section 5.2.1.5.1) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
R1-2205536 Endorsed TP for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance on HST-SFN Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2205536 for TS 38.214 (Section 5.1) is endorsed for the editor’s CR.
Final summary in R1-2205537.
For any other maintenance issues on further enhancements on MIMO for NR
R1-2203260 Remaining issues on SRS and CSI enhancements ZTE
R1-2203303 Remaining issues on SRS in Rel-17 Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2203423 Maintenance issues on SRS CATT
R1-2203507 Miscellaneous correction on Rel-17 MIMO vivo
R1-2203675 Discussion on remaining issues on SRS enhancement NEC
R1-2203773 Remaining issues on M-TRP beam management, SRS and CSI enhancement xiaomi
R1-2203857 Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS and CSI Samsung
R1-2203950 Other maintenance issues on further MIMO enhancements OPPO
R1-2204030 Remaining issues on CSI enhancements for Multi-TRP Ericsson
R1-2204139 Text proposal on SRS enhancement LG Electronics
R1-2204171 Remaining issues on SRS enhancements Lenovo
R1-2204337 Remaining issues on SRS enhancements NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2204537 Maintenance of miscellaneous Rel-17 MIMO issues Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2204765 Remaining details on SRS enhancement Intel Corporation
R1-2204904 Remaining issues on SRS enhancement in Rel-17 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2204978 Remaining issues for SRS enhancement Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2203261 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 3: SRS Moderator(ZTE)
[109-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Yang (ZTE)
Maintenance on SRS (description of issues in R1-2203261)
- Issues #1-5, #2-1, #2-3, #2-4, #3-6 by May 18
- Editorial Issues #1-1, #1-2, #2-5, #3-2, #3-3, #3-4 by May 11
R1-2205195 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2205261 Endorsed TPs for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,
Agreement
The following text proposals in R1-2205261 are endorsed for the editor’s CRs.
· TP#1-2.B for TS38.214
· TP#2-5 for TS38.214
· TP#3-2 for TS38.211
· TP#3-3 for TS38.214
· TP#3-4 for TS38.214
R1-2205403 Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2205538 Further Endorsed TP for Maintenance on Rel-17 SRS Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,
Agreement
· The text proposal in R1-2205538 is endorsed for the editor’s CR for TS38.214.
Final summary in
[109-e-R17-MIMO-08] – Min (Huawei)
Maintenance on CSI (description of issues by May 11
R1-2205196 TP of Rel-17 CSI Enhancement for TS 38.214 Moderator (Huawei, HiSilicon)
Decision: As per email decision posted on May 11th,
Agreement
· The text proposal for editorial correction in Section 2 of R1-2205196 for 38.214 is agreed to be included in editor’s CR.
[110-R17-MIMO] Email to be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc – Eko (Samsung)
R1-2207377 Draft CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Comeback on Wed
R1-2207896 [Draft] CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, NTT DOCOMO, Google, Qualcomm, [vivo]
Decision: The draft CR is endorsed. Final CR (TS38.214, Rel-17, CR#0314, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2208098 CR on default QCL for unified TCI state for PDSCH and A-CSI-RS Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, NTT DOCOMO, Google, Qualcomm, vivo
MCC: Delete “Draft” from the title.
mTRP
R1-2206218 Draft CR on SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl for M-TRP PUSCH power control to TS38.213 Lenovo
R1-2206259 Draft CR for power control for PUSCH repetition OPPO
R1-2206260 Correction on the description of the SRS resource set indication for PUSCH repetition OPPO
R1-2206354 Correction on TPMI determination for M-TRP PUSCH transmission CATT
R1-2206355 Clarification on indication of number of layers for Type 1 CG PUSCH CATT
R1-2206356 Correction on SRI/TPMI determination for Type 1 CG PUSCH CATT
R1-2206357 Correction on codebook subset determination for M-TRP PUSCH transmission CATT
R1-2206718 Draft CR on information field alignment for BWP switching for MTRP PUSCH repetition vivo
R1-2206719 Draft CR on PTRS power boosting for MTRP PUSCH repetition vivo
R1-2206786 Draft CR on PHR enhancement for mTRP PUSCH repetition Samsung
R1-2207510 Draft CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH Ericsson
R1-2207593 Motivation for Draft CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH Ericsson
R1-2207861 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement Moderator (Nokia)
· TP provided in R1-2206259 for power control for PUSCH repetition is endorsed.
Final CR (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0345, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2208068 CR for power control of mTRP PUSCH repetition Moderator (Nokia), OPPO
MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.
Agreement
· TP provided in R1-2206260 is endorsed.
Final CR (38.212, Rel-17, CR#0117, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2208069 CR on the description of the SRS resource set indication for PUSCH repetition Moderator (Nokia), OPPO
MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.
Agreement
· TP provided in R1-2207510 for default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH is endorsed.
Final CR (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0344, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2208067 CR on default PUSCH power control parameters for mTRP PUSCH Moderator (Nokia), Ericsson
MCC: Delete “Draft” from header and add CR number.
HST-SFN
R1-2205934 Draft CR on CSS for Multi-TRP HST-SFN ZTE
R1-2206222 Draft CR on monitoring Type0/0A/1/2 PDCCH CSS with HST deployment in TS38.213 Lenovo
R1-2206717 Draft CR on SFN-based CORESET#0 issue for HST-SFN vivo
R1-2206787 Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN Samsung
R1-2207133 Draft CR on QCL assumption for SFN PDSCH Ericsson
R1-2207539 Draft CR 38.213 BFD-RS Selection in SFN Operation Mode Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207540 Draft CR 38.213 New Beam Identification Resource Pair for SFN Operation Mode Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207745 Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0) Moderator (Intel Corporation)
R1-2207890 Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0) Final Moderator (Intel Corporation)
R1-2207891 Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 1) Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Agreement
UE does not expect CORESET#0 to be activated with two TCI states when it is associated with SS#0 for Type 0/0A/2 CSS
· Send an LS to inform RAN2 about this agreement
R1-2208203 LS on TCI state indication of CORESET#0 associated with SS#0 RAN1, Intel Corporation, vivo
Decision: The LS is approved.
R1-2208092 Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN Moderator (Intel Corporation), Samsung, NTT DOCOMO, Qualcomm
Decision For alignment CR:
· Accept the text proposal in R1-2208092 as an editorial text proposal for TR 38.214 Section 5.1.5.
SRS
R1-2205764 Correction on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2206136 Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 ZTE (rev of R1-2205927)
R1-2206261 Correction for the SRS with available slot(s) OPPO
R1-2206481 Draft CR on available slot offset for aperiodic SRS in 38.214 ZTE
R1-2206788 Draft CR on inter-set guard period for SRS enhancement Samsung
R1-2206865 Draft CR on SRS antenna switching LG Electronics
R1-2207378 Draft CR on DCI triggering aperiodic SRS only NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2207379 Draft CR on inter-set guard period for antenna switching SRS NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2207500 Correction on higher layer parameter of SRS resource set ASUSTeK
R1-2207526 Discussion on the definition of inter-set guard period Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2207527 Correction on definition of inter-set guard period Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2207532 Correction on UE behavior in the interval between SRS resource sets Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2207542 Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207543 Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207850 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS Moderator(ZTE)
Agreement
· The text proposal provided in R1-2205764 on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R is endorsed.
R1-2207907 Correction on Rel-17 aperiodic SRS configuration for 1T4R Moderater (ZTE), Huawei, HiSilicon
Decision: The draft CR is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208252 (TS38.214, Rel-17, CR#0328, Cat F).
MCC: Remove “Draft” from the header.
For alignment TS38.214 CR:
Text proposal provided in R1-2206261 on the indicated available slot offset ‘t’ is endorsed for the editorial corrections, i.e. change “availableSlotOffset” to “availableSlotOffsetList” and change “SlotOffset” to “slotOffset”.
R1-2207963 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1 Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2208240 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 2 Moderator (ZTE)
CSI enhancement
R1-2205933 Draft CR on CPU occupied for MTRP CSI in TS38.214 ZTE
R1-2206257 Draft CR for CSI-RS port restriction for mTRP CSI OPPO
R1-2207528 Correction on slot offsets of CSI-RS resource pairs for MTRP Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2207568 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 MTRP-CSI_number of CPUs Nokia
R1-2207612 Draft CR on channel measurement with two Resource Groups Ericsson
R1-2207613 Motivation for Draft CR on channel measurement with two Resource Groups Ericsson
R1-2207656 Correction of CSI assumptions over multiplexing NCJT CSI reports in PUCCH Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2207877 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei)
R1-2207878 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 1) Moderator (Huawei)
Agreement
Following TP update for 38.214 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208181 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0318, cat F).
·
[If a CSI-ReportConfig
is configured with codebookType set to 'typeI-SinglePanel' and the corresponding CSI-RS Resource Set for channel
measurement is configured with two Resource Groups and Resource
Pairs,
, where
is the
number of CPUs occupied by a pair of CMRs subject to [UE
capability] and
is defined
in clause 5.2.1.4.2.
]
R1-2208181 Correction on the number of CPUs for Multi-TRP CSI Moderator (Huawei), Ericsson, Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell, ZTE
Agreement
Following TP update for TS38.214 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208182 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0319, cat F).
·
each resource can contain, subject to UE
capability, at most 32 CSI-RS ports. For two Resource Groups
with Ki resources (i=1,2), if , the resource
in
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet shall contain at most 32 CSI-RS
ports; if
,
each resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet
shall contain at most 16 CSI-RS ports; if
,
each resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet shall contain at most 8 CSI-RS ports.
R1-2208182 Correction on CSI-RS port restriction for mTRP CSI Moderator (Huawei), OPPO
Agreement
Following TP is endorsed for TS38.214. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208183 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0320, cat F).
For a CSI-RS
Resource Set for channel measurement configured with two Resource Groups and N
Resource Pairs, the slot offsets of the two resources in a Resource Pair are
configured within X∈{1,2} X∈{1,[2]} slots,
without DL/UL switching in between the two resources, where X=1 implies that
the two resources are configured in the same slot, and X=2 implies that the two
resources are configured within two adjacent slots.
R1-2208183 Correction on slot offsets of CSI-RS resource pairs for MTRP Moderator (Huawei), HiSilicon
Agreement
Following TP update is endorsed for TS38.213. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208184 (38.213, Rel-17, CR#0354, Cat F)
If a UE would multiplex CSI reports that include Part 2 CSI reports in a PUCCH resource, the UE determines the PUCCH resource and a number of PRBs for the PUCCH resource or a number of Part 2 CSI reports assuming that each of the CSI reports indicates rank 1, or rank combination of {1, 1} if applicable. If the higher layer parameter csi-ReportMode of CSI reports is set to 'Mode2', the UE determines the PUCCH resource and a number of PRBs for the PUCCH resource or a number of Part 2 CSI reports assuming that each CRI in the CSI report is associated with a resource pair.
R1-2208184 Correction of CSI assumptions over multiplexing NCJT CSI reports in PUCCH Moderator (Huawei), HiSilicon
For alignment CR
---------------TP to 213(for issue #3.2)------------------
6 Link recovery procedures
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
If
the UE is not provided by failureDetectionResourcesToAddModList
for a BWP of the serving cell, the UE determines the set
to include
periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS
indexes in the RS sets indicated by TCI-State or DLorJointTCIState
for respective CORESETs that the UE uses for monitoring PDCCH. If the UE is not
provided
or and
for a BWP of
the serving cell, the UE determines the set
or and
to include
periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS
indexes in the RS sets indicated by TCI-State for first and second
CORESETs that the UE uses for monitoring PDCCH, respectively, where the UE
is provided two coresetPoolIndex values 0 and 1 for the first and second
CORESETs, or is not provided coresetPoolIndex value for the first CORESETs and
is provided coresetPoolIndex value of 1 for the second CORESETs, respectively.
If there are two RS indexes in a TCI state, the set
or
, or
includes RS
indexes configured with qcl-Type set to ‘typeD’ for
the corresponding TCI states. If a CORESET that the UE uses for monitoring
PDCCH includes two TCI states and the UE is provided sfnSchemePdcch set to
‘sfnSchemeA’ or ‘sfnSchemeB’, the set
includes RS
indexes in the RS sets associated with the two TCI states.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
For alignment CR
---------------TP to 213(for issue #1)------------------
6 Link recovery procedures
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
A UE can be
provided, by schedulingRequestID-BFR-SCell,
a configuration for PUCCH transmission with a link recovery request (LRR) as
described in clause 9.2.4 for the UE to transmit PUCCH [11, TS 38.321]. If the
Pcell or the PSCell is associated with sets and
, and with
sets
and
, the UE can
be provided by
schedulingRequestIDForMTRPBFR schedulingRequestID-BFR-
r17
a
first configuration for PUCCH transmission with a LRR and, if the UE provides twoLRRcapability,
the UE can be provided by schedulingRequestID-BFR2-
r17
a second configuration for PUCCH transmission with a LRR. If the UE is provided
only the first configuration, the UE transmits a PUCCH with LRR for either set or
. If the UE
is provided both the first and second configurations, the UE uses the first
configuration to transmt a PUCCH with LRR associated with set
and the
second configuration to transmit a PUCCH with LRR associated with set
[11, TS
38.321].
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
9.2.4 UE procedure for reporting SR
A UE can be configured by SchedulingRequestResourceConfig a set of configurations for SR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.
A UE can be configured by schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell a configuration for LRR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.
A UE can be configured by schedulingRequestIDForMTRPBFR schedulingRequestID-BFR-
r17
a first configuration for LRR and, if the UE provides twoLRRcapability, the
UE can be configured by schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 a second
configuration for LRR in a PUCCH transmission using either PUCCH format 0 or
PUCCH format 1.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
9.2.5.1 UE procedure for multiplexing HARQ-ACK or CSI and SR in a PUCCH
In the following, a UE is configured to
transmit PUCCHs for
respective
SRs in a
slot, as determined by a set of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell,
a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId
associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if
the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell,
with SR transmission occasions that would overlap with a transmission of a
PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information from the UE in the slot or with a transmission
of a PUCCH with CSI report(s) from the UE in the slot.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
If a UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK
information bits in a resource using PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH
format 4 in a slot, as described in clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.3,
bits
representing a negative or positive SR, in ascending order of the values of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId
associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId
associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if
the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell,
are appended to the HARQ-ACK information bits and the UE transmits the combined
UCI bits in
a PUCCH using a resource with PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format
4 that the UE determines as described in clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.3. If one of the
SRs is a positive LRR, the value of the
bits
indicates the positive LRR. An all-zero value for the
bits
represents a negative SR value across all
SRs.
If a UE would transmit a PUCCH with CSI report
bits in a resource using PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 in
a slot,
bits
representing corresponding negative or positive SR, in ascending order of the
values of schedulingRequestResourceId, a schedulingRequestResourceId
associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-Scell, a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR-r17, a schedulingRequestResourceId
associated with schedulingRequestID-BFR2-r17 if
the UE provides twoLRRcapability and a schedulingRequestResourceId associated with schedulingRequestID-LBT-Scell,
are prepended to the CSI information bits as described in clause 9.2.5.2 and
the UE transmits a PUCCH with the combined
UCI bits in
a resource using the PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 or PUCCH format 4 for CSI
reporting. If one of the SRs is a positive LRR, the value of the
bits
indicates the positive LRR. An all-zero value for the
bits
represents a negative SR value across all
SRs.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
mTRP beam management
R1-2206217 Draft CR on SR configured for TRP-specific BFRQ to TS38.213 Lenovo
R1-2206352 Clarification on L1-RSRP reporting for enhanced group based beam reporting CATT
R1-2206353 Correction on BFD-RS set determination for mTRP BFR CATT
R1-2206727 Draft CR on the application of the configuration of group-based beam reporting vivo
R1-2206864 Draft CR on beam failure recovery for M-TRP LG Electronics
R1-2207176 Draft CR on L1-RSRP reporting for enhanced group based beam report Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2207498 Correction on BFD-RS indication MAC CE ASUSTeK
R1-2207541 Draft CR 38.213 PDCCH Monitoring After m-TRP BFR Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207640 Correction on BFD-RS Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2205926 Draft CR on beam and power control update for PUCCH in mTRP-BFR in TS 38.213 ZTE
R1-2207773 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management Moderator (CATT)
R1-2208156 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1) Moderator (CATT)
Agreement
The following text proposal is agreed.
---------------TP to 214(for issue #4)------------------
5.2.1.4.1 Resource Setting configuration
For aperiodic
CSI, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is not
configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer
parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig
where the each CSI-ReportConfig
not configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17
is linked to periodic, or semi-persistent, or aperiodic
resource setting(s):
- When one Resource Setting is configured, the Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement for L1-RSRP or for channel and interference measurement for L1-SINR computation.
- When two Resource Settings are configured, the first one Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement and the second one (given by either higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference or higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference) is for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM or on NZP CSI-RS.
- When three Resource Settings are configured, the first Resource Setting (higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement, the second one (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is for CSI-IM based interference measurement and the third one (given by higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference) is for NZP CSI-RS based interference measurement.
For aperiodic
CSI, and for periodic and semi-persistent CSI resource settings, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is
configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer
parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig
where the each CSI-ReportConfig configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17
is linked to periodic or semi-persistent, setting(s):
- When one Resource Setting is configured, the Resource setting is given by resourcesForChannelMeasurement for L1-RSRP measurement. In such a case, the number of configured CSI Resource Sets in the Resource Setting is S=2
For aperiodic
CSI, and for
aperiodic CSI resource settings, if groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is
configured, each trigger state configured using the higher layer
parameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or multiple CSI-ReportConfig where the CSI-ReportConfig
configured with groupBasedBeamReporting-r17 is associated with resourcesForChannel
and resourcesForChannel2, which correspond to first and second resource
sets, respectively, for L1-RSRP measurement.
For semi-persistent or periodic CSI, each CSI-ReportConfig is linked to periodic or semi-persistent Resource Setting(s):
- When one Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is configured, the Resource Setting is for channel measurement for L1-RSRP or for channel and interference measurement for L1-SINR computation.
- When two Resource Settings are configured, the first Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement and the second Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is used for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM. For L1-SINR computation, the second Resource Setting (given by higher layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference or higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceForInterference) is used for interference measurement performed on CSI-IM or on NZP CSI-RS.
A UE is not expected to be configured with more than one CSI-RS resource in resource set for channel measurement for a CSI-ReportConfig with the higher layer parameter codebookType set to 'typeII', 'typeII-PortSelection', 'typeII-r16', 'typeII-PortSelection-r16', or 'typeII-PortSelection-r17'. A UE is not expected to be configured with more than 64 NZP CSI-RS resources and/or SS/PBCH block resources in resource setting for channel measurement for a CSI-ReportConfig with the higher layer parameter reportQuantity set to 'none', 'cri-RI-CQI', 'cri-RSRP', 'ssb-Index-RSRP', 'cri-SINR' or 'ssb-Index-SINR', 'cri-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'ssb-Index-RSRP-Capability[Set]Index', 'cri-SINR-Capability[Set]Index' or 'ssb-Index-SINR-Capability[Set]Index'. If interference measurement is performed on CSI-IM, each CSI-RS resource for channel measurement is resource-wise associated with a CSI-IM resource by the ordering of the CSI-RS resource and CSI-IM resource in the corresponding resource sets. The number of CSI-RS resources for channel measurement equals to the number of CSI-IM resources.
An NZP CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement with resources
can be configured with two Resource Groups, with
resources
in Group 1 and
resources
in Group 2, such that
,
and with
Resource
Pairs. Each Resource Pair consists of one resource from Group 1 and one
resource from Group 2. The same resource can be associated with two Resource
Pairs in frequency range 1 but not in frequency range 2.
Except for L1-SINR, if interference measurement is performed on NZP CSI-RS, a UE does not expect to be configured with more than one NZP CSI-RS resource in the associated resource set within the resource setting for channel measurement. Except for L1-SINR, the UE configured with the higher layer parameter nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference may expect no more than 18 NZP CSI-RS ports configured in a NZP CSI-RS resource set.
For CSI measurement(s) other than L1-SINR, a UE assumes:
- each NZP CSI-RS port configured for interference measurement corresponds to an interference transmission layer.
- all interference transmission layers on NZP CSI-RS ports for interference measurement take into account the associated EPRE ratios configured in 5.2.2.3.1;
- other interference signal on REs of NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement, NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement, or CSI-IM resource for interference measurement.
For L1-SINR measurement with dedicated interference measurement resources, a UE assumes:
- the total received power on dedicated NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement or dedicated CSI-IM resource for interference measurement corresponds to interference and noise.
---------------End of TP to 214(for issue #4)------------------
Final CR in
R1-2208236 CR on the application of the configuration of group-based beam reporting Moderator (CATT), vivo
Decision: (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0323, Cat F) is agreed.
MCC: Add missing CR# before submission to plenary.
Multi-beam
R1-2205762 Correction on conflict resolution for PUSCH TCI-state Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2205929 Draft CR on closed loop power control resetting after BFR in TS38.213 ZTE
R1-2205930 Discussion on issues of cross CC power control for unified TCI ZTE
R1-2205931 Draft CR on applying default QCL assumption when indicated TCI state is associated with non-serving-cell PCI in TS38.214 ZTE
R1-2205932 Draft editorial CR on unified TCI in TS38.214 ZTE
R1-2206187 Draft CR on default beam for unified TCI framework Google
R1-2206188 Draft CR on Target bandwidth part for indicated unified TCI state Google
R1-2206220 Draft CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213 Lenovo
R1-2206254 Corrections on TCI indication of CORESET not following unified TCI state OPPO
R1-2206255 Corrections on activated TCI state in Unified TCI framework OPPO
R1-2206256 Corrections on TCI indication of SRS in Unified TCI framework OPPO
R1-2206358 Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection CATT
R1-2206359 Correction on UL PC parameter for unified TCI framework CATT
R1-2206453 Draft CR on DCI based TCI state indication NEC
R1-2206454 Discussion on DCI based TCI state indication NEC
R1-2206720 Draft CR on power control for configured grant based PUSCH for unified TCI framework vivo
R1-2206721 Draft CR on the activated unified TCI states for determining the indicated TCI state vivo
R1-2206722 Draft CR on the application of the indicated unified TCI state for the DL/UL channel over multiple slots vivo
R1-2206726 Draft CR on the QCL assumption of PDSCH and aperiodic CSI-RS for unified TCI framework vivo
R1-2206728 Correction on SRS following unified TCI state vivo
R1-2206729 Correction on RRC parameters for SRS and power control with unified TCI states vivo
R1-2206784 Draft CR on Unified TCI state of CORESET 0 Samsung
R1-2206785 Draft CR on HARQ-ACK feedback for beam indication Samsung
R1-2206863 Draft CR on UL PC with common TCI state pool for CA LG Electronics
R1-2207113 TCI state parameter naming alignment Ericsson
R1-2207114 TCI state parameter naming alignment Ericsson
R1-2207115 Clarification of the reference CC functionality Ericsson
R1-2207116 Discussion on the reference CC functionality Ericsson
R1-2207174 Draft CR on default beam with unified TCI for cross-carrier scheduling Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2207175 Draft CR on SRS power control parameters with unified TCI Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2207308 Maintenance of further enhancements on MIMIO Apple
R1-2207488 Correction on unified TCI state ASUSTeK
R1-2207489 Correction on spatial filter used for Msg 3 retransmission ASUSTeK
R1-2207534 Maintenance of enhancements on Multi-beam Operation Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207535 Draft CR 38.213 Rel-17 CORESET Configured with CSS and Follow Unified TCI State Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207536 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207537 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_CG PUSCH type 1 Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207538 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_default operation correspondence index Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2207639 Correction on default power control parameters Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2206100 Correction on TCI state for RLF Langbo
R1-2207834 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: Item 1: multi-beam Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2207955 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2207897 [Draft] editorial CR on unified TCI in TS38.214 Moderator (ZTE), ZTE
Decision: TP provided in R1-2207897 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208099 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0315, Cat F).
R1-2208052 Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
For alignment TS38.214 CR:
· R1-2207898 [Draft] Correction on RRC parameters for SRS and power control with unified TCI states Moderator(ZTE), vivo, CATT
o Text proposal provided in R1-2207898 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
· R1-2207899 [Draft] Correction on SRS following unified TCI state Moderator (ZTE), vivo
o Text proposal provided in R1-2207899 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
· R1-2207900 TCI state parameter name alignment Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson, ASUSTeK
o Text proposal provided R1-2207900 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
· R1-2207903 Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection Moderator (ZTE), CATT
o Text proposal provided R1-2207903 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
For alignment TS38.213 CR:
· R1-2207901 TCI state parameter naming Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson, ASUSTeK
o Text proposal provided R1-2207901 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
· R1-2207902 [Draft] CR correcting RRC parameter related to unified TCI and inter cell Moderator (ZTE), Ericsson
o Text proposal provided R1-2207902 is endorsed for the editorial corrections
Multi-TRP PDCCH repetition
R1-2205763 Correction on linking of search spaces Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2205928 Draft CR on PDCCH repetition in TS38.213 ZTE
R1-2206452 Draft CR on search space set linking for PDCCH repetition NEC
R1-2206455 Draft CR on TPC application time window in case of interlaced PDCCH repetition NEC
R1-2206456 Discussion on TPC application time window in case of interlaced PDCCH repetition NEC
R1-2206457 Draft CR on DAI value for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
R1-2206458 Discussion on DAI value for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
R1-2206724 Draft CR on SSSG behavior for PDCCH repetition vivo
R1-2206725 Clarification on ambiguity of AL8 and AL16 vivo
R1-2207859 Summary of maintenance issues for multi-TRP PDCCH repetition Moderator (Qualcomm)
Agreement
· TP provided in R1-2206724 for PDCCH repetition with SSSG switching is approved.
R1-2207945 CR on PDCCH repetition with SSSG switching Moderator (Qualcomm), vivo
Decision: (38.213, Rel-17, CR#332, Cat F) is agreed.
For Alignment CR
The text proposal in R1-2206452
R1-2206723 Draft CR on BAT for CA case vivo
Agreement
· The following TP is agreed for TS38.214.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
When
the UE would transmit the last symbol of a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information or a
PUSCH with HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State
indication and without DL assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduling
by the DCI carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI State is
different from the previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState or
UL-TCIstate should be applied starting from the first slot that is at least symbols
after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The first slot and the
symbols are
both determined on the
carrieractive BWP
with the smallest SCS among the active BWP(s)
of the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
Final CR in
R1-2208100 CR on BAT for CA case Moderator (ZTE), vivo
Decision: (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0316, Cat F) is agreed.
Intercell-mtrp
R1-2206221 Draft CR on inter-cell multi-TRP operation in TS38.214 Lenovo
R1-2206258 Draft CR for CSI-RS power for inter-cell mTRP OPPO
R1-2207132 Draft CR correcting RRC parameter related to unified TCI and inter cell Ericsson
R1-2207134 Draft CR aligning parameter name related to multi-TRP inter cell Ericsson
R1-2207177 Draft CR on inter-cell mTRP when SSBs of additional PCI overlap with UL Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2207178 Draft CR on inter-cell mTRP with PUSCH repetition TypeB Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2205935 Draft CR on symbols overlapping between UL signal and non-serving cell SSB in 38.213 ZTE
R1-2207916 FL summary on CR on intercell-mtrp Moderator (vivo)
R1-2207947 FL summary#2 on CR on intercell-mtrp Moderator (vivo)
For alignment CR (38.214):
· Text proposals in R1-2207132 and R1-2207134 are agreed as editorial for alignment CR
R1-2208059 FL summary#3 on CR on intercell-mtrp Moderator (vivo)
Agreement
· Text proposal in R1-2206258 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208081 (38.214, Rel-17, CR#0313, Cat F).
R1-2208081 CR for CSI-RS power for inter-cell mTRP Moderator (vivo), OPPO
R1-2208060 CR on inter-cell multi-TRP operation Moderator (vivo), Lenovo, OPPO
Decision: Text proposal for 38.214 in R1-2208060 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208082 (38.214, Rel-17, CR# 310r1, Cat F)
R1-2208061 CR on inter-cell mTRP with PUSCH repetition TypeB Moderator (vivo), Qualcomm
Decision: Text proposal for 38.214 in R1-2208061 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208083 (38.214, Rel-17, CR# 311r1, Cat F)
R1-2208062 CR on inter-cell mTRP when SSBs of additional PCI overlap with UL Moderator (vivo), Qualcomm, ZTE
Decision: Text proposal for 38.213 in R1-2208062 is endorsed. Final CR is agreed in R1-2208084 (38.213, Rel-17, CR# 343r1, Cat F)
From AI 5
R1-2207911 LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
R1-2208232 Summary for OFFLINE FeMIMO Reply to RAN2 LS RRC Moderator (ZTE)
Agreement
The following responses were agreed for RAN2 LS in R2-2208964.
Question 1
RAN2 would like to ask RAN1
b) RAN2 assumes additionalPCI is per TCI-state and refers to the configured reference signal in case of SSB is configured as reference signal in qcl-Type1 and/or qcl-Type2. That is, there is no such case where qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2 for the same TCI-state associate with different additionalPCI values. Please confirm whether this is also RAN1’s understanding.
c) If additionalPCI is configured, can cell be configured for any of the qcl-Type1 or qcl-Type2?
d) if c) is confirmed, would there be need to state that cell cannot be two different values for qcl-Type1 and for qcl-Type2?
Answer to question 1:
RAN1 confirms the following understanding
a) The additionalPCI is an index referring to a PCI value configured in a list additionalPCI-ToAddModList under a serving cell configuration and thus depending on which serving cell it refers to, the exact PCI value may be different.
b) For a given TCI-state, there is no such case where qcl-Type1 and qcl-Type2 for the same TCI-state associate with different additionalPCI values.
c) It is not precluded that cell be configured for any of the qcl-Type1 or qcl-Type2.
d) If configured, cell cannot be two different values for qcl-Type1 and for qcl-Type2
Question 2
RAN2 considers the case where a serving cell uses the TCI states defined in another cell, i.e. dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList is set to unifiedTCI-StateRef. and would like to ask RAN1:
a) When “cell” is absent in QCL-info, is the referenceSignal located in the serving cell where the TCI-state is configured (dl-orJoint-TCI-State-ToAddModList is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell) or in the serving cell where the TCI-state is used ( unifiedTCI-StateRef is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell)? And is the above limited to certain qcl-Type?
b) Is the configuration of the TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated?
Answer to question 2:
RAN1 confirms the following understanding
a) The referenceSignal is located in the serving cell where TCI-state is used (unifiedTCI-StateRef is in IE PDSCH-Config of this serving cell). The above is not limited to any qcl-Type.
b) Yes, the configuration of the TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated. UE is not required to track the source RS for the QCL/pathloss indication if the source RS is from a deactivated serving cell.
Question 3
RAN2 would like to ask RAN1
a) in case the servingCellId is present, does the additionalPCI in IE TCI-UL-State refer to one of additional PCIs configured in the serving cell indicated by the field servingCellId?
b) is it correct that there is no qcl-Type field in IE TCI-UL-State as the parameter list excel file in R1-2202759 did not advice to include QCL Type for UL TCI state(row4)?
c) If b) is correct, it is assumed that QCL related limitations should be deleted from the field description of the servingCellId? That is, should. "The RS can be located on a serving cell other than the serving cell in which the TCI-State is configured only if the qcl-Type is configured as typeC or typeD. See TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.5." in the field description of servingCellId" be deleted?
Answer to Question 3:
RAN1 confirms the following understanding
a) Yes. In case the servingCellId is present, the additionalPCI in IE TCI-UL-State refers to one of additional PCIs configured in the serving cell indicated by the field servingCellId.
b) Correct that there is no qcl-Type field in IE TCI-UL-State as the parameter list excel file in R1-2202759 did not advice to include QCL Type for UL TCI state (row4).
c) Yes, it should be removed.
Question 4
RAN2 considers the case where a serving cell uses the UL TCI states defined in another cell, i.e. ul-TCIStateList is set to unifiedTCI-StateRef. and would like to ask RAN1:
a) When ‘servingCellId’ is absent in TCI-UL-State, is the referenceSignal configured in the serving cell where the TCI-UL-state is configured or in the serving cell where the TCI-ULstate is used (in case this serving cell is not directly configured with UL TCI states but is configured with parameter unifiedTCI-StateRef )?
b) Is the configuration of the UL TCI state of the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef still applicable for the serving cell configured with unifiedTCI-StateRef when the serving cell (e.g. SCell) indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef is deactivated?
Answer to Question 4:
RAN1 confirms the following understanding
a) When ‘servingCellId’ is absent in TCI-UL-State, the referenceSignal is configured in the serving cell where the TCI-ULstate is used (in case this serving cell is not directly configured with UL TCI states but is configured with parameter unifiedTCI-StateRef).
b) Yes, the configuration can be applicable. UE is not required to track the source RS for the QCL/pathloss indication if the source RS is from a deactivated serving cell.
Question 5
RAN2 would like to ask RAN1 whether current specification is sufficient for UL power control or whether further flexibility, such as case c), should be supported?
Answer to question 5:
From RAN1 perspective, there is no consensus on whether current specification is sufficient for UL power control and whether further flexibility should be supported.
Question 6
a) Does RAN2 have correct understanding for PH report, i.e.:
i. the UE provides two Type 1 PH value for the serving cell if there is actual or reference PUSCH transmission on both TRP for slot n.
ii. the UE provides one Type 3 PH value for the serving cell if there is actual or reference SRS transmission for slot n.
b) If a) is correct, in which case will the UE report type 3 PH value for this serving cell?
Answer to question 6:
a) (a). Yes, RAN2 understanding is correct.
b) (b). For type 3 PH value determination, legacy procedure applies.
R1-2208093 Draft reply LS on LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters Ericsson
R1-2208224 Reply LS on LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN1, Ericsson
R1-2206219 Draft editorial CR on UCI multiplexing in TS38.212 Lenovo
R1-2207908 Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 Moderater (ZTE), ZTE (withdrawn)
R1-2207909 Correction for the SRS with available slot(s) Moderater (ZTE), OPPO (withdrawn)
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-01] – Eko (Samsung)
Email discussion to determine maintenance issues to be handled in RAN1#110bis-e by October 12
- Additional email discussions will be set up once the maintenance issues for RAN1#110bis-e are determined
/To be handled using NWM – please use 110bis-e-NWM-R17-MIMO-02 as the document name
R1-2208354 LS on active TCI state list for UL TCI RAN4, Nokia
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-02] – Mihai (Nokia)
Email discussion on incoming RAN4 LS in R1-2208354 on active TCI state list for UL TCI by October 14
R1-2210515 Moderator summary on email discussion on incoming RAN4 LS in R1-2208354 on active TCI state list for UL TCI Moderator (Nokia)
R1-2210719 Reply LS on active TCI state list for UL TCI RAN1, Nokia
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th, the LS is approved.
R1-2208474 Correction on determination of two QCL-TypeD properties Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2208475 Correction on PUCCH resource determination for HARQ-ACK Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2208592 Correction on the CORESETs overlapping issue vivo
R1-2209133 Draft CR on monitoring occasion for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
R1-2209134 Discussion on monitoring occasion for individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-03] – Mostafa (Qualcomm)
Email discussion on miscellaneous corrections on DL mTRP for alignment CRs by October 13
R1-2210586 Summary of [110bis-e-R17-MIMO-03] Email discussion on miscellaneous corrections on DL mTRP for alignment CRs Moderator (Qualcomm)
For the editors:
· TP in R1-2208475 for 38.213 (Section 9.2.3) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CR.
For the editors:
· The following text proposal for 38.213 (Section 10.1) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CR.
If a UE - … - is provided the
UE monitors
PDCCHs only in a first CORESET with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD'
properties and, if any, in a second CORESET with qcl-Type set to
second 'typeD' properties that are different than the first 'typeD'
properties, and in any other CORESET from the multiple CORESETs with
corresponding qcl-Type set to either the
first 'typeD' properties - … - excluding CSS sets and USS sets associated with CORESETs with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties, the second CORESET corresponds to the CSS set with the lowest index in the cell with the lowest index containing CSS sets, if any; otherwise, to the USS set with the lowest index in the cell with lowest index, where the CSS set or the USS set includes searchSpaceLinkingId with same value as any CSS set or any USS set associated with CORESETs with qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties - the lowest USS set index is determined over all USS sets with at least one PDCCH candidate in overlapping PDCCH monitoring occasions If a UE - … - one or more CORESETs have two activated TCI states, and - reports the UE monitors PDCCHs only in a CORESET with a first qcl-Type set to first 'typeD' properties and, if any, a second qcl-Type set to second 'typeD' properties that are different than the first 'typeD' properties, and in any other CORESET from the multiple CORESETs with corresponding qcl-Type set to the first 'typeD' properties and/or to the second 'typeD' properties - … |
R1-2208534 Draft CR on PL-RS for unified TCI framework Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2208535 Draft CR on PL-RS determination for CA case Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2208588 Discussion on the QCL assumption of the PDSCH not following the indicated TCI state vivo
R1-2208589 Draft CR on the QCL assumption of the PDSCH not following the indicated TCI state vivo
R1-2208590 Draft CR on the rate match mechanism for PDSCH for inter-cell beam measurement vivo
R1-2208591 Draft CR on the UE behavior when PDCCH candidate overlaps with SSBs for inter-cell beam measurement in the same REs vivo
R1-2208751 Draft CR on beam indication of SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214 Lenovo
R1-2208753 Draft CR on non codebook SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214 Lenovo
R1-2208754 Draft CR on reference of MAC CE in TS38.321 for SRS resource on unified TCI framework to TS38.214 Lenovo
R1-2208756 Draft CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213 Lenovo
R1-2208761 Draft CR on cross CC power control for unified TCI in TS 38.213 ZTE
R1-2208762 Draft CR on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH in TS 38.213 ZTE
R1-2208789 Corrections on TCI indication of CORESET not following unified TCI state OPPO
R1-2208790 Corrections on activated TCI state in Unified TCI framework OPPO
R1-2208791 Corrections on TCI indication of SRS in Unified TCI framework OPPO
R1-2208871 Clarification on active BWP for beam application time Google
R1-2208889 Draft CR on UL PC with common TCI state pool for CA LG Electronics
R1-2208918 On joint DL/UL TCI state update in unified TCI framework CATT
R1-2209228 Draft CR on QCL source for CSI-RS NEC
R1-2209539 Correction on beam activation and update for multiple CCs Google
R1-2209559 Maintenance on Further enhancements on MIMO for NR Apple
R1-2209824 Correction on conflict resolution for PUSCH TCI-state Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2209825 Correction on default power control parameters Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2209937 Draft CR on default beam with unified TCI for cross-carrier scheduling Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2209938 Draft CR on SRS power control parameters with unified TCI Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2209939 Draft CR on reset accumulation of TPC adjustment state for unified TCI Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2210056 Draft CR 38.213 Rel-17 CORESET Configured with CSS and Follow Unified TCI State Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2210057 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2210058 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_CG PUSCH type 1 Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2210079 Draft CR for TCI state parameter name alignment in TS 38.213 ASUSTeK
R1-2210081 Draft CR for TCI state parameter name alignment in TS 38.214 ASUSTeK
R1-2210083 Correction on indicated TCI state ASUSTeK
R1-2210088 Draft CR to 38.213 on UL TCI state parameter naming Ericsson
R1-2210089 Draft CR to 38.214 on UL TCI state parameter naming Ericsson
R1-2210090 Draft CR to 38.213 on unified TCI for PDSCH Ericsson
R1-2210202 Correction on DCI based TCI indication for cross carrier scheduling Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2210215 Clarifying the ambiguous usage of TCI-State Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2210216 UL TCI state parameter name alignment Huawei, HiSilicon
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-04] – Bo (ZTE)
Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on multi-beam enhancement by October 17
· Issues 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-14, 3-3, 3-4
· Editorial corrections for alignment CR: 1-2, 1-4, 1-9, 1-10, 1-18, 1-19,
R1-2210438 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: multi-beam Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: The following issues for Rel-17 multi-beam enhancement summarized in R1-2210438 are considered non-essential and are rejected.
· Issues 1-1, 1-16, 1-17, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3
· Issues 1-3,1-8, 1-11, 1-12, 1-13, 1-15, 2-4, 3-1, 3-2, 3-5, 4-1
R1-2210439 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 17th,
For the editors:
The following text proposals are provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.
Agreement
· Following TP for correction on PHR with unified TCI is endorsed for 38.213 (clause 7.7.1)
-------------- Start of TP -----------------
where is computed assuming MPR=0 dB,
A-MPR=0 dB, P-MPR=0 dB. DTC = 0 dB. MPR, A-MPR, P-MPR
and DTC are defined in [8-1, TS 38.101-1], [8-2, TS
38.101-2] and [8-3, TS 38.101-3]. The remaining parameters are defined in
clause 7.1.1 and, if ul-powerControl is
not provided,
and
are obtained using
and p0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId = 0,
is obtained using pusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id = 0,
and
. If ul-powerControl is
provided,
and
are obtained by p0-Alpha-CLID-PUSCH-Set associated
with the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State,
is obtained by PL-RS associated with
the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State.
-------------- End of TP -----------------
Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17,CR#0391, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2210704 CR on PHR with unified TCI in TS 38.213 Moderator(ZTE), Lenovo, Samsung
Post meeting: MCC to apply correct rev before submission to plenary (should be "-")
Agreement
On beam application time for unified TCI framework, the active BWP is determined based on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the active BWP(s) from the applying CCs at the end of PUCCH/PUSCH carrying the HARQ-ACK for the TCI indication.
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,
Agreement
Confirm the following working assumption with the following modification
On inter-cell beam management, the PDCCH /PDSCH should be rate matched around the SSBs indicated by ssb-PositionsInBurst-r17 for the same PCI as that associated with TCI state of the PDSCH /PDCCH
Note 1: From RAN1 perspective, no PDSCH/PDCCH demodulation requirement or L1-RSRP measurement requirement is pursued for simultaneous reception of PDSCH /PDCCH and SSB for L1-RSRP measurement for the case that SSB and PDCCH /PDSCH overlap on the same RE.
Note2: For Note 1, there is no RAN1 spec impact
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,
For the editors:
· The following text proposal is provided to improve the clarity of 38.213. Please include it in the alignment CR.
----------------------------------------------------------------
7 Uplink Power control
<Unchanged part omitted>
In the remaining of this clause, if a UE is provided TCIState in dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList or UL-TCIstate and for an indicated TCIState or UL-TCIstate as described in [6, TS 38.214]
-
in clauses 7.1.1, 7.2.1, and 7.3.1, the RS index for
obtaining the downlink pathloss estimate for PUSCH , PUCCH , and
SRS transmission is provided by pathlossReferenceRS-Id-r17 PL-RS associated with or included in
the indicated TCIState or UL-TCIstate except
for SRS transmission that is not provided followUnifiedTCIstateSRS
--------------------------------------------------------------
For the editors:
· The following text proposal is provided to improve the clarity of 38.214. Please include it in the alignment CR.
------------------------------------------------------------
5.1.5 Antenna ports quasi co-location
<Unchanged part omitted>
When tci-PresentInDCI is set as 'enabled' or tci-PresentDCI-1-2 is configured for the CORESET , a UE configured with dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList with activated TCIState or UL-TCIState receives DCI format 1_1/1_2 providing indicated TCIState and/or UL-TCIState for a CC or all CCs in the same CC list configured by simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList3-r17, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList4-r17. The DCI format 1_1/1_2 can be with or without, if applicable, DL assignment. If the DCI format 1_1/1_2/ is without DL assignment, the UE can assume the following:
- CS-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC for the DCI
- The values of the following DCI fields are set as follows:
- RV = all '1's
- MCS = all '1's
- NDI = 0
- Set to all '0's for FDRA Type 0, or all '1's for FDRA Type 1, or all '0's for dynamicSwitch (same as in Table 10.2-4 of [6, TS 38.213]).
<Unchanged part omitted>
When
the UE would transmit a PUCCH
with HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH with HARQ-ACK
information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State
indication and without DL
assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI
carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated
TCI State is different from the previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState
and/or UL-TCIstate should be applied starting from the first slot that is at
least symbols
after the last symbol of the PUC CH or the PUSCH . The first slot
and the
symbols
are both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the
active BWP (s) of the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.
------------------------------------------------------------
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,
Conclusion
Regarding cross-CC PL-RS indication in unified TCI framework, PL RS is provided by pathlossReferenceRS-Id-r17 in the indicated joint/UL-TCI state on a serving cell to which the indicated TCI state is applied, or, if provided, on a serving cell indicated by a value of pathlossReferenceLinking
Final summary in R1-2210754.
R1-2208763 Draft CR on UE capability parameter for mTRP-CSI in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2208916 Clarification of LI reporting for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback CATT
R1-2209550 Clarification of LI bitwidth and mapping order of CSI fields for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback CATT
R1-2209846 Correction on codebook mode indication for Rel-17 NCJT CSI measurement Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2209847 Correction on codebook mode indication for Rel-17 NCJT CSI measurement Huawei, HiSilicon
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-05] – Min (Huawei)
Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues for CSI enhancement by October 13
· For alignment CR: Issue#1 UE capability parameter update (R1-2208763 38.214, ZTE)
R1-2210499 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: CSI Enhancement (Round 0) Moderator (Huawei)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
For the editors:
· The following text proposal for TS38.214 (subclause 5.2.1.6) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.
If a
CSI-ReportConfig is configured with codebookType set to 'typeI-SinglePanel'
and the corresponding CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement is
configured with two Resource Groups and N Resource Pairs, O_CPU=X⋅N+M, where X is the number of
CPUs occupied by a pair of CMRs subject to mTRP-CSI-numCPU-r17 |
R1-2210501 Correction on LI reporting for Further Enhanced Type II Port Selection CSI feedback Moderator (Huawei), CATT, Samsung
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th, the draft CR is endorsed. Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0346, Cat F) is agreed in R1-2210502.
Final summary in R1-2210500.
R1-2209306 Draft editorial CR on beam management for multi-TRP in TS38.213 CMCC
R1-2209307 Draft editorial CR on beam management for multi-TRP in TS38.214 CMCC
R1-2209826 Corrections on default beam of CSI-RS for MTRP beam management in 38.214 Huawei, HiSilicon
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-06] – Xin (CATT)
Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on mTRP MB by October 13
· Issue #2: RRC parameter of the number of reported resource groups in TS38.214 is not aligned with that in TS38.331. (raised by CMCC in R1-2209307)
Both issues are for the alignment CRs.
R1-2210389 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1) Moderator (CATT)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 12th,
For the editors:
The following editorial changes are provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.
· The TP provided in R1-2209306 for TS 38.213
· The TP provided in R1-2209307 for TS 38.214
R1-2208752 Draft CR on M-TRP Type 1 configured grant PUSCH to TS38.214 Lenovo
R1-2210103 Draft CR to 38.214 on aperiodic CSI reporting on PUSCH Ericsson
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-07] – Keeth (Nokia)
Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on UL mTRP by October 13
· Issue #1: Draft CR on M-TRP Type 1 configured grant PUSCH to TS38.214 (R1-2208752 Lenovo)
R1-2208340 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement Moderator (Nokia)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,
Agreement
· The following TP for TS38.214, Section 6.1.2.3 is endorsed.
6.1.2.3 Resource allocation for uplink transmission with configured grant < Unchanged parts are omitted > For PUSCH transmissions with a Type 2
configured grant, when two SRS resource sets are configured in
srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2, the SRS
resource set association to (nominal) repetitions follows MappingPattern in
ConfiguredGrantConfig as defined in Clause 6.1.2.1 for PUSCH scheduled by DCI
format 0_1 and 0_2. For PUSCH transmissions with a Type 1 configured grant,
when two SRS resource sets with usage set to 'codebook' or 'noncodebook' are
configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or
srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2, if - When K > 2 and cyclicMapping in ConfiguredGrantConfig is enabled, the first and second SRS resource sets are applied to the first and second (nominal) repetitions, respectively, and the same SRS resource set mapping pattern continues to the remaining (nominal) repetitions. - When K > 2 and sequentialMapping in ConfiguredGrantConfig is enabled, first SRS resource set is applied to the first and second (nominal) repetitions, and the second SRS resource set is applied to the third and fourth (nominal) repetitions, and the same SRS resource set mapping pattern continues to the remaining (nominal) repetitions. < Unchanged parts are omitted > |
Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0365, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2210755 Correction on Type 1 configured grant PUSCH transmission associated with two SRS resource sets Moderator (Nokia), Samsung, Lenovo
R1-2208890 Draft CR on Type0/0A/2 PDCCH CSS for HST-SFN LG Electronics
R1-2208755 Draft CR on not activating two TCI states for CORESET#0 associated with SS#0 for Type 0/0A/2 CSS to TS38.213 Lenovo
R1-2208760 Draft CR on default QCL assumption in HST-SFN in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2210076 Draft CR on SFN dynamic switching Ericsson, Qualcomm
R1-2210077 Draft CR on default UL beam setup for SFN PDCCH Ericsson
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-08] Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on HST-SFN by October 17 – Avik (Intel)
R1-2210401 Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0) Moderator (Intel Corporation)
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,
For the editors:
· The TPs provided in R1-2210076 for TS 38.214 Sections 5.1 and 5.1.5, and in R1-2210077 for TS 38.214 Sections 6.1 and 6.2.1, are accepted for alignment CR.
Final summary in R1-2210402.
R1-2208764 Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2209691 Draft CR on inter-set guard period for SRS enhancement Samsung
R1-2210059 Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
[110bis-e-R17-MIMO-09] Email discussion on remaining maintenance issues on SRS by October 14 – Yang (ZTE)
· For alignment CR: Correction on available slot offset ‘t’ without configuration and the transmission timeline of aperiodic SRS (R1-2208764)
R1-2210429 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in preparation phase Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2210551 Draft CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 Moderator (ZTE), ZTE, CATT, Intel, Samsung
Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 16th,
For the editors:
· The text proposal on Rel-17 SRS enhancement for TS38.214 in R1-2210551 (Section 6.2.1) is provided to improve the clarity of the RAN1 specifications. Please include them in the alignment CRs.
Final summary in R1-2210552.
R1-2208759 Draft CR on overlapping symbols between UL signals and non-serving cell SSB in TS 38.213 ZTE
[111-R17-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)
To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc
From AI 5
R1-2210808 LS on further questions on feMIMO RRC parameters RAN2, Ericsson
R1-2212791 Discussion related to LS on feMIMO RRC parameters Moderator (Ericsson)
R1-2212884 Draft LS on feMIMO RRC parameters Ericsson
Decision: As per decision on Nov 17th, the draft reply LS to RAN2 on feMIMO RRC parameters is endorsed, with the revision below.
Question 3
RAN2 assumes RAN1 informs RAN2 in case the above described pathloss reference signal configuration for unified TCI state is not what RAN1 has intended.
Answer 3
RAN1 confirms that RAN2 understanding of RRC pathloss reference signalling configuration of unified TCI is correct.
Final LS is approved in R1-2212925.
R1-2210944 Discussion on SRS close loop power control for unified TCI ZTE
R1-2210945 Draft CR on SRS close loop power control for unified TCI in TS 38.213 ZTE
R1-2210946 Draft CR on beam application time for unified TCI in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2210968 Discussion on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework vivo
R1-2210969 Draft CR on the SRS closed lopp power control under unified TCI framweork vivo
R1-2211116 Draft CR on active BWP for beam indication Google
R1-2211117 Draft CR on PDCCH monitoring for intercell beam management Google
R1-2211950 Draft CR on multi slot PDSCH repetition in unified TCI NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2211951 Draft CR on HARQ-ACK for beam indication in unified TCI NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2212018 On SRS CLPC for unified TCI framework Samsung
R1-2212165 Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2212166 Discussion on Draft CR 38.214 Rel-17 multi-beam enhancements_beam switch HARQ Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2212188 Correction on not support of simultaneous configuration of legacy TCI state and Rel-17 unified TCI state for 38.214 Beijing Xiaomi Electronics
R1-2212468 Clarification on HARQ feedback for TCI state update indication Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2212716 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: multi-beam Moderator (ZTE)
R1-2212717 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 15th session
Agreement
- If srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates is set to 'separateClosedLoop' in a SRS resource set, the SRS is associated with a separate close loop;
- Otherwise, closedLoopIndex-r17 for SRS in a joint/UL-TCI state is to indicate a SRS close loop tied with PUSCH
o Note: In such case, candidate values of 'i0' and 'i1' in closedLoopIndex -r17 for SRS refers to first and second close loop tied with PUSCH
FFS: Whether specification change is required
Agreement
The following TP is agreed for 38.213.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 UE procedure for receiving control information
<Unchanged part omitted>
A UE is not required to monitor PDCCH candidates for a Type0/0A/0B/1/1A/2/2A-PDCCH CSS set when the active TCI state for a corresponding CORESET is not associated with physCellId in ServingCellConfigCommon.
If a UE monitors the PDCCH candidate for a Type0-PDCCH CSS set on the serving cell according to the procedure described in clause 13, the UE may assume that no SS/PBCH block is transmitted in REs used for monitoring the PDCCH candidate on the serving cell.
<Unchanged part omitted>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17, CR#0413, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2212788 CR on PDCCH monitoring for inter-cell beam management Moderator (ZTE), Google, Samsung
Agreement
The following TP is agreed for 38.214.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1.5 Antenna ports quasi co-location
<Unchanged part omitted>
When the UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information or a PUSCH with HARQ-ACK
information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI
State indication and without DL
assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the TCI
State indication, and if the indicated
TCI State is different from the
previously indicated one, the indicated DLorJointTCIState
or UL-TCIstate should be applied starting
from the first slot that is at least symbols
after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The
first slot and the
symbols are
both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the
active BWP(s) from the CCs
applying the indicated TCI-State or TCI-UL-State
that are active
at the end of the PUCCH or
the PUSCH carrying the HARQ-ACK information of
the carrier(s) applying the beam indication.
<Unchanged part omitted>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0376, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2212789 CR on beam application time for unified TCI in TS 38.214 Moderator(ZTE), ZTE, Google, Huawei, Nokia, Samsung
For alignment CR:
R1-2212497 Draft CR to 38.214 on capability sets Ericsson
Agreement
The following TPs are agreed for 38.213.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1.2.2 Type-1 HARQ-ACK codebook in physical uplink shared channel
If a UE is not provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast or multicast HARQ-ACK information, the UE does not multiplex the unicast or multicast HARQ-ACK information in the PUSCH transmission, respectively.
If a UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast and/or multicast HARQ-ACK information, and would multiplex HARQ-ACK information in a PUSCH transmission that is not scheduled by a DCI format or is scheduled by a DCI format that does not include a DAI field, then
- if the UE has not
received any PDSCH or SPS PDSCH release or TCI state update that the UE
multiplexes corresponding HARQ-ACK information in the PUSCH, based on a value
of a respective PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in a DCI format
scheduling the PDSCH reception or the SPS PDSCH release or the TCI
state update,
or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK or dl-DataToUL-ACK-r16 if the
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 1_1
or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK-DCI-1-2 if the
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 1_2
and the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for
unicast HARQ-ACK information, or on the value of dl-DataToUL-ACK if the
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field is not present in DCI format 4_2
and the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for
multicast HARQ-ACK information, in any of the occasions
for candidate PDSCH receptions by a DCI format or SPS PDSCH on any serving cell
, as
described in clause 9.1.2.1, the UE does not multiplex HARQ-ACK information in
the PUSCH transmission
- else
the UE generates the HARQ-ACK codebook as described in clause 9.1.2.1, except
that harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUCCH is replaced
by harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUSCH, unless the
UE receives only
a SPS PDSCH release, or only a SPS PDSCH reception, or
only a TCI state update, or
only a PDSCH that
is scheduled
by DCI format 1_0 with a counter DAI field value of 1 if the UE is
provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for unicast HARQ-ACK
information, or is scheduled by DCI format 4_1 with a counter DAI field value of 1 if
the UE is provided pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook = 'semi-static' for multicast
HARQ-ACK information, on the PCell in the occasions
for candidate PDSCH receptions in which case the UE generates
HARQ-ACK information only for the SPS PDSCH release or only for the PDSCH
reception
or only for the TCI state update as described in clause
9.1.2.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
9.1 HARQ-ACK codebook determination
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
For a HARQ-ACK information bit, a UE generates a positive acknowledgement (ACK) if the UE detects a DCI format that provides a SPS PDSCH release or detects a DCI format that does not schedule PDSCH reception and indicates a TCI state update or correctly decodes a transport block, and generates a negative acknowledgement (NACK) if the UE does not correctly decode the transport block. A HARQ-ACK information bit value of 0 represents a NACK while a HARQ-ACK information bit value of 1 represents an ACK.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Final CR (TS 38.213, Rel-17, CR#0414, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2212790 Clarification on HARQ feedback for TCI state update indication Moderator (ZTE), Huawei, HiSilicon, Samsung
MCC post meeting: "Draft" to be deleted from CR header before submission to RAN.
R1-2212787 Moderator Summary #2 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 18th session
For the TS38.213 editor:
R1-2211545 Correction on PL-RS for unified TCI framework Spreadtrum Communications
R1-2211091 Draft CR on clarifying parameter restriction for SRS resource sets in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2211092 Draft editorial CR on SRS enhancement in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2211142 Draft CR on aperiodic SRS enhancement in TS 38.212 CATT
R1-2211940 Draft CR on UE capability name alignment of SRS antenna switching in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2212704 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in preparation phase Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 15th session
For alignment CR:
TS 38.212, draft CR on aperiodic SRS enhancement (R1-2211142)
TS 38.214, draft CR on UE capability name alignment of SRS antenna switching (R1-2211940)
Conclusion:
UE does not expect to decode two different DCI formats / DCI payloads from two linked PDCCH candidates and individual PDCCH candidate(s) overlapping with the linked PDCCH candidates, where the overlap is wrt:
· Same set of CCEs, same DCI size, same scrambling, and same CORESET, or
· Same start CCE in a non-interleaved CORESET with one OFDM symbol, where one PDCCH candidate has AL8 and the other PDCCH candidate has AL16
R1-2212767 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1 Moderator (ZTE)
From Nov 18th session
For the TS38.214 editor:
· The following text proposal is provided for the alignment CR
==========Start of TP ==========
6.2.1.2 UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition
<Unchanged parts are omitted>
When the UE is configured with the higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set as ‘antennaSwitching’, the UE may be configured with only one of the following configurations depending on the indicated UE capability supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch (‘t1r2’ for 1T2R, ‘t1r1-t1r2’ for 1T=1R/1T2R, ‘t2r4’ for 2T4R, ‘t1r4’ for 1T4R, ‘t1r6’ for 1T6R, ‘t1r8’ for 1T8R, ‘t2r6’ for 2T6R, ‘t2r8’ for 2T8R, ‘t4r8’ for 4T8R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t1r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/1T4R, ‘t1r4-t2r4’ for 1T4R/2T4R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t2r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/2T=2R/2T4R, ‘t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t1r4-t2r4’ for 1T=1R/1T2R/2T=2R/1T4R/2T4R, ‘t1r1’ for 1T=1R, ‘t2r2’ for 2T=2R, ‘t1r1-t2r2’ for 1T=1R/2T=2R, ‘t4r4’ for 4T=4R, or ‘t1r1-t2r2-t4r4’ for 1T=1R/2T=2R/4T=4R):
- For 1T2R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration]:
- when the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured, where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set.
- when the UE is indicating
a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS
configuration] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType
in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and up to one SRS resource set
with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or
‘semi-persistent’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured
with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet
can be configured. In the case of two resource sets with resourceType in
SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, a total of two SRS resources are
transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS
resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair and the two sets are each configured with one SRS resource. In the case of the one resource set with resourceType
in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ is
configured, a
total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of one slot and
where the SRS port of the second resource in the given set is associated with a
different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same
set.
Each SRS resource
set
with ‘resourceType’ in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ has two SRS resources transmitted in
different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS
port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a
different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same
set.
- zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with different value of resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. An SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set, and
- zero
or one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set
to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [extension of
aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], or up to two SRS resource sets
configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic
antenna switching SRS configuration], where in the case of one resource set, a
total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of one slot and
where the SRS port of the second resource in the given set is associated with a
different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same
set. In the case of two resource sets, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port
of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE
antenna port. The two sets are each configured with one SRS resource, or
- otherwise, for 1T2R, up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set, where each set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the second resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port than the SRS port of the first resource in the same set, or
- For 2T4R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration]:
- when the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] only, then up to two SRS resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured, where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource.
- when the UE is indicating
a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS
configuration] only, then up to two SRS resource sets
with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and up to
one SRS resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ can be configured, or up to two SRS resource
sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType
in SRS-ResourceSet can be configured. In the case
of two resource sets with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic’, a total of two SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each
SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna
port pair and the two
sets are each configured with one SRS resource. In the case of
one resource set with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘aperiodic’ is configured, a total of
two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols in the same slot, each SRS
resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of
the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than
the SRS port pair of the first resource. Each SRS resource
set
with ‘resourceType’ in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ has two SRS resources
transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting
of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated
with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first
resource.
- zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource, and,
- zero
or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [extension of
aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration], or up to two SRS resource sets
configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of aperiodic
antenna switching SRS configuration], where in the case of one resource set, a
total of two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols in the same slot,
each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port
pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair
than the SRS port pair of the first resource. In the case of two resource sets,
a total of two SRS resources are
transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each
SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna
port pair. The two sets are each configured with one SRS resource, or
- otherwise, up to two SRS resource sets configured with a different value for the higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet, where each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the second resource is associated with a different UE antenna port pair than the SRS port pair of the first resource, or
- For 1T4R, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets] and/or a capability for [extension of aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] and/or a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R,
- zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of each resource is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- zero
or two SRS resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘aperiodic’, if the UE is not indicating a capability for extension of
aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration or a capability for 1 aperiodic
SRS resource set for 1T4R, or zero or one or two or four SRS
resource sets each configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet
set to ‘aperiodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [extension of
aperiodic antenna switching SRS configuration] and a capability for 1 aperiodic
SRS resource set for 1T4R, or zero or two or four SRS resource sets each
configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic’ if
the UE is indicating a capability for extension of aperiodic antenna switching
SRS configuration only, or zero or one or two SRS resource sets each
configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic’ if
the UE is indicating a capability for 1 aperiodic SRS resource set for 1T4R
only. In the case
of one resource set, a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different
symbols in the same slot, and where the SRS port of
each resource in the given set is associated with a different UE antenna port. In the case
of two resource sets, a total of four
SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port.
The two sets are each configured with two SRS resources, or one set is
configured with one SRS resource and the other set is configured with three SRS
resources. In the case of four resource sets, if UE is capable if
supporting four sets, a total of four SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port.
The four sets are each configured with one SRS resource. The UE shall expect
that the two or four sets are both configured with the same values of the
higher layer parameters alpha, p0, pathlossReferenceRS,
and srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates in SRS-ResourceSet. The UE shall expect that the value of the higher layer
parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or the value of an entry
in AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList in each SRS-ResourceSet
is the same, and the value of the higher layer parameter slotOffset in
each SRS-ResourceSet is different. Or,
- otherwise, for 1T4R,
- zero or one SRS resource set configured with higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ with four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of each resource is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- zero or two SRS resource sets each configured with higher layer parameter resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’ and with a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port. The two sets are each configured with two SRS resources, or one set is configured with one SRS resource and the other set is configured with three SRS resources. The UE shall expect that the two sets are both configured with the same values of the higher layer parameters alpha, p0, pathlossReferenceRS, and srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates in SRS-ResourceSet. The UE shall expect that the value of the higher layer parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or the value of an entry in AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList in each SRS-ResourceSet is the same, and the value of the higher layer parameter slotOffsetin each SRS-ResourceSet is different.Or,
- For 1T=1R, or 2T=2R, or 4T=4R, up to two SRS resource sets each with one SRS resource can be configured, where the number of SRS ports for each resource is equal to 1, 2, or 4 if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets]. Two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ and one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ can be configured and the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time, or up to two SRS resource sets can be configured, if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where each SRS resource set has one SRS resource, the number of SRS ports for each resource is equal to 1, 2, or 4, or
- For 1T6R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has six SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- For 1T6R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has six SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- For
1T6R, zero or one or two or three SRS resource sets configured with resourceType
in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource
set a total of six SRS resources transmitted in
different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS
port, and the SRS port of each resource in the set is associated with a
different UE antenna port. In the case of two resource sets,
a total of six SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port.
In the case of three resource sets, a total of six
SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna
port, or
- For 1T8R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has eight SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- For 1T8R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has eight SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a single SRS port, and the SRS port of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port, and
- For 1T8R, zero or two or three or four SRS resource sets configured
with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in
the case of two resource sets a total of eight SRS resources transmitted in
different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port.
In the case of three resource sets, a total of
eight SRS resources are
transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS
port of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a
different UE antenna port. In the case of four resource sets,
a total of eight SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port of each SRS
resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port,
or
- For 2T6R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has three SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and
- For 2T6R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has three SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and
- For 2T6R,
zero or one or two or three SRS resource sets
configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to
‘aperiodic, where in the case of one resource set has three SRS
resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set
consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set
is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case
of two resource sets,
a total of three SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each
SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna
port pair. One set is configured with two SRS resources and another set with
one resource. In the case of three resource sets,
a total of three SRS resources are transmitted
in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS
resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port
pair, or
- For 2T8R, zero or one SRS resource set configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’, where in the case of one resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and
- For 2T8R, zero or one SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair, and
- For 2T8R, zero or one or two or three or four SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource set has four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a two SRS ports, and the SRS port pair of the resource in the set is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case of two resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given two sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. In the case of three resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of three different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given three sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. Two sets are configured with one SRS resource in each set and one resource set is configured with two resources. In the case of four resource sets a total of four SRS resources transmitted in different symbols of four different slots, and where the SRS port pair of each SRS resource in the given four sets is associated with a different UE antenna port pair. Four sets are configured with one SRS resource in each set, or
- For 4T8R, zero or one or two SRS resource set configured with a different value of resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘periodic’ or ‘semi-persistent’ if the UE is not indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], or up to two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ and up to one SRS resource set configured with ‘periodic’ if the UE is indicating a capability for [maximum 2 semi-persistent and maximum 1 periodic SRS resource sets], where the two SRS resource sets configured with ‘semi-persistent’ are not activated at the same time. Each SRS resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a four SRS ports, and the SRS ports of the resource in the set are associated with a different UE antenna ports, or
- For 4T8R, zero or one or two SRS resource sets configured with resourceType in SRS-ResourceSet set to ‘aperiodic’, where in the case of one resource set has two SRS resources transmitted in different symbols, each SRS resource in a given set consisting of a four SRS ports, and the SRS ports of the resource in the set are associated with a different UE antenna ports. In the case of two resource sets a total of two SRS resources are transmitted in different symbols of two different slots, and where the SRS ports of each SRS resource in the given two sets are associated with a different UE antenna ports.
The UE is configured with a guard period of Y symbols, in which the UE does not transmit any other signal, in the case the SRS resources of a set are transmitted in the same slot. The guard period is in-between the SRS resources of the set. For two SRS resource sets of an antenna switching located in two consecutive slots, if UE is capable of transmitting SRS in all symbols in one slot, a guard period of Y symbols exists between the last OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the first slot and the first OFDM symbol occupied by the SRS resource set in the second slot.
For the inter-set guard period, the UE does not transmit any other signal on any symbols of the interval if the interval between SRS resource sets is Y symbols.
- When both the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols prior to the gap and the SRS resource on all of the corresponding symbols after the gap are dropped due to collision handling, the gap period is also dropped with same priority and can be used for UL transmission.
The UE shall expect to be configured with the same number of SRS ports for all SRS resources in the SRS resource set(s) with higher layer parameter usage set as ‘antennaSwitching’.
For 1T2R, 1T4R, or 2T4R, or 1T6R, or 1T8R, 2T6R, 2T8R, or 4T8R, the UE
shall not
expect to be configured or triggered with more than one SRS resource set with
higher layer parameter usage set as ‘antennaSwitching’ in the same slot.
For 1T=1R, 2T=2R or 4T=4R, the UE shall not expect to be configured or
triggered with more than one SRS resource set with higher layer parameter usage
set as ‘antennaSwitching’ in the same symbol.
<Unchanged parts are omitted>
========== End of TP ==========
Final summary in R1-2212991.
R1-2211433 Draft CR for SRI for PUSCH repetition OPPO
R1-2212998 Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP PUCCH/PUSCH enhancement Moderator (Nokia)
Agreement
The following TP is agreed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TS 38.214: Section 6.1.1.2 Non-Codebook based UL transmission
---- text omitted---
For
non-codebook based transmission, PUSCH can be scheduled by DCI format 0_0, DCI
format 0_1, DCI format 0_2 or semi-statically configured to operate according
to Clause 6.1.2.3. If this PUSCH is scheduled by DCI format 0_1, DCI format
0_2, or semi-statically configured to operate according to Clause 6.1.2.3, the
UE can determine its PUSCH precoder(s) and transmission rank based on the
SRI(s) when multiple SRS resources are configured, where the SRI(s) is given by
one or two SRS resource indicator(s) in DCI according to clause 7.3.1.1.2 and
7.3.1.1.3 of [5, 38.212] for DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2, or the SRI is
given by srs-ResourceIndicator according to clause 6.1.2.3, or two SRIs
given by srs-ResourceIndicator and srs-ResourceIndicator2 according to
clause 6.1.2.3.. The SRS-ResourceSet(s) applicable for PUSCH scheduled
by DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 0_2 are defined by the entries of the higher
layer parameter srs-ResourceSetToAddModList and srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2
in SRS-config, respectively. The UE shall use one or multiple SRS
resources for SRS transmission, where, in a SRS resource set, the maximum
number of SRS resources which can be configured to the UE for simultaneous
transmission in the same symbol and the maximum number of SRS resources are UE
capabilities. The SRS resources transmitted simultaneously occupy the same RBs. Only
one SRS port for each SRS resource is configured. Only one or two SRS resource
sets can be configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList with higher layer
parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook', and only
one or two SRS resource sets can be configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2
with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to
'nonCodebook'. When two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList
or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage
in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'nonCodebook', one or two SRIs
are given by the DCI fields of two SRS resource indicators in clause 7.3.1.1.2
and 7.3.1.1.3 of [5, TS 38.212] for DCI format 0_1 and 0_2. The UE applies the
indicated SRI(s) to one or more PUSCH repetitions according to the associated
SRS resource set of a PUSCH repetition according to clause 6.1.2.1. The maximum
number of SRS resources per SRS resource set that can be configured for
non-codebook based uplink transmission is 4. Each of the indicated one or two SRIs
in slot n is associated with the most recent transmission of SRS
resource(s) of associated SRS resource set identified by the SRI, where the SRS
transmission is prior to the PDCCH carrying the SRI. When two SRS resource sets
are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2
with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to
'nonCodebook', the UE is not expected to be configured with different number of
SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets.
---- text omitted---
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Final CR (TS 38.214, Rel-17, CR#0377, Cat F) is agreed in:
R1-2212800 Correction on SRI for mTRP PUSCH repetition Moderator (Nokia), OPPO, Samsung
R1-2212309 Correction on capability parameter name alignment for feMIMO in TS38.213 Sharp
R1-2212688 Moderator Summary for Rel.17 NR FeMIMO maintenance: mTRP beam management (Round 1) Moderator (CATT)
From Nov 15th session
For the alignment CR on TS38.213
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Link recovery procedures
<Unchanged text is omitted>
The
UE expects the set to include
up to two RS indexes. If the UE is provided
or
, the UE
expects the set
or the set
to include
up to a number of
RS indexes
indicated by
capabilityparametername
maxBFD-RS-resourcesPerSetPerBWP. If the UE is not provided or
, and if a
number of active TCI states for PDCCH receptions in the first or second
CORESETs is larger than
, the UE
determines the set
or
to include
periodic CSI-RS resource configuration indexes with same values as the RS
indexes in the RS sets associated with the active TCI states for PDCCH
receptions in the first or second CORESETs corresponding to search space sets
according to an ascending order for PDCCH monitoring periodicity. If more than
one first or second CORESETs correspond to search space sets with same
monitoring periodicity, the UE determines the order of the first or second
CORESETs according to a descending order of a CORESET index.
<Unchanged text is omitted>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R1-2210966 Discussion on the number of CSI-IM resources vivo
R1-2210967 Draft CR on the number of CSI-IM resources vivo
R1-2212081 Discussion of even and odd CSI subband index definition Qualcomm Incorporated
R1-2212346 Draft CR on two detected DCI formats when individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
R1-2212347 Discussion on two detected DCI formats when individual PDCCH candidate overlapping with one of PDCCH repetitions NEC
[112-R17-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)
To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc
Multi-Beam
R1-2300190 Discussion on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH ZTE
R1-2300191 Draft CR on SRS closed loop power control shared with PUSCH in TS 38.213 ZTE
R1-2300255 Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.213 OPPO
R1-2300256 Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.214 OPPO
R1-2300388 Draft CR on Default Beam Application Time Google
R1-2300389 Draft CR on ACK for MAC CE based Unified TCI Indication Google
R1-2300415 Discussion on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework vivo
R1-2300416 Draft CR on the SRS closed loop power control under unified TCI framework vivo
R1-2300417 Draft alignment CR on RRC parameters vivo, Nokia
R1-2300521 Draft CR on the power control for SRS resource set for noncodebook Lenovo
R1-2300627 Editorial corrections on beam reporting in uplink panel selection CATT
R1-2301230 Beam application time for cross carrier beam application Samsung
R1-2301465 Correction on reportQuantity ASUSTeK
R1-2301469 Discussion on multi-slot PDSCH/PUSCH repetition in unified TCI NTT DOCOMO, INC.
R1-2301722 Correction on application time of TCI indication Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2301960 Moderator Summary #0 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
From Monday session
· the following are not pursued as not essential to the majority
o R1-2300190, R1-2300191, R1-2300415, R1-2300416
For editors:
Include the following in alignment CR in TS 38.213:
R1-2300255 Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.213 OPPO
For editors:
Include the following in alignment CR in TS 38.214.
R1-2300256 Parameter alignment for unified TCI state for 38.214 OPPO
R1-2300389 Draft CR on ACK for MAC CE based Unified TCI Indication Google
The draft CR is not pursued:
R1-2302097 Moderator Summary #1 for Maintenance on Rel-17 Multi-Beam Moderator (ZTE)
From Wednesday session
R1-2300390 Clarification on HARQ ACK for Unified TCI Indication Google
R1-2301468 Discussion on HARQ-ACK for beam application timing in unified TCI NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Agreement
The following TP is agreed for 38.214.
-----------------------------------------------------------
5.1.5 Antenna ports quasi co-location
*** Unchanged text is omitted ***
When
a UE configured with dl-OrJoint-TCIStateList would
transmit a PUCCH with positive HARQ-ACK information
or a PUSCH with positive HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the DCI carrying the TCI State indication and without DL assignment, or corresponding to the PDSCH
scheduled by the DCI carrying the TCI State indication, and if the indicated TCI
State is different from the previously indicated one,
the indicated TCI-State and/or TCI-UL-State should
be applied starting from the first slot that is at least symbols
after the last symbol of the PUCCH or the PUSCH. The
first slot and the
symbols are
both determined on the active BWP with the smallest SCS among the BWP(s) from
the CCs
applying the indicated TCI-State
or TCI-UL-State that are active at the end of the PUCCH or the PUSCH
carrying the positive HARQ-ACK
information.
*** Unchanged text is omitted ***
----------------------------------------------------------
Final CR (Rel-17, 38.214 CR0409, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2302180 CR on HARQ-ACK for beam indication in unified TCI Moderator (ZTE), NTT DOCOMO, Google, ZTE, NEC, Samsung, vivo
R1-2301229 Corrections for Beam Failure Recover related to unified TCI state framework Samsung
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2301229 is endorsed for 38.213. Final CR (Rel-17, 38.213, CR0450, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2302173 Corrections for Beam Failure Recovery related to unified TCI state framework Moderator(ZTE), Samsung, ZTE
For editors:
Include the following TP provided for improving specification clarity in alignment CR in TS 38.213:
R1-2301982 Draft 38.213 CR on parameter name alignment for unified TCI framework Spreadtrum Communications (rev of R1-2300197)
For editors:
Include the following TP provided for improving specification clarity in alignment CR in TS 38.214:
R1-2301983 Draft 38.214 CR on name alignment for TCI state parameter Spreadtrum Communications (rev of R1-2300198)
For TS 38.214 editor:
The following TP is provided for improving specification clarity (alignment CR)
------------- Start of TP -------------
5.2.1 Channel state information framework
The procedures on aperiodic CSI reporting described in this clause assume that the CSI reporting is triggered by DCI format 0_1, but they equally apply to CSI reporting triggered by DCI format 0_2, by applying the higher layer parameter reportTriggerSizeDCI-0-2 instead of reportTriggerSize.
The time and frequency resources that can be used by the UE to report CSI are controlled by the gNB. CSI may consist of Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), precoding matrix indicator (PMI), CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI), SS/PBCH Block Resource indicator (SSBRI), layer indicator (LI), rank indicator (RI), L1-RSRP, L1-SINR or CapabilityIndex.
For CQI, PMI, CRI, SSBRI, LI, RI, L1-RSRP, L1-SINR, Capability[Set]Index
a UE is configured by higher layers with N≥1 CSI-ReportConfig
Reporting Settings, M≥1 CSI-ResourceConfig Resource Settings, and
one or two list(s) of trigger states (given by the higher layer parameters CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList and CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList). Each trigger state in CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList contains a list of associated CSI-ReportConfigs
indicating the Resource Set IDs for channel and optionally for interference.
Each trigger state in CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList contains one associated CSI-ReportConfig.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
5.2.1.4 Reporting configurations
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
A CSI Reporting Setting is said to have a wideband frequency-granularity if
- reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, or ‘cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI’, cqi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandCQI’ and pmi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandPMI’, or
- reportQuantity is set
to ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, codebookType is set to
‘typeII-PortSelection-r17’ with and cqi-FormatIndicator
is set to ‘widebandCQI’, or
- reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-i1’ or
- reportQuantity is set to ‘cri-RI-CQI’ or ‘cri-RI-i1-CQI’ and cqi-FormatIndicator is set to ‘widebandCQI’, or
- reportQuantity
is set to ‘cri-RSRP’ or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’ or ‘cri-SINR’, or ‘ssb-Index-SINR’ or ‘cri-RSRP-CapabilityIndex’ or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP-CapabilityIndex’ or ‘cri-SINR-CapabilityIndex’, or ‘ssb-Index-SINR-CapabilityIndex’
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
5.2.2.5 CSI reference resource definition
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
When DRX is configured, the UE reports a CSI report only if
receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for channel measurement and
CSI-RS and/or CSI-IM occasion for interference measurement in DRX Active Time
no later than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise. When DRX
is configured and the CSI-RS Resource Set for channel measurement corresponding
to a CSI report is configured with two Resource Groups and Resource
Pairs, as described in clause 5.2.1.4.1, the UE reports a CSI report only if
receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for each CSI-RS resource in
a Resource Pair within the same DRX Active Time no later than CSI reference
resource and drops the report otherwise. When the UE is configured to monitor
DCI format 2_6 and if the UE configured by higher layer parameter ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI
to report CSI with the higher layer parameter reportConfigType set to
‘periodic’ and
reportQuantity set to quantities other than ‘cri-RSRP’,
‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-RSRP- Index’, and ‘ssb-Index-RSRP- Index ‘ when drx-onDurationTimer is not started, the UE
shall report CSI during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in
DRX-Config also outside active time according to the procedure described in
Clause 5.2.1.4 if receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for
channel measurement and CSI-RS and/or CSI-IM occasion for interference
measurement during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in
DRX-Config outside DRX active time or in DRX Active Time no later
than CSI reference resource and drops the report otherwise. When the UE is
configured to monitor DCI format 2_6 and if the UE configured by higher layer
parameter ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP to
report L1-RSRP with the higher layer parameter reportConfigType set to
‘periodic’ and reportQuantity set to ‘cri-RSRP’, ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-RSRP-
Index’, or ‘ssb-Index-RSRP- Index’ when drx-onDurationTimer
is not started, the UE shall report L1-RSRP during the time duration indicated
by drx-onDurationTimer in DRX-Config also outside active time
according to the procedure described in clause 5.2.1.4 and when reportQuantity
set to ‘cri-RSRP’ or ‘cri-RSRP-
Capability[Set]Index’
if receiving at least one CSI-RS transmission occasion for channel
measurement during the time duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer in
DRX-Config outside DRX active time or in DRX Active Time no later than CSI
reference resource and drops the report otherwise.
< Unchanged parts are omitted >
------------- End of TP -------------
SRS
R1-2300092 Correction on the limitation of slot offset for aperiodic SRS Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2300192 Draft CR on clarifying aperiodic SRS triggering for antenna switching in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2300193 Draft CR on clarifying triggering slot for 1T4R antenna switching with multiple AP SRS resource sets in TS 38.214 ZTE
R1-2301231 Draft CR on power control parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets Samsung
R1-2301232 Draft CR on slot offset parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets Samsung
R1-2301640 Draft CR on UL SRS Inter-slot GP time location for the first and/or last resource Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
R1-2301720 Correction on the power control alignment for aperiodic SRS Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2301721 Discussion on the power control alignment for aperiodic SRS Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2301759 Correction on the parameter name alignment for SRS in TS 38.212 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2301760 Correction on the parameter name alignment for SRS in TS 38.214 Huawei, HiSilicon
R1-2301974 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 0 Moderator (ZTE)
From Monday session
R1-2302093 CR on power control parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets Moderator (ZTE), Samsung, ZTE, Huawei, HiSilicon
MCC post meeting: Add missing CR# on cover page before submission to plenary.
For the editor of 38.212
· Include the following in the alignment CR on 38.212.
7.3.1.2.3 Format 1_2 ========================= Unchanged parts ========================= - SRS offset indicator – 0, 1 or 2 bits. 1 - 0 bit if higher layer parameter AvailableSlotOffset is not configured for any aperiodic SRS resource set in the scheduled cell, or if higher layer parameter AvailableSlotOffset is configured for at least one aperiodic SRS resource set in the scheduled cell and the maximum number of entries of availableSlotOffsetList configured for all aperiodic SRS resource set(s) is 1; 2
- otherwise, ========================= Unchanged parts ========================= |
R1-2301999 Moderator Summary on Rel-17 FeMIMO maintenance for SRS in Round 1 Moderator (ZTE)
From Wednesday session
· the following are not pursued as not essential to the majority
§ R1-2302122 CR on slot offset parameters for multiple aperiodic SRS resource sets Moderator (ZTE), Samsung, Huawei, HiSilicon, ZTE
MCC post meeting: Add missing CR# on cover page before submission to plenary.
R1-2301661 Draft CR aligning parameter name related to SFN schemes in 38.214 Ericsson
R1-2301846 Moderator Summary for Rel. 17 NR FeMIMO – Maintenance on HST-SFN (Round 0) Moderator (Intel Corporation)
From Monday session
For the editors:
· The following TP is endorsed for alignment CR on TS38.214:
5.1 UE procedure for receiving the physical downlink shared channel < Unchanged parts are omitted > If a UE is configured with sfnSchemePdcch set to
'sfnSchemeA' for a DL BWP and activated with two TCI states by MAC CE, and
the UE does not report its capability of sfn-SchemeA-PDCCH-only < Unchanged parts are omitted > |
R1-2301385 Draft CR on mTRP PUSCH repetitions with one PHR Qualcomm Incorporated
From Monday session
Agreement
· The TP in R1-2301385 is endorsed. Final CR (Rel-17, TS38.213, CR0445, Cat F) is agreed in
R1-2302090 CR on mTRP PUSCH repetitions with one PHR Moderator (Nokia), Qualcomm Incorporated, Samsung
MCC post meeting: Delete "draft" in title before submission to plenary.
R1-2301641 Draft CR on Repetition number for mTRP PUSCH repetition Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell
From Monday session
Conclusion
When two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with higher layer parameter usage in SRS-ResourceSet set to 'codebook' or 'noncodebook', in case K=1 for PUSCH repetition Type A or the number of nominal repetitions equal to one for PUSCH repetition Type B, a DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2 is not expected to indicate codepoint "10" or codepoint "11" for the SRS resource set indicator.
R1-2300520 Draft CR on UE capability description of blind detection number in TS38.213 for enhanced PDCCH with repetition Lenovo
From Monday session
For the editors:
· The TP in R1-2300520 is endorsed for alignment CR on TS38.213
R1-2301662 Draft CR aligning parameter names related to CSI report procedure in 38.214 Ericsson